E-Directional-Controls.pdf

E

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

327

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves ....................................................................................................Page 331

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves............................................................................Page 331

“” Series Shockless Type Directional Valves ......................................................................................Page 331

Pilot/Manually/Mechanically Operated Directional Valves ......................................................................Page 331

Poppet Type Directional Valves ..............................................................................................................Page 451

Check/Pilot Controlled Check Valves ......................................................................................................Page 497

Directional Valves

328

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

■Directional Valves

These valve are used for shifting oil flow direction of hydraulic circuit and for actuator starting/stopping as well as the

operating direction shifting of actuator.

329

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Directional Valves

E

Directional Valves

Hydraulic Fluids

1. Type of Fluids

Any type of hydraulic fluid, listed in the table below can be used.

2. Recommended Viscosity and Oil Temperatures

Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the both recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given in the table below.

3. Control of Contamination

Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead

to breakdowns and shorter the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade

12. Use 25 µm or finer line filter (In case of DSG-005 series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, NAS1638-Grade

11. Use 20 µm or finer line filter).

Use fluids equivalent to ISO VG32 or VG46.

Use phosphate ester or polyol ester type. When phosphate ester

type fluid is to be used, prefix “F-” to the model number

because a special seal (fluororubber) will be used.

Use water-glycol fluids or W/O emulsion type fluids.

Type of Fluids Remarks

Petroleum Base Oils

Water Containing Fluids

Synthetic Fluids

1

)

Notes 1: Not applicable with G-DSG and G-DSHG series valves.

2: For two types of manually operated directional valves, DMT- and DMT- , only petroleum base oils

and polyol ester type fluids are available.

3: Water-glycol fluids cannot be used for two types of solenoid operated poppet type two-way valves; CDST-

03✻ and CDSG-03 types.

4: For use with hydraulic fluids other than those listed above, please consult your Yuken representatives is

advance.

06

06X

10

10X

DSG-005 series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Multi Purpose Control Valves

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

Pilot Controlled Directional Valves

Manually Operated Directional Valves

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

Check Valves

Pilot Controlled Check Valves

G Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

(Shifting Time Adjustable)

Name

Viscosity Oil Temperature

20 – 200 mm

2

/s

(100 – 900 SSU)

15 – 200 mm

2

/s

(80 – 900 SSU)

15 – 400 mm

2

/s

(80 – 1800 SSU)

–15 – +60°C

(5 – 140°F)

–15 – +60°C

(5 – 140°F)

–15 – +70°C

(5 – 160°F)

Directional Valves

330

Item

Standard

Type

Description

Compliance

DSG-005

(S-/T-/L-)DSG-01

DSHG-01

DSHG-03

(S-)DSHG-04

(S-)DSHG-06

(S-)DSHG-10

E-DSG-01

(S-/E-/T-/L-)

DSG-03

G-DSG-01

G-DSG-03

G-DSHG-04

G-DSHG-06

DSLG

DSLHG

DSP❇

CDS❇

JIS F8001

Water-proof test

for marine

electric appliance

JIS D0203

Damp-proof and

Water-proof test

for automobile

parts

JIS C0920

Water-proof test

for electro-

mechanical parts

an wiring

materials

JIS C0911

Vibration test for

small electric

appliances

JIS D1601

Vibration test for

automobile parts

(I.E.C)

PUBL. 529

(I.E.C)

PUBL. 529

Class 1 water spray

Class 2 water spray

Damp-proof test M1

Damp-proof test M2

Splash-proof test R1

Splash-proof test R2

Test to examine damp-resistance of parts

Test to examine functions of part under high

temperature and high humidity

Test to examine functions of parts which are

likely to be exposed to water splash.

Test to examine functions of parts which are

indirectly exposed to stormy weather or water splash.

Drip-proof type

Rain-proof type

Froth-proof type

Jet-flow proof type

Protection Class 2:

Drip-proof type (2)

Protection Class 3:

Rain-proof type

Protection Class 4:

Froth-proof type

Protection Class 5:

Jet-flow proof type

Not affected by water dropping at vertical angle of 15 degrees or less.

Not affected by rain fall at vertical angle of 60 degrees or less.

Not affected by water drip from any dirction.

Not affected by jet flow from any direction.

Not affected by water drip falling at vertical angle of

15 degrees or less.

Not affected by rain falling at vertical angle of 60

degrees or less.

Vibration range: 7-59.5 Hz

Duplex amplitude: 0.1 mm

Not affected by water drip from any direction.

Not affected by jet flow from any direction.

Fully protected from entry of dust.

Frequence: 20 Hz

Frequency range: 7-59.5 Hz

Grade 1: duplex amplitude-0.5 mm

Grade 2: duplex amplitude-1.2 mm

Grade 3: duplex amplitude-1.8 mm

Grade 4: duplex amplitude-2.4 mm

Grade 1: duplex amplitude-0.3 mm

Grade 2: duplex amplitude-0.5 mm

Grade 3: duplex amplitude-

0.75

mm

Water-proof

Dust-proof

Vibration-

resistance

Protection Class 6

Resonace test (IC)

Fixed frequency

resistance test (IIC)

Variable frequency

resistance test

(IIIC)

Grade A:

Parts mounted on spring of body or chassis

having relatively low vibration.

Grade B:

Parts mounted on spring of body or chassis

having relatively low vibration.

Grade C: Parts mounted in engine having relatively low

vibration

Class 1:

mainly for parts of

passenger car

(2D✻)★1

★1

: No-spring detented type (2D✻) and No-spring type (2N✻) can be used when energised continous for position holding.

★1

★2

: For outdoor use, protect equipment with a cover, etc., to prevent direct exposure to water.

■ Water-proof, dust-proof and vibration-resistance

There properties are in compliance with the following standards.

(The marking of indicates compliance)

Drip-proof construction

Froth-roof construction

331

Directional Valves

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

“” Series Shockless Type Directional Valves

Pilot / Manually / Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

Maximum Flow

336

25 (3600)

16 (2320)

25 (3600)

35 (5080)

16 (2320)

25 (3600)

31.5 (4580)

16 (2320)

25 (3600)

35 (5080)

25 (3600)

31.5 (4580)

21 (3050)

25 (3600)

31.5 (4580)

25 (3600)

31.5 (4580)

21 (3050)

31.5 (4580)

7 (1020)

25 (3600)

S DSG 01

L DSG 03

DSG 01

S DSG 03

DSG 03

T S DSG 01

T DSG 01

T S DSG 03

T DSG 03

DSHG 01

DSHG 03

DSHG 04/S DSHG 04

DSHG 06/S DSHG 06

DSHG 10/S DSHG 10

G DSG 01

G DSG 03

G DSHG 04

G DSHG 06

DHG 0406 10

Threaded Connection (DMT030610

DMG 01 03 04 06 10

Rotary (DR

T

G

) 02

Cam Operated (DC

T

G

) 01 03

344

412

418

379

381

379

361

423

441

429

E DSG 01

E DSG 03

378

A

B

PT

X

Y

AB

PT

AB

PT

A

B

PT

a

b

AB

P

T

a

b

AB

P

T

AB

P

T

b

a

Y

A

B

P

T

a

b

A

B

P

T

b

a

Y

a

b

AB

P

T

Page

Max.

Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Graphic Symbols

Valve Type

DSG

005

L

DSG 01

Solenoid Operated

Directional Valves

Low Wattage (5W) Type

Dolenoid Operated

Directional Valves

Electronic Relay

Incorporated

Solenoid Operated

Directional Valves

Mechanically Operated

Directional Valves

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated

Directional Valve

“ ” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Operated

Directional Valves

“ ” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Controlled Pilot

Operated Directional Valves

Pilot Operated

Directional Valves

Manually Operated

Directional Valves

2000 5000200 500100502010521 1000

L/min

U.S.GPM

.3 .5 1 2 10 50 100 200 500 1000205

Directional Valves

332

■ Spool Types

Spool types are classified to the condition of flow at the neutral position.

AB

P

T

ABPT

AB

PT

ABPT

AB

P

T

ABPT

AB

P

T

ABPT

AB

P

T

ABPT

AB

P

T

AB

P

T

AB

P

T

ABPT

AB

P

T

ABPT

AB

P

T

ABPT

AB

P

T

ABPT

AB

P

T

ABPT

AB

P

T

ABPT

Spool Type Graphic Symbols

Schematic Drawing

(Centre Position)

Functions and Applications

2

Closed Centre

All Ports

( )

3

Open Centre

All Ports

( )

40

Open Centre A, B&T

Restricted Flow

6

Open Centre P&T

Closed Crossover

60

Open Centre P&T

Open Crossover

7

Open Centre All Ports

Restricted Flow

( )

4

(Open Centre A, B&T)

5

(Open Centre P, A&T)

8

(2-Way)

9

(Open Centre P, A&B)

10

(Open Centre B&T)

11

(Open Centre P&A)

12

(Open Centre A&T)

Holds pump pressure and cylinder position at neutral. Care

should be paid if used as a 2-position type because shock

occurs when each port is blocked in transit.

Pump can be unloaded and actuator is floating at neutral.

If a 2-position type is used, shock is reduced as each ports is

released to tank in transit.

Pump pressure is held and actuator is floated at neutral.

2-position type is used when system pressure is required to be

held in transit. Shock during transit is less compared to spool

type “2”.

In a variation of spool type “4”, a restrictor is provided in A-T

and B-T ports. Making it faster at stopping the actuator.

It can be used when a pump is unloading at neutral and actuato

r

is halted at one way flow.

Pump is unloading and actuator position held at neutral.

Suitable for series operation.

It is a variation of spool type “6”.

Shock is reduced as each port is released to tank on transit.

Mainly used as a 2-position type. Shock is reduced on transit.

Pump pressure and cylinder position is held at neutral in the

same way as spool type “2”.

It is used as 2 way type.

Regenerative circuit is provided at neutral.

Prevent actuator from one direction drift by leakage of P port at

neutral.

Halt actuator movement positively at B, T ports blocked P, A

ports connected at neutral.

Prevent actuator from one direction drift by leakage of P port at

neutral.

333

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Directional Valves

E

Directional Valves

Model Numbers

ISO Code of Mounting Surface

S–

L–

E–

T–

G–

( )

DSG–01

DSHG–01

DMG–01

DCG–01

S–

L–

E–

T–

G–

( )

DSG–03

DSHG–04

DMG–03

DCG–03

DHG–04

DMG–04

DSHG–03

ISO 4401–AB–03–4–A

ISO 4401–AC–05–4–A

✻

ISO 4401–AD–07–4–A

ISO 4401–AE–08–4–A

ISO 4401–AF–10–4–A

S–

G–

( )

DSHG–06

DHG–06

DMG–06

DHG–10

DMG–10

S–

G–

( )

(S–) DSHG–10

✻ The main port conform to the ISO 4401–AC–05–4–A.

The pilot and drain ports is sccordance with the ISO original draft.

■ Mounting Surface

Mounting surface dimensions conform to ISO 4401, Hydraulic fluid power-Four-Port directional control valves-

Mounting surfaces.

Model change has been made on the following product.

The difference between current and new design has been described on the paragraph of “Interchangeability in

Installation between Current and New Design.” Refer to relevant pages on each series.

Interchangeability in Installation between Current and New Design

DSG–01– – –60/6090

(S–)

DSHG–04– – –51/5190

Name

Model Numbers

Currrent New

Interchangeability

in Installation

Major Changes

DSG–005 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

DSG–01 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

1/8,3/8 Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional

Valves

3/4,1–1/4 Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional

Valves

1/2 Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional

Valves

DSG–005– – –30/3090

DSHG–01– – –13/1390

DSHG–03– – –13/1390

DSHG–01– – –14/1490

DSHG–03– – –14/1490

DSG–005– – –40/4090

DSG–005– – – –40/4090

N

N1

S–

L–

T–

( )

DSG–01– – –70/7090

S–

L–

T–

( )

(S–)

DSHG–04– – –52/5290

(S–)

DSHG–06– – –52/5290

(S–)

DSHG–10– – –42/4290

(S–)

DSHG–06– – –53/5390

(S–)

DSHG–10– – –43/4390

Ye s

—

357

—

●

High Flow

●

Low Pressure Drop

●

Din-connector type solenoid in addition

●

High Pressure and High Flow

●

Low Pressure Drop

●

Pilot valve has been changed

from DSG-01, 60 design to 70 design.

●

Pilot valve has been changed

from DSG-01, 60 design to 70 design.

●

Pilot valve has been changed

from DSG-01, 60 design to 70 design.

Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves

334

■ Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves

WIDE RANGE OF MODELS

– Choose the optimum valve to

meet your needs from a largeselection available.

1100

(291)

500

(132)

300

(79.3)

250

(66.1)

160

(42.3)

120

(31.7)

80

(21.1)

63

(16.6)

40

(10.6)

0

16

(2320)

21

(3050)

25

(3630)

35

(5080)

H

(S

–

)DSHG

–

04

H

(S

–

)DSHG

–

06

H

(S

–

)DSHG

–

10

15

(4.0)

H

DSG

–

03

H

DSG

–

01

G

–

DSHG

–

04

P

DSHG

–

03

G

–

DSHG

–

06

G

–

DSG

–

03

S

–

DSG

–

03

G

–

DSG

–

01

DSG

–

005

DSHG

–

01

S

–

DSG

–

01

H

S

E

G

E

G

P

30

(7.9)

100

(26.4)

31.5

(4570)

E

–

DSG

–

03

E

–

DSG

–

01

E

–

DSG

–

01

L-DSG-03 [60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM)]

Pressure MPa (PSI)

Maximum Flow L / min (U.S.GPM)

: High Pres., High Flow, Low Pres. Drop Type

: Shockless Type

: Shockless Type [Shifting Time Adjustable]

: Low Pressure Drop Type

: Low Wattage Type

335

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Operated Controlled

Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Operated / Solenoid Controlled Operated Directional Valves

Instructions

● Mounting

● Energisation

1. No-Spring Type

One of two solenoids should be energised continuously to avoid malfunction.

2. On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the same time as it will result in coils burning out.

● Valve Tank Port

Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with possible surge pressure.

Piping end of tank line should be submerged in oil.

● Pilot Drain Port for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Valve

Avoid connecting the valve pilot drain port to a line with possible surge pressure.

Piping end of drain should be submerged in oil.

● Shockless Type

In order to benefit from a shockless operation, it is necessary to fill the

tank line with operating oil.

Only after the tank line has been filled with operating oil should the

valve be used on a regular basis.

● Operating Force be Manual Actuator

Take care as the operating force by the manual actuator increases in

proportion to the tank line back pressure. (See the graph right.)

DSG-005

DSHG-01

DSHG-03

(S-) DSHG-04

(S-) DSHG-06

(S-) DSHG-10

-DSG-01

-DSG-03

No mounting restrictions for any model.

No-spring detented models not energised continuously must be installed so that

the spool axis L-L’ is horizontal. Otherwise there is no mounting restrictions.

No-spring models not energised continuously must be installed so that the spool

axis L-L’ is horizontal. Otherwise there is no mounting restrictions.

-DSG-01/03

L

L’

-DSHG

L

,

100

50

0

0 100 200 300 400 500

0

10

20

30

lbf.

150

1234

MPa

PSI

except for DSG-005

DSG-005

N

Tank Line Back Pressure

Operating

Force

Solenoid

■ Solenoid connector (DIN connector)

The solenoid connector is in accordance with the

international standard ISO 4400 (Fluid power systems

and components-Three-pin electrical plug connectors-

Characteristics and requirements).

■ AC Solenoid

50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require re-

wiring when the applied frequency is changed.

■ DC Solenoid ( -series Solenoid Operated

Directional Valve)

These valves differ from conventional DC solenoid

operated directional valves and have the following

characteristics:

1. The spark between the relay contacts has been

eliminated and therefore the valve can be operated by

miniature relays.

2. The surge voltage is approximately 10 % of that

normally experienced.

3. Time lag on de-energisation is reduced by

approximately 50 %.

■ R type Models with Current Rectifier and DC

Solenoid

Specially designed DC solenoid and receptacle (or

connector) containing AC-DC rectifier and transient

peak suppressor are provided. Connection to be made

to AC power source as with conventional AC solenoid.

Remarkably high reliability and long life and other

advantages including quiet valve operation. No over-

heating of coil due to the spool sticking and protection

against transient voltage peaks are assured.

■ RQ type Models with Current rectifier and Quick

Return Solenoid

Valve characteristics are identical to R type except for

the fast return time of the spool after deenergisation.

■ Insulation Class of Solenoid

DSG-005, DSG-01, S-DSG01

L-DSG-01, E-DSG-01, T-DSG-01

DSG-03, S-DSG-03, L-DSG-03

E-DSG-03, T-DSG-03

DSHG-01/03/04/06/10, S-DSHG-04/-06/10

Model numbers

Insulation Class

G-DSG-01, G-DSG-03

Class H

Class F

DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

336

■ Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-005 Series

These DSG-005 series solenoid directional valves are the pro-ducts

newly developed as a “Mini-series”. Compared with DSG-01

series, the valve are much more compactly manufactured but enjoy a

maximum operating pressure of 25 MPa (3630 PSI) and a maximum

flow rate of 15 L/min (3.96 U.S.GPM), while contributing further to

a space saving requirement. Moreover, using wet armature

solenoids, the valves ensure the long life.

Flying Lead Wire Type

Plug-in Connector Type

■ Specifications

■ Solenoid Rating

Model Numbers

Max. Flow

L/min

(U.S.GPM)

Max. Operating

Pressure

MPa

(PSI)

Max. Tank-Line

Back Pressure

MPa

(PSI)

Max. Changeover

Frequency

min

–1

(Cycles/min)

Approx. Mass

kg

(lbs.)

DSG-005-3C - -40/4090

DSG-005-2B - -40/4090

15

(3.96)

25

(3630)

7

(1020)

120

0.5 (1.1)

0.4 (.9)

★

The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve.

The maximum flow differs according to the type and operating conditions. For details, please refer to the “List of Standard Models and Maximum

Flow” on

pages 338 to 339.

★1

★2

★1

★2

Electric Source

Coil Type

Frequency

(Hz)

Voltage (V)

Source Rating Serviceable

Current & Power at Rated Voltage

Inrush

(A)

Holding

(A)

Power

(W)

50

60

50

60

—

0.36

0.34

0.18

0.17

—

0.16

0.11

0.08

0.05

1.2

0.6

80 – 110

90 – 120

160 – 220

180 – 240

10.8 – 13.2

21.6 – 26.4

100

200

12

24

A100

A200

D12

D24

15

—

AC

DC

Inrush current in the above table shows rms values at maximum stroke.

337

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-005 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

■ Model Number Designation

■ Sub-plates

■ Mounting Bolts

Four socket head cap screws in the table below are included.

■ Typical Changeover Time (Example)

Changeover time varies according to oil viscosity, spool type and hydraulic circuit.

DSG

Series Number

Valve Size

Number of

Valve Position

Spool-Spring

Arrangement

Spool Type

Coil Type

Design

Standard

Design

Number

Electrical Conduit

Connection

AC

A100, A200

DC

D12, D24

-005

-3

C2-D24

-N

-40

F:

DSG:

Special Seals

F-

Special Seals for

Phosphate Ester

Type Fluids

(Omit if not

required)

Solenoid Operated

Directional Valve

Design Standards: None .......... Japanese Standard “JIS” and European Design Standard

90 ............... N. American Design Standard

005

C:

Spring Centred

B:

Spring Offset

None: Flying Lead

Wire Type

N: Plug-in

Connector Type

N1: Plug-in

Connector with

Indicator Light

Refer to

40

★

2, 3

40

2, 3

3

2

★

Piping

Size

DSGM-005X-20

DSGM-005Y-20

DSGM-005X-2080

DSGM-005Y-2080

DSGM-005X-2090

DSGM-005Y-2090

1/8

1/4

Rc 1/8

Rc 1/4

1/8 BSP.F

1/4 BSP.F

1/8 NPT

1/4 NPT

0.8 (1.8)

Japanese Standard “JIS”

European Design Standard N. American Design Standard

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should

have a good machined finish.

Japanese Standard “JIS”

European Design Standard

Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 Pcs.)

M4 × 35 Lg.

No. 8-32 UNC × 1-3/8 Lg.

Tightening Torque

N. American Design Standard

2.5 - 3.5 Nm (22.1 - 31.0 in. lbs.)

ON

OFF

T

1 T2

0

Solenoid

Spool Shift

Max.

[Test Conditions]

Pressure: 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Flow Rate: 7.5 L/min (1.98 U.S.GPM)

Viscosity: 30 mm

2

/s (141 SSU)

Voltage: Rated Voltage (After coil temperature rises and saturated)

A B

Direction of Flow: P T

B A

[Result of Measurement]

Model Numbers

Time ms

T

1

T2

DSG-005-3C2-A

DSG-005-3C2-D

DSG-005-2B2-A

DSG-005-2B2-D

16

23

14

15

60

40

45

33

DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

338

■ List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow

5101625510 16 25 5 10 16 25

15DSG-005-3C2

14

13.5

15

14

13.5

15

14

13.5

15

15 15 15 15

12 12 12 12

14

13.5

15(12)

15(14)

15

2

12(3)

15(7)

5(1)

12(3)

1(0.5)

4(0.5)

15(10)

15(14)

12(5)

15(6)

5(2)

12(2)

1(0.5)

4(0.5)

15 15 15

15(12)

15(14)

15

12(3)

15(7)

5(1)

12(3)

15(14)

15(11)

15(9)

1(0.5)

4(0.5)

15(14)

14(9)

15(10)

8(4)

13(5)

4(0.5)

6(0.5)

15(10)

15(14)

12(5)

15(6)

5(2)

12(2)

1(0.5)

4(0.5)

15 15 15

111

3 333

15

Max. Flow

L/min

Working Pressure MPa Working Pressure MPa Working Pressure MPa

Model

Numbers

Graphic

Symbols

DSG-005-3C3

DSG-005-3C40

DSG-005-2B2

DSG-005-2B3

A

B

A

P

T

B

P

A [ Port "B" Blocked ]

P

B [ Port "A" Blocked ]

a

AB

T

P

b

a

AB

T

P

b

A

B

TP

b

A

B

T

P

b

a

AB

TP

b

● Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005- -A -40/4090

Two

Positions

Spring

Offset

Three Positions

Spring Centred

No. of Valve

Position

Spool-Spring

Arrangement

Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.

( Example )

The maximum flow rate is constant

regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of

any voltage variants within the

serviceable voltage

50 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

(80% of rated voltage)

50 Hz, At rated voltage

60 Hz, At rated voltage

60 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

(90% of rated voltage)

15

15 (14)

5101625510 16 25 5 10 16 25

15DSG-005-3C2

14

13.5

15

14

13.5

15

14

13.5

15

15 15 15 15

14

13.5

12

15

8.5

5

8

3

5

2

3

9

13

5.5

8

3.5

5

15 15 15

12

15

5

8

3

5

15 11 9

11 7.5 5.5

13.5

10.5

2

3

9

13

5.5

8

3.5

5

15 15 15

4.5 6.5 6.5

8 789

15

15 15

15

Max. Flow

L/min

Working Pressure MPa Working Pressure MPa Working Pressure MPa

Model

Numbers

Graphic

Symbols

DSG-005-3C3

DSG-005-3C40

DSG-005-2B2

DSG-005-2B3

A

B

A

P

T

B

P

A [ Port "B" Blocked ]

P

B [ Port "A" Blocked ]

a

AB

T

P

b

a

AB

T

P

b

A

B

TP

b

A

B

T

P

b

a

AB

TP

b

● Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005- -D -40/4090

Two

Positions

Spring

Offset

Three Positions

Spring Centred

No. of Valve

Position

Spool-Spring

Arrangement

Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.

( Example )

The maximum flow rate is constant

regardless of any voltage variants

within the serviceable voltage

At rated voltage

[after temperature rise and saturated]

At minimum serviceable voltage

(90% of rated voltage)

[after temperature rise and saturated]

15

13

9

339

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-005 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

■ List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow

730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630

DSG-005-3C2

Max. Flow

U.S.GPM

Working Pressure PSI Working Pressure PSI Working Pressure PSI

Model

Numbers

Graphic

Symbols

DSG-005-3C3

DSG-005-3C40

DSG-005-2B2

DSG-005-2B3

A

B

A

P

T

B

P

A [ Port "B" Blocked ]

P

B [ Port "A" Blocked ]

a

AB

T

P

b

a

AB

T

P

b

A

B

TP

b

A

B

T

P

b

a

AB

TP

b

● Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005- -A -40/4090

Two

Positions

Spring

Offset

Three Positions

Spring Centred

No. of Valve

Position

Spool-Spring

Arrangement

Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.

4.0 4.0 4.0

4.0

4.0 4.0

4.0

.5

.3 .3

.3

.8

.8 .8

.8

4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.9)

3.2(.8)

1.1(.1)

4.0(3.2) 4.0(.8) 1.3(.3) .3(.1)

4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.6)

3.2(.5)

1.1(.1)

4.0(2.6) 3.2(1.3) 1.3(.5) .3(.1)

4.0

4.0 4.0

4.0

4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.9)

3.2(.8)

1.1(.1)

4.0(3.2) 3.2(.8) 1.3(.3) .3(.1)

4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.6)

3.2(.5)

1.1(.1)

4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.6)

3.4(1.3)

1.6(.1)

4.0(3.7) 3.7(2.4)

2.1(1.1)

1.1(.1)

4.0(2.6) 3.2(1.3) 1.3(.5)

4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.9)

4.0(2.4)

4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.9) 4.0(2.4)

.3(.1)

4.0 4.0 4.0

4.0

3.2 3.2 3.2

3.2

3.7 3.7 3.7

3.7

3.6 3.6 3.6

3.6

( Example )

The maximum flow rate is constant

regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of

any voltage variants within the

serviceable voltage

50 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

(80% of rated voltage)

50 Hz, At rated voltage

60 Hz, At rated voltage

60 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

(90% of rated voltage)

4.0

4.0(3.7)

730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630 730 1450 2320 3630

4.0

4.0 4.0

4.0

2.1 1.3

.8

3.4 2.1

1.3

2.4 1.5

.9

3.2

1.3 .8

4.0

2.9 2.4

2.9

2.0 1.5

3.6

2.8

.5

4.0

4.0 4.0

4.0

4.0 4.0

4.0

4.0 4.0

4.0

2.1 1.3

.8

3.4 2.1

1.3

2.4 1.5

.9

3.2

1.3 .8

.5

4.0

4.0 4.0

4.0

4.0 4.0

4.0

3.7

3.7 3.7

3.7

2.3

1.2 1.7

1.7

2.1

1.9 2.1

2.4

3.6

3.6 3.6

3.6

DSG-005-3C2

Max. Flow

U.S.GPM

Working Pressure PSI Working Pressure PSI Working Pressure PSI

Model

Numbers

Graphic

Symbols

DSG-005-3C3

DSG-005-3C40

DSG-005-2B2

DSG-005-2B3

A

B

A

P

T

B

P

A [ Port "B" Blocked ]

P

B [ Port "A" Blocked ]

a

AB

T

P

b

a

AB

T

P

b

A

B

TP

b

A

B

T

P

b

a

AB

TP

b

● Models with DC Solenoids : DSG-005- -D -40/4090

Two

Positions

Spring

Offset

Three Positions

Spring Centred

No. of Valve

Position

Spool-Spring

Arrangement

Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.

( Example )

The maximum flow rate is constant

regardless of any voltage variants

within the serviceable voltage

At rated voltage

[after temperature rise and saturated]

At minimum serviceable voltage

(90% of rated voltage)

[after temperature rise and saturated]

4.0

3.4

2.4

DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

340

■ Pressure Drop

Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 30 mm

2

/s (141 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.

2.0

1.6

1.2

0.8

0.4

0

01234

L/min

U.S.GPM

24681012 14

15

2

3

4

5

1

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

PSI

MPa

Flow Rate

Pressure Drop ∆P

DSG-005-3C2

DSG-005-3C3

DSG-005-3C40

DSG-005-2B2

DSG-005-2B3

Model Numbers

Pressure Drop Curve Numbers

P → AB → TP → BA → TP → T

4444—

55553

4444—

1144—

2244

—

Viscosity

mm

2

/s

SSU

15

77

0.84

20

98

0.91

30

141

1.00

40

186

1.07

50

232

1.14

60

278

1.19

70

324

1.24

80

371

1.28

90

417

1.32

100

464

1.35

Factor

● For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the tabele below.

● For any other specific gravity (G’), the pressure drop (∆P) may be obtained from the formula below.

∆P’ = ∆P (G’/0.850)

341

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-005 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

32 (1.26)

132 (5.20)

28

(1.10)

52

(2.05)

44

(1.73)

4

25(.98)

33

(1.30)

SOL bSOL a

270(10.63)

16(.63)

34

(1.34)

29(1.14)

3

(.12)

17

(.67)

4.5(.18) Dia Through

8(.31) Dia Spotface

4 Places

Space Needed to Remove

Solenoid-Each End.

Pressure Port "P"

Cylinder Port "A"Cylinder Port "B"

Tank Port "T"

Spring Centred: DSG-005-3C - -40/4090

A

D

●

■

Flying Lead Wire Type

Lead Wire

Approx.

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

2(.08) Dia.

Location Pin

Manual Actuator

4.8(.19) Dia.

8

(.31)

SOL b

For other dimensions, refer

to “Spring Centred” type.

93

(3.66)

Spring Offset:

DSG-005-2B - -40/4090

A

D

●

46

(1.81)

18

(.71)

30.1

(1.19)

SOL a SOL b

73

(2.87)

65.1(2.56)

46(1.81)

15.8

(.62)

Spring Centred: DSG-005-3C - -N/N1-40/4090

A

D

●

Spring Offset: DSG-005-2B - -N/N1-40/4090

A

D

●

■

DIN Connector Type / DIN Connector with Indicator Light

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia.

....

3.5-6 mm (.14 - .24in.)

Conductor Area

....

Not Exceeding .75mm

2

(.0012 sq. in.)

Single Solenoid Models Only

Lock Nut

Tightening Torque:

2.9 - 3.9 Nm (25.67 - 34.52 in. lbs)

The position of the Plug-in connector can be

changed as illustrated below by loosening the

lock nut. After completion of the change, be

sure to tighten the lock nut with the torque as

specified below.

For other dimensions, refer to “Flying Lead Wire Type”.

●

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

342

32

(1.26)

7.5

(.30)

T

A

B

P

85

(3.35)

71

(2.80)

7

(.28)

28

(1.10)

14

(.55)

21.5

(.85)

20.75

(.82)

25(.98)

21.5

(.85)

63 (2.48)

48 (1.89)

37

(1.46)

24

(.94)

11

(.43)

12.5

(.49)

35.5

(1.40)

58.5

(2.30)

15

(.59)

"C" Thd.

4 Places

"D" Thd. 7.5(.30) Deep

4 Places

2.7(.11) Dia.

4(.16) Deep

7(.28) Dia. Through

11(.43) Dia. Spotface

2 Places

4.3(.17) Dia.

4 Places

Sub-plates: DSGM-005 -20/2080/2090

■

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

11.5

(.45)

3.5(.14)

12.5(.49)

16(.63)

7.25

(.29)

Piping Size

"C" Thd.

"D" Thd.

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

DSGM-005X-20

DSGM-005X-2080

DSGM-005X-2090

DSGM-005Y-20

DSGM-005Y-2080

DSGM-005Y-2090

Rc 1/8

1/8 BSP. F

1/8 NPT

Rc 1/4

1/4 BSP. F

1/4 NPT

M4

No. 8-32 UNC

M4

No. 8-32 UNC

343

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-005 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-005 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil and Connector Ass'y

5 24 10

211 1 12 20 24

78

9

13

35 21 2223 25

SOL a

SOL b

DSG-005- - -40/4090

30 31

Item

Name of Parts

Qty.

SO-NB-P14

SO-NB-P6

SO-NB-P14

O-Ring

—

4

2

Part Numbers

List of Seals

10

11

21

1

4

1

2B3C

Remarks

Included in Solenoid Ass’y

Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number “KS-DSG-005-40”.

DSG-005- -A100

DSG-005- -A200

DSG-005- -D12

DSG-005- -D24

DSG-005- -A100-N

DSG-005- -A200-N

DSG-005- -D12-N

DSG-005- -D24-N

DSG-005- -A100-N1

DSG-005- -A200-N1

DSG-005- -D12-N1

DSG-005- -D24-N1

SA05-100-40

SA05-200-40

SD05-12-40

SD-05-24-40

SA05-100-N-40

SA05-200-N-40

SD05-12-N-40

SD-05-24-N-40

SA05-100-N-40

SA05-200-N-40

SD05-12-N-40

SD-05-24-N-40

C-SA05-100-40

C-SA05-200-40

C-SD05-12-40

C-SD-05-24-40

C-SA05-100-N-40

C-SA05-200-N-40

C-SD05-12-N-40

C-SD-05-24-N-40

C-SA05-100-N-40

C-SA05-200-N-40

C-SD05-12-N-40

C-SD-05-24-N-40

Solenoid Ass’y, Coil and Connector Ass’y No.■

Valve Model Number

9 Solenoid Ass’y No. @2 Coil No.

Connector

Ass’y Part No.

#0

Connector

Ass’y Part No.

Remarks

#1

TK290378-9

TK290379-7

TK290089-2

TK290090-0

TK290058-7

TK290378-9

TK290379-7

TK290089-2

TK290090-0

TK290058-7

Flying Lead Wire Type

Plug-in Connector Type

Plug-in Connector

with

Indicator Light

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

344

■ 1/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-01 Series

These are Solenoid Operated Directional Valves of high pressure, high

flow and low pressure drop, the features of which can be materialized

by employing a powerful wet type solenoid and the rational flow

channel design.

● High Pressure & High Flow Rate

In comparison to our existing lines, both the pressure and flow of

these valves are much increased.

●

Max. Operating Pressure: approx. 10 % increased [31.5→35 MPa

(4570 →5080 PSI)]

●

Max. T-Line Back Pressure: approx. 30 % increased [16→21 MPa

(2320 →3050 PSI)]

●

Max. Flow Rate: approx. 60 % increased [63→100 L/min (16.64

→26.42 U.S.GPM)]

● Low Pressure Drop

The pressure drop of these valves is reduced by 10 % from 1.0 to 0.9

MPa (145 to 131 PSI), in comparison to our existing lines*; the valves

effectively reduce the energy consumption of the unit.

{* At Flow Rate: 60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM), Spool Type: 3C2 (P→A)}

● Compact & Small Mass

Despite of high pressure, high flow and low pressure drop, these valve

bodies are compact and lightweight with DC double solenoids; the

overall length and mass are reduced from 210 to 205 mm (8.26 to 8.07

inch) and from 2.2 to 1.85 kg (4.85 to 4.08 lbs), respectively.

● Shockless type available

In addition to the standard valves for high pressure and high flow, a

shockless type capable of minimizing noise and vibration in piping

during spool changeover is also available.

● Stable Operation

Due to the powerful magnetic and spring force of the solenoids, these

valves exhibit a high tolerance to contaminants and especially stable

operation.

● IP65-equivalent high dust- and water-proof

These valves demonstrate excellent dust- and water-proof

characteristics, in compliance with I. E. C. Pub. 529. IP65 and JIS C

0920 IP65 (dust- and jet-proof type).

● Usable in products of various standards

These standard valves are CE certified for installation in equipment overseas.

UL/CSA certified products are also available.

■ Specifications

★ 1. For details of L-DSG-01, please contact us.

★ 2. Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 347

to 351 for details.

Terminal Box Type

Plug-in Connector Type

Max. Changeover

Frequency

Cycle/min {min

–1

}

Max. Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Max. T-Line

Back Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Mass

kg

(lbs.)

Valve Type

Model Numbers

Max. Flow

L/min

(U.S.GPM)

★2

★1

Standard Type

DSG-01-3C - -70/7090

DSG-01-2D2- -70/7090

DSG-01-2B - -70/7090

S-DSG-01-3C - -70/7090

S-DSG-01-2B2- -70/7090

L-DSG-01-3C - -70/7090

L-DSG-01-2D2- -70/7090

L-DSG-01-2N - -70/7090

L-DSG-01-2B - -70/7090

Shockless Type

Low Wattage(14W)

Type

100

(26.4)

63

(16.6)

40

(10.6)

35

(5080)

25

(3630)

16

(2320)

21

(3050)

1.85

(4.08)

1.85

(4.08)

1.4(3.09)

1.85(4.08)

21

(3050)

16

(2320)

300

R Type Sol. Only

120

300

R Type Sol. Only

120

345

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-01 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Sub-plate

Piping

Size

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Japanese Standard "JIS "

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

European Design Standard

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

N.American Design Standard

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

Rc 1/8DSGM-01-31 1/8 BSP. FDSGM-01-3180

1/8 NPT

0.8 (1.8 )

Rc 1/4

Rc 3/8

1/4 BSP. F

1/4 NPT

3/8 NPT

0.8 (1.8 )

1/8

Mounting Bolt

Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 pcs.) Tightening Torque

Japanese Standard "JIS"

European Design Standard

N. American Design Standard

M5

×

45 Lg.

No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

5 - 7 Nm (43 - 60 in. 1bs.)

Applicable to working pressure more than

25 MPa (3630 PSI): 6 - 7 Nm (52 - 60 in. 1bs.)

1/4

3/8

DSGM-01-3190

DSGM-01X-31

DSGM-01Y-31

DSGM-01X-3180 DSGM-01X-3190

DSGM-01Y-3190

For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.

When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.

1.

2.

3.

1

2

Solenoid Ratings

Valve Type Electric source

Coil

Type

Frequency

(Hz)

Source Ratin g

Voltage (V)

Serviceable Range

Inrush (A)

Holding (A) Power (W)

Current & Power at Rated Voltage

100

110

120

200

220

240

12

24

48

100

200

50

60

50

60

50

60

50

60

50/60

A100

A120

A200

A240

D12

D24

D48

R100

R200

80 - 110

90 - 120

96 - 132

108 - 144

160 - 220

180 - 240

192 - 264

216 - 288

10.8 - 13.2

21.6 - 26.4

43.2 - 52.8

90 - 110

180 - 220

2.42

2.14

2.35

2.02

1.78

1.21

1.07

1.18

1.01

0.89

0.51

0.37

0.44

0.42

0.31

0.25

0.19

0.22

0.21

0.15

2.45

1.23

0.61

0.33

0.16

AC

DC (K Series)

AC

→

DC Rectified (R )

Standard

Type

Shockless

Type

29

AC solenoid is not available in shockless type.

R type models with built-in current rectifier is recommended for shockless operation with AC power.

Inrush current in the above table show rms values at maximum stroke.

There are more coil types other than the above. For details, please make inquiries.

The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as opotinal extras.

In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of

delivery with us before ordering.

SOL b

Lock Nut

Push Button

Plug-in Connector

With Indicator Light

■ Options

● Push Button with Lock Nut

Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button

can be locked in the pressed condition.

● Plug-in Connector with Solenoid Indicator Light

These are the indicator light incorporated plug-in connector

type solenoids. Energisation or de-energisation of the solenoid

can be easily identified with the incorporated indicator light.

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

346

■ Model Number Designation

2

1

F-

F:

S-

DS G -

01

-2 B

2A -D24 -C

-N

-70

-L

Special

Seals

Shockless

Type

Series

Number

Valve

Size

Number

of Valve

Positions

Spool-

Spring

Arrangement

Spool

Type

Special Two

Position Valve

Omit if not

require

d

Coil

Type

Manual

Override

Electrical

Conduit

Connection

Design

Number

Design

Standard

Models with

Reverse Mtg. of

Solenoid

Omit if not

require

d

For Phosphate

Ester Type

Fluids

(Omit if not

required

None:

Standard

Type

DSG:

Solenoid

Operated

Directional

Valve

S:

Shockless

Type

3:

Three

Positions

2:

Two

Positions

2:

Two

Positions

3:

Three

Positions

C:

Spring

Centred

D:

No-Spring

Detented

B:

Spring

Offset

C:

Spring

Centred

B:

Spring

Offset

None:

Manual

Override

C :

Push

Button

and

Lock Nut

(Option)

None:

Terminal

Box Type

N:

Plug-in

Connector

Type

N1 :

Plug-in

Connector

Type

with

Indicator

Light

(Option)

None:

Japanese

Std. "JIS"

90:

N.American

Design Std.

None:

Japanese

Std. "JIS"

and

European

Design

Std.

90:

N. American

Design

Std.

01

L

AC:

A100

A120

A200

A240

DC:

D12

D24

D48

R:

(AC

DC)

R100

R200

L

A

B

3

40

9

11

2,

4,

10,

12

2

3

8

2

4

2

70

60,

→

DC:

D12

D24

D48

R:

DC)

R100

R200

2

(AC

→

In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 352 for details.

N1 is not available for R type solenoids.

In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional

extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,

therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.

★1.

★2.

347

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-01 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

100

10080

9063

90

85

80

4323

4023

100

80

85

70

10

DSG 01 3C2

DSG

01 3C3

DSG

01 3C4

DSG

01 3C40

DSG

01 3C60

DSG

01 3C9

DSG

01 3C10

DSG

01 3C11

DSG

01 3C12

DSG

01 2D2

DSG

01 2B2

DSG

01 2B3

DSG

01 2B8

16 25 31. 5 35 10 16 25 31. 5 35 10 16 25 31. 5 35

100

10080

9063

90

85

80

4323

4023

100

10070

100

10070

80

85

70

100

10080

9063

90

9026

85

8030

4223

3823

100

10063

8020

100

10063

8020

80

85

70

100

10077

9063

9022

4314

8040

6315

4223

3623

100

10033

7020

100

10033

7020

80

85

70

100

10077

9063

3518

3011

8022

2510

4223

3523

100

10027

4019

100

10027

4019

80

85

70

10043

5738

7046

4530

10038

5031

8540

7026

5432

4830

20

10050

10037

23

10050

10037

45

20

50

26

10041

5331

7046

4530

7628

3820

8535

5024

5432

4730

15

10037

5525

20

10037

5525

45

16

50

17

8021

2917

7046

4530

6715

2010

8524

3216

5232

4730

10

10020

2914

13

10020

2914

4521

3618

16

50

13

6017

1910

7046

4530

5710

167

6016

2213

5232

4730

10

7816

2011

10

7816

2011

4516

2813

15

50

11

3815

139

7046

4530

357

125

5512

1810

5232

4730

8

6213

1510

5

6213

1510

3813

2212

13

50

10

10043

5738

7046

4530

10038

5031

8540

7026

5432

4830

20

10050

10037

10065

7050

10050

10037

50

8563

8530

8070

7048

8050

3520

10041

5331

7046

4530

7628

3820

8535

5024

5432

4730

15

10037

5525

8552

5740

10037

5525

5045

8050

6033

8070

7048

7040

2315

8021

2917

7046

4530

6715

2010

8524

3216

5232

4730

10

10020

2914

7245

5025

10020

2914

5042

6340

5028

8070

7048

6020

158

6017

1910

7046

4530

5710

167

6016

2213

5232

4730

10

7816

2011

6534

4319

7816

2011

4540

4432

4028

8070

7048

4510

105

38 15

13 9

70 46

4530

35 7

12 5

55 12

18 10

52 32

47 30

8

62

13

15 10

60 27

35 18

62 13

15 10

4540

44 32

4028

80 70

70 48

3010

75

a

b

PT

BA

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

b

AB

PT

b

AB

PT

b

AB

PT

P

A

T

B

P

A

T

B

P

A

T

B

Graphic

Symbols

Model

Numbers

Spool-Spring Arrangement

No. of Valve Positions

[Port "A" Blocked][Port "B" Blocked]

Max. Flow

Working Pressure MPa

L/min

Spring Centred

Three Positions

No-Spring

Detented

Spring Offset

Two Positions

■ List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow

● Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01- -A

T of the valves with a mark, please see page 351.

( Example )

The maximum flow rate is constant

regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of

any voltage variants within the

serviceable voltage

50 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

(80% of rated voltage)

50 Hz, At rated voltage

60 Hz, At rated voltage

60 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

(90% of rated voltage)

100

100 (43)

57 (38)

Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.

The valve models with a mark are handled as

Options. If you choose such valves, check the time

of delivery beforehand.

For the maximum flow rate in P

→

2.

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

348

22

17

75

70

29

23

24

19

66

58

8

24

19

5

24

19

27

22

13

50

10

100

80

90

85

50

41

100

85

100

85

75

70

80

70

10

DSG 01 3C2

DSG

01 3C3

DSG

01 3C4

DSG

01 3C40

DSG

01 3C60

DSG

01 3C9

DSG

01 3C10

DSG

01 3C11

DSG

01 3C12

DSG

01 2D2

DSG

01 2B2

DSG

01 2B3

DSG

01 2B8

16 25 31. 5 35 10 16 25 31. 5 35 10 16 25 31. 5 35

100

55

78

70

100

62

85

65

66

58

20

100

74

23

100

74

45

20

50

26

28

23

78

70

38

30

25

66

58

10

36

28

13

36

28

40

30

16

50

13

25

19

78

70

31

25

26

21

66

58

10

28

20

10

28

20

30

25

15

50

11

100

55

78

70

100

62

85

65

66

58

20

100

74

100

85

100

74

50

46

32

75

65

53

35

100

80

90

85

50

41

100

85

100

85

75

70

80

70

100

80

90

42

65

45

50

41

100

85

35

100

85

35

75

70

80

70

100

80

50

26

40

30

50

41

100

80

23

100

80

23

75

70

80

70

100

80

38

20

33

26

50

41

100

40

20

100

40

20

75

70

80

70

45

35

78

70

58

48

52

36

66

58

15

56

43

20

56

43

45

16

50

17

45

35

78

70

58

48

52

36

66

58

15

56

43

60

46

56

43

50

45

31

23

75

65

35

30

28

23

78

70

38

30

25

66

58

10

36

28

40

32

36

28

50

42

24

19

75

65

23

17

25

19

78

70

31

25

26

21

66

58

10

28

20

36

28

20

45

40

22

18

75

65

19

13

22

17

75

70

29

23

24

19

66

58

8

24

19

32

24

19

45

40

22

18

75

65

17

12

P

A

T

B

P

A

T

B

P

A

T

B

a

b

PT

BA

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

b

AB

PT

b

AB

PT

b

AB

PT

[Port "A" Blocked][Port "B" Blocked]

Graphic

Symbols

Model

Numbers

Spool-Spring Arrangement

No. of Valve Positions

Max. Flow

Working Pressure MPa

L/mi

Spring Centred

Three Positions

No-Spring

Detented

Spring Offset

Two Positions

■ List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow

● Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: DSG-01- -D /R

T of the valves with a mark, please see page 351.

( Example )

The maximum flow rate is constant

regardless of any voltage variants

within the serviceable voltage

At rated voltage

[after temperature rise and saturated]

At minimum serviceable voltage

(90% of rated voltage)

[after temperature rise and saturated]

100

55

Notes: The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown be low.1.

2.

The valve models with a mark are handled as

Options. If you choose suce valves, check the time

of delivery beforehand.

For the maximum flow rate in P

→

349

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-01 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

DSG 01 3C2

DSG

01 3C3

DSG

01 3C4

DSG

01 3C40

DSG

01 3C60

DSG

01 3C9

DSG

01 3C10

DSG

01 3C11

DSG

01 3C12

DSG

01 2D2

DSG

01 2B2

DSG

01 2B3

DSG

01 2B8

a

b

PT

BA

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

b

AB

PT

b

AB

PT

b

AB

PT

P

A

T

B

P

A

T

B

P

A

T

B

Graphic

Symbols

Model

Numbers

Spool-Spring Arrangement

No. of Valve Positions

[Port "A" Blocked][Port "B" Blocked]

Max. Flow

Working Pressure PSI

U.S.GPM

Spring Centred

Three Positions

No-Spring

Detented

Spring Offset

Two Positions

■ List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow

● Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01- -A

1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080

26.4

26.4(11.4) 26.4(10.8) 21.1(5.6) 15.9(4.5) 10.0(4.0)

15.1(10.0) 14.0(8.2) 7.7(4.5) 5.0(2.6) 3.4(2.4)

26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4)

26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6)

26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4)

26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6)

26.4(17.2) 22.5(13.7) 19.0(13.7) 17.2(9.0) 15.9(7.1)

18.5(13.2) 15.1(10.6) 13.2(6.6) 11.4(5.0) 9.2(4.8)

26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4)

11.9(5.6) 11.9(4.2) 10.0(3.4)

9.5(4.8) 7.4(3.4) 5.8(3.2)

26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6)

26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4)

22.5(16.6) 21.1(13.2) 16.6(10.6) 11.6(8.5) 11.6(8.5)

22.5(7.9) 15.9(8.7) 13.2(7.4) 10.6(7.4) 10.6(7.4)

21.1(13.2) 18.5(10.6) 15.9(5.3) 11.9(2.6) 7.9(2.6)

9.2(5.3) 6.1(4.0) 4.0(2.1) 2.6(1.3) 1.9(1.3)

21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5) 21.1(18.5)

18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7) 18.5(12.7)

26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6)

13.2(11.9) 13.2(11.1) 11.9(10.6) 11.9(10.6)

26.4(10.0) 20.1(17.4) 17.7(4.0) 15.1(2.6) 9.2(1.8)

13.2(8.2) 10.0(5.3) 5.3(2.6) 4.2(1.9) 3.2(1.3)

22.5(10.6) 22.5(9.3) 22.5(6.3) 15.9(4.2) 14.5(3.2)

18.5(6.9) 13.2(6.3) 8.5(4.2) 5.8(3.4) 4.8(2.6)

14.2(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4)

12.7(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9)

22.5(10.6) 22.5(9.3) 22.5(6.3) 15.9(4.2) 14.5(3.2)

18.5(6.9) 13.2(6.3) 8.5(4.2) 5.8(3.4) 4.8(2.6)

14.2(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4)

12.7(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9)

26.4(10.0) 20.1(7.4) 17.7(4.0) 15.1(2.6) 9.2(1.8)

13.2(8.2) 10.0(5.3) 5.3(2.6) 4.2(1.9) 3.2(1.3)

26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1)

23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6)

11.4(6.1) 11.4(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 11.1(6.1)

10.6(6.1) 10.6(6.1) 10.0(6.1) 9.5(6.1) 9.2(6.1)

23.8(6.9) 11.4(3.7) 7.9(2.9)

23.8(5.8) 9.2(4.8)

21.1(7.9) 16.6(4.0) 6.6(2.4)

26.4(18.5) 21.1(5.3) 18.5(5.3) 10.6(5.0)

26.4(16.6) 26.4(8.7) 26.4(7.1)

26.4(18.5) 21.1(5.3) 18.5(5.3) 10.6(5.0)

26.4(16.6) 26.4(8.7) 26.4(7.1)

21.1(10.6) 21.1(5.8)

18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2)

11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9)

15.1(10.0) 14.0(8.2) 7.7(4.5) 5.0(2.6) 3.4(2.4)

18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2)

11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9)

26.4(11.4) 26.4(10.8) 21.1(5.6) 15.9(4.5) 10.0(4.0)

26.4

23.8 23.8

22.5 22.5

22.5

21.1 21.1

23.8

26.4 26.4 26.4

26.4

26.4 26.4 26.4

21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1

22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5

18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5

13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2 13.2

5.3 4.2 4.2 4.0 3.4

6.9 4.5 3.4 2.9 2.6

11.9 11.9 13.2

26.4

26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4

5.3 4.0 2.6 2.6 2.1

6.1 5.3 3.4 2.6 1.3

5.3 4.0 2.6 2.6 2.1

T of the valves with a mark, please see page 351.

( Example )

The maximum flow rate is constant

regardless of 50 Hz or 60 Hz and of

any voltage variants within the

serviceable voltage

50 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

(80% of rated voltage)

50 Hz, At rated voltage

60 Hz, At rated voltage

60 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

(90% of rated voltage)

26.4

26.4(11.4)

15.1(10.0)

Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.

The valve models with a mark are handled as

Options. If you choose such valves, check the time

of delivery beforehand.

For the maximum flow rate in P

→

2.

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

350

5.8

4.5

19.8

18.5

7.7

6.1

6.3

5.0

17.4

15.3

2.1

6.3

5.0

1.3

6.3

5.0

7.1

5.8

3.4

13.2

2.6

26.4

21.1

23.8

22.5

13.3

10.8

26.4

22.5

26.4

22.5

19.8

18.5

21.1

18.5

DSG 01 3C2

DSG

01 3C3

DSG

01 3C4

DSG

01 3C40

DSG

01 3C60

DSG

01 3C9

DSG

01 3C10

DSG

01 3C11

DSG

01 3C12

DSG

01 2D2

DSG

01 2B2

DSG

01 2B3

DSG

01 2B8

26.4

14.5

20.6

18.5

26.4

16.4

22.5

17.2

17.4

15.3

5.3

26.4

19.6

6.1

26.4

19.6

11.9

5.3

13.2

6.9

7.4

6.1

20.6

18.5

10.0

7.9

6.6

17.4

15.3

2.6

9.5

7.4

3.4

9.5

7.4

10.6

7.9

4.2

13.2

3.4

6.6

5.0

20.6

18.5

8.2

6.6

6.9

5.6

17.4

15.3

2.6

7.4

5.3

2.6

7.4

5.3

7.9

6.6

4.0

13.2

2.9

26.4

14.5

20.6

18.5

26.4

16.4

22.5

17.2

17.4

15.3

5.3

26.4

19.6

26.4

22.5

26.4

19.6

13.2

12.2

8.5

19.8

17.2

14.0

9.3

26.4

21.1

23.8

22.5

13.3

10.8

26.4

22.5

26.4

22.5

19.8

18.5

21.1

18.5

26.4

21.1

23.8

11.1

17.2

11.9

13.3

10.8

26.4

22.5

9.2

26.4

22.5

9.2

19.8

18.5

21.1

18.5

26.4

21.1

13.2

6.9

10.6

7.9

13.3

10.8

26.4

21.1

6.1

26.4

21.1

6.1

19.8

18.5

21.1

18.5

26.4

21.1

10.0

5.3

8.7

6.9

13.3

10.8

26.4

10.6

5.3

26.4

10.6

5.3

19.8

18.5

21.1

18.5

11.9

9.3

20.6

18.5

15.3

12.7

13.7

9.5

17.4

15.3

4.0

14.8

11.4

5.3

14.8

11.4

11.9

4.2

13.2

4.5

11.9

9.3

20.6

18.5

15.3

12.7

13.7

9.5

17.4

15.3

4.0

14.8

11.4

15.9

12.2

14.8

11.4

13.2

8.2

6.1

19.8

17.2

9.2

7.9

7.4

6.1

20.6

18.5

10.0

7.9

6.6

17.4

15.3

2.6

9.5

7.4

10.6

8.5

9.5

7.4

13.2

11.1

6.3

5.0

19.8

17.2

6.1

4.5

6.6

5.0

20.6

18.5

8.2

6.6

6.9

5.6

17.4

15.3

2.6

7.4

5.3

9.5

7.4

5.3

11.9

10.6

5.8

4.8

19.8

17.2

5.0

3.4

5.8

4.5

19.8

18.5

7.7

6.1

6.3

5.0

17.4

15.3

2.1

6.3

5.0

8.5

6.3

5.0

11.9

10.6

5.8

4.8

19.8

17.2

4.5

3.2

P

A

T

B

P

A

T

B

P

A

T

B

a

b

PT

BA

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

a

b

AB

PT

b

AB

PT

b

AB

PT

b

AB

PT

[Port "A" Blocked][Port "B" Blocked]

Graphic

Symbols

Model

Numbers

Spool-Spring Arrangement

No. of Valve Positions

Max. Flow

Working Pressure PSI

U.S.GPM

Spring Centred

Three Positions

No-Spring

Detented

Spring Offset

Two Positions

■ List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow

● Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: DSG-01- -D /R

1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080

T of the valves with a mark, please see page 351.

( Example )

The maximum flow rate is constant

regardless of any voltage variants

within the serviceable voltage

At rated voltage

[after temperature rise and saturated]

At minimum serviceable voltage

(90% of rated voltage)

[after temperature rise and saturated]

26.4

14.5

Notes: The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown be low.1.

2.

The valve models with a mark are handled as

Options. If you choose suce valves, check the time

of delivery beforehand.

For the maximum flow rate in P

→

351

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-01 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

10 MPa

(1450 PSI)

55

(14.5)

16 MPa

(2320 PSI)

44

(11.6)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

30

(7.9)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

26

(6.9)

35 MPa

(5080 PSI)

22

(5.8)

63

(16.6)

63

(16.6)

40

(10.6)

40

(10.6)

32

(8.5)

25

(6.6)

a

b

AB

PT

P

A

T

B

P

A

T

B

P

A

T

B

a

b

PT

BA

a

b

AB

PT

b

AB

PT

Maximum Flow of Centre By-Pass

In valve type 3C60, in case where the actuator is put on in between the cylinder ports A and B as illustrated below and

where the actuator moves and suspended at its stroke end and where the valve is then shifted to the neutral position in

the suspended state of the actuator, the maximum flow rates available are those as shown as the table below regardless

of any voltage in the range of serviceable valtage.

Mode Numbers

Graphic

Symbol

Max. Flow L/min (U.S.GPM)

DSG-01-3C60-A /D /R

List of Shockless Models and The Maximum Flow

Models with DC or R Type Solenoids: S-DSG-01- -D /R

[Port "B" Blocked]

[Port "A" Blocked]

Graphic

Symbol

Model Numbers

Spool-Spring

Arrangement

No. of

Valve

Positions

Three

Positions

Two

Positions

Spring

Centred

Spring

Offset

S-DSG-01-3C2

S-DSG-01-3C4

S-DSG-01-3B2

Working Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Working Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Working Pressure

MPa (PSI)

10

(1450)

16

(2320)

25

(3630)

10

(1450)

16

(2320)

25

(3630)

10

(1450)

16

(2320)

25

(3630)

40

(10.6)

32

(8.5)

50

(13.2)

40

(10.6)

40

(10.6)

20

(5.3)

25

(6.6)

40

(10.6)

32

(8.5)

16

(4.2)

40

(10.6)

32

(8.5)

16

(4.2)

32

(8.5)

20

(5.3)

16

(4.23)

32

(8.5)

20

(5.3)

16

(4.23)

32

(8.45)

16

(4.23)

12

(3.17)

50

(13.2)

45

(11.9)

45

(11.9)

45

(11.9)

40

(10.6)

40

(10.6)

32

(8.45)

16

(4.23)

12

(3.17)

30

(7.9)

30

(7.9)

30

(7.9)

60

(15.9)

60

(15.9)

40

(10.6)

40

(10.6)

( Example )

The maximum flow rate is constant

regardless of any voltage variants

within the serviceable voltage

At rated voltage

[after temperature rise and saturated]

At minimum serviceable voltage

(90% of rated voltage)

[after temperature rise and saturated]

60

(15.9)

50

(13.2)

40

(10.6)

Notes: The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown be low.1.

U.S.GPM

L/min

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

352

A

B

P

T

b

B

A

T

P

a

AB

P

T

b

B

A

T

P

a

DSG-01-2B

B

DSG-01-2B2B

DSG-01-2B3B

DSG-01-2B4B

DSG-01-2B60B

DSG-01-2B10B

DSG-01-2B

A

DSG-01-2B2A

Model Numbers Model Numbers

Standard

Mtg. Type

Revers

e

Mtg. Type

Standard

Mtg. Type

Reverse

Mtg. Type

Graphic SymbolsG raphic Symbols

Reverse Mounting of Solenoid.

In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b position

(side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in the reverse

position -SOL a side- is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.

As for the valve type 2B A and 2B B, please refer to the explanation under the heading of "Valves Using Neutral

Position and Side Position" given below.

A

B

P T

b

B

A

TP

a

Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)

Besides the use of the standard 2-position valves aforementioned in the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow",

the 3-position valves also can be used as the 2-position valves using the two of their three positions. In this case, there

are two kinds of the valve available. One is the valve using the neutral position and SOL a position (2B

A) and another

is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B) .

Standard Mtg. of Solenoid Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid

(Example) In case of Spool Type "2"

A

P

T

a

b

A B

P T

b

A

B

P

T

b

"A": Use of Neutral and

SOL. a Energised

Position (2B2A)

SOL. a Energised

Position

2B2A

2B2B

SOL. b Energised

Position

Neutral Positio

n

"B": Use of Neutral and

SOL. b Energised

Position (2B2B

)

In the above table, the graphic symbols in mounting

type highlighted with shade are optional extra,

therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with

us before ordering.

SOL b SOL a

B

353

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-01 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Type Model Numbers

1

T

2

T

Time ms

DSG-01-3C2- A

DSG-01-3C2- D

DSG-01-3C2- R

Standard

Type

15

48

50

23

19

100

Type Model Nmbers

1

T

2

T

Time

ms

1

G

2

G

Acceleratio

n

2

m/s (G)

12

(1.2

)

18

(1.8

)

7

(0.7

)

15

(1.5

)

30

25

70

35

S-DSG-01-3C2- D

DSG-01-3C2- D

Shockles

s

Type

Standard

Type

T

Max.

OFF O FF

ON

0

Solenoid

Spool Shift

1

T

2

a

b

Ps

Speed

Load

Accelmeter

ON

OFF

G

SOL a

Acceleration

(G)

(Ps)

Pressure

Time

1

G

2

T

1

T

2

Typical Changeover Time

Changeover time varies according to oil viscosity, spool type and hydraulic circuit.

16 MPa (2320 PSI)

31.5 L /min (8.3 U.S.GPM)

2

35 mm /s (164 SSU)

100 %V

(After coil temprature rises and saturated)

[Test Conditions

]

Standard Type

(Without Shockless Function)

Pressure:

Flow Rate:

Viscosity:

Voltage:

Shockless Type

[Test Circuit and Conditions]

Setting Pressure (Ps): 7 MPa (1020 PSI)

Load (W): 1000 kg (2205 1bs.)

Speed: 8 m/min (26.2 ft./min)

2

Viscosity: 35 mm /s (164 SSU )

[Reaults of Measurement]

[Result of Measurement]

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

354

Model Numbers

P

A

Pressure Drop Curve Number

4

5

4

1

5

4

5

DSG-01-3C2

DSG-01-3C3

DSG-01-3C4

DSG-01-3C40

DSG-01-3C60

DSG-01-3C9

DSG-01-3C10

DSG-01-3C11

DSG-01-3C12

DSG-01-2D2

DSG-01-2B2

DSG-01-2B3

DSG-01-2B8

4

5

4

1

3

5

4

5

4

5

4

1

5

4

5

4

5

4

1

3

4

5

4

5

2

Model Numbers

Pressure Drop Curve Number

1

2

1 1

1

2

1

S-DSG-01-3C2

S-DSG-01-3C4

S-DSG-01-2B2

11

1

Viscosity

SSU

Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30

77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

2

mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

90 100

→

B

T

→

P

B

→

A

T

→

P

T

→

P

A

→

B

→

T

P

→

BA

T

→

Pressure Drop

P

Flow Rate

Pressure Drop P

2

Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.

Shockless Type: S-DSG-01

Standard Type: DSG-01

Pressure Drop

For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.

For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be

obtained from the formula below.

P' = P (G'/0.850)

0

0481216 20 24 U.S.GPM

L/min

20 40 60 80 100

2

1

3

4

1

2

3

4

5

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

PSI

MPa

0

40

80

120

160

180

PSI

MPa

024681012 14 16

U.S.GPM

L/min

10 20 30 40 50 60

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

2

1

355

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-01 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Lock Nut

Tightening Torque:

10.3-11.3

Nm (

91-100

IN.lbs.)

Manual Actuator-Both Ends

Locating pin can be fitted to this hole to conform with

ISO4401-03-02-94. However, locating pin is not provided

to standard design valve. When ordering valve with a

locating pin, please consult Yuken.

6(.24)

Dia.

3(.12)

Dia.

5(.20)

VIEW ARROW X

Deep

Electrical Conduit Connection

"C "

Thd. (Both Ends)

Model Numbers

DSG-01-

-A

-7

0

DSG-01-

-A

-7090

"C

"

Thd.

G 1/2

1/2 NPT

★

Spring Centred

No-Spring Detented

Spring Offset

Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01- -D -70/7090

Models with R Type Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01- -R -70/7090

Space Needed to Remove

Solenoid-Each End

Spring Offset Type

Double Solenoid

Models Only

For other dimensions, refer to models with AC solenoids.

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

TERMINAL BOX TYPE

Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detented

Models with AC Solenoids

-A -70/7090DSG-01-

3C

2D2

Single Solenoid: Spring Offset

DSG-01-2B -A

-70/7090

For other dimensions, refer to "spring Centred and

No-Spring Detented" models.

Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position

SOL a side is also available.

Space Needed to Remove

Solenoid-Each En

d

76.7

(3.02)

40.5

(1.59)

31

(1.22)

32.5

(1.28)

0.75

(.03)

Tank Port "T"

Cylinder Port "B"

Solenoid Indicator Light

(For Sol b)

Solenoid Indicator Light

(For Sol a)

Cylinder Port "A"

Pressure Port "P"

5.5(.22)

Dia. Through

9.5(.37)

C' Bore

4 Places

142.2

(5.60)

145.7

(5.74)

SOL b

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

356

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Piping Size

"C"

Thd.

"D"

Thd.

"E"

mm(IN.)

DSGM-01-31

DSGM-01-3180

DSGM-01-3190

DSGM-01X-31

DSGM-01X-3180

DSGM-01X-3190

DSGM-01Y-31

DSGM-01Y-3190

Rc 1/8

1/8 BSP.F

1/8 NPT

Rc 1/4

1/4 BSP.F

1/4 NPT

Rc 3/8

3/8 NPT

M5

No.10-24 UNC

M5

No. 10-24 UNC

12 (.47)

10 (.39)

12 (.47)

10 (.39)

12 (.47)No.10-24 UNC

A

T

P

B

12.7(.50)

21.5

(.85)

30.2

(1.19)

40.5

(1.59)

14.2

(.56)

0.75

(.03)

15.5

(.61)

5.2

(.20)

25.8

(1.02)

31

(1.22)

31.75

(1.25)

8.5

(.33)

48

(1.89)

7.5

(.30)

63

(2.48)

71

(2.80)

85

(3.35)

7

(.28)

7 (.28) Dia. Through

11 (.43)

Dia. Spotface

2 Places

7 (.28) Dia.

4 Places

"

D

" Thd.

"

E

" Deep

4 Places

15

(.59)

16

(.63)

32

(1.26)

11

(.43)

24

(.94)

37

(1.46)

12.5

(.49)

35.5

(1.40)

58.5

(2.30)

"

C

" Thd.

4 Places

Sub-plate : DSGM-01/01X/01Y-31/3180/3190

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

357

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-01 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

CDEFGH

196.4

(7.73)

76.7

(3.02)

88.5

(3.48)

53

(2.09)

27.5

(1.08)

39

(1.54)

204.4

(8.05)

80.7

(3.18)

99.5

(3.92)

64

(2.52)

27.5

(1.08)

39

(1.54)

204.4

(8.05)

80.7

(3.18)

102.5

(4.04)

57.2

(2.25)

34

(1.34)

53

(2.09)

ABCDE FH JKL

C

72.5

(2.85)

29.5

(1.16)

H

D

23.5

(.93)

F

E

G

46(1.81)

A100

SOL a SOL b

SOL b

A

E

H

F

SOL a

SOL b

J

K

D

27

L

C

A100

A

3

5

B

38

PLUG-IN CONNECTOR TYPE (N)

PLUG-IN CONNECTOR WITH INDICATOR LIGHT (N1)

Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01- -A - -70/7090

Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01- -D - -70/7090

Models with R Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01- -R -N-70/7090

N

N1

N

N1

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Double Solenoid

Models Only

Lock Nut

Tightening Torque:

10.3 - 11.3 Nm (90 - 100 IN.lbs.)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia.

....

8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)

Conductor Area

....

Not Exceeding 1.5 mm

2

(.0023 Sq. in.)

The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as

illustrated below by loosening the lock nut. After

completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut

with the torque as specified below.

Model Numbers

DSG-01- -A -N

(S-)DSG-01- -D -N

(S-)DSG-01- -R -N

For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box type" (Page 356).

Models with Push Button & Lock Nut

(S-)DSG-01- - -C

AC: 132.2(5.20)

DC/R: 136.2(5.36)

Lock Nut

Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut"

clockwise. The position of the "Push Button" is held.

Be sure to loosen "Lock Nut" fully before solenoid

is energised.

Push Button

Interchangeability in Installation Current and New Design

In ouder to achieve higher pressure, higher flow, lower pressure drop DSG-01 valves has been upgraded from the 60

design series to the 70 design series.

The figures in the table below are the comparison between the current and the new design valves.

Design Number

★ Flow Rate: 60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM), Viscosity: 30 mm

2

/s (141 SSU), Spool type "2" (Closed centre)

Max. Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Max. T-Line

Back Pres.

MPa (PSI)

Pressure Drop

MPa (PSI)

{P→A}

Mass kg (lbs.)

Max. Flow

L/min

(U.S.GPM)

Max. Changeover

Frequency

Cycle/min (min

–1

)

★

3C /2D

2B

1.85(4.08)

2.2(4.85)

0.9(130)

1.0(145)

21(3050)

16(2320)

35(5080)

31.5(4570)

100(26.4)

63(16.6)

300

(R Type sol. Only 120)

1.4(3.09)

1.6(3.53)

New Design: 70

Current Design:

60

● Specifications

● Interchangeability in Installation

Interchangeability in installation in maintained though there are minor differences in demension as in the following table.

196.4

(7.73)

142.2

(5.60)

46

(1.81)

88.8

(3.50)

95

(3.74)

50.7

(2.00)

26

(1.02)

70

(2.76)

13.5

(.53)

70.5

(2.78)

191.4

(7.54)

142.7

(5.62)

48

(1.89)

90.3

(3.56)

90

(3.54)

50.7

(2.00)

23.5

(.93)

65

(2.56)

11

(.43)

72

(2.83)

204.4

(8.05)

146.2

(5.76)

46

(1.81)

88.8

(3.50)

95

(3.74)

54.7

(2.15)

26

(1.02)

70

(2.76)

13.5

(.53)

70.5

(2.78)

210

(8.27)

152

(5.98)

48

(1.89)

90.3

(3.56)

90

(3.54)

60

(2.36)

23.5

(.93)

65

(2.56)

11

(.43)

72

(2.83)

Coil Type

Design

Number

New Design

: 70

Current Design

: 60

New Design

: 70

Current Design

: 60

AC

DC

R

(1.06)

(1.50)

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

358

3

1.

2.

3.

Type of

Electrical Conduit

Connection

Double Solenoid Type Single Solenoid Type

Terminal

Box Type

Plug-in

Connector

Type

Type of

Electrical Conduit

Connection

Electric Source

Terminal

Box Type

Plug-in

Connector

Type

AC DC AC

→

DC Rectified

1

3

2

3

SOL.

SOL

.SOL.

SOL.

SOL

.

SOL.

1

Ground

3

Power Supply

(For SOL.a

)

Indicator Light

SOL. bSOL.

a

3

Power Supply

(For SOL.b)

Indicator Light

1

Ground

2

Common Plate

Commo

n

Indicator Light

Ground

3

Power Suppl y

SOL. b

Ground

3

2-Power Suppl y

1-Power Suppl

y

Indicator Light

Voltage-Surge

Suppressor

Indicator Light

Voltage-Surge

Suppressor

Rectifier

Circui

t

Power

Supply

Common

Ground

Power

Supply

Common

Ground

Power

Supply

Common

Ground

Indicator Light

(Integrated in "N1"

model only

)

1-Power

Supply

Ground

2-Power

Supply

1-Power

Supply

Ground

2-Power

Supply

Indicator Light

(Integrated in "N1"

model only

)

Voltage-Surge

Suppressor

(Circuit composed

in coil

)

1-Power

Supply

Ground

2-Power

Supply

Voltage-Surge

Suppressor

Rectifier

Circuit

Details of Receptacle

There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.

If you do not need the common plate, remove it.

With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.

Electrical Circuit

Do not perform wiring while the power is on.

Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.

Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an

irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave

accident.

DANGER

359

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-01 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

8

9

18

19

24

25

26

27

30

AS 568-026 (NBR, Hs70)

4

1

2

4

1

2

4

1

2

1

2

SOL a

SOL b

16 12

18

14

19

17

13

15

5

431 8 2 27 25 21 23 20 26 22

30

9

7

6

8

28

11

29 10

Valve Model Numbers

-DSG-01-

-

-70/7090

-DSG-01-

-

-N-70/7090

Seal Kit No.

KS-DSG-01-70

KS-DSG-01-N-70

O-Ring Details for Seal Kit

(4 Pcs.), & (2 Pcs., see above), (4 Pcs.)

8 9 25 27

(4 Pcs.), & (2 Pcs., see above)

8 9 25

When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.

List of Seals

-DSG-01- - -70/7090

Item

Name of Parts Part Numbers

Qty.

3C 2D

2B

Remarks

Included in Solenoid Ass'y (Item 11)

SO-NB-P18

SO-NA-P20

SO-NA-P4

1790S-VK418329-9

O-Ring

Packing

O-Ring

Plug

SO-NB-A-012 (NBR, Hs90)

SO-NB-P18

1790S-VK421290-8

S6

Spring Offset type

24

Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Refer to page 360 for the details of these parts.

SOL a

SOL b

18

11 19

16

15 14

-DSG-01- - -N/N1-70/7090

■ List of Seals

DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

360

Valve Model Numbers

DSG-01-

-A100-70

DSG-01-

-A120-70

DSG-01-

-A200-70

DSG-01-

-A240-70

DSG-01-

-D12-70

DSG-01-

-D24-70

DSG-01-

-D48-70

DSG-01-

-R100-70

DSG-01-

-R200-70

S-DSG-01-

-D12-70

S-DSG-01-

-D24-70

S-DSG-01-

-D48-70

S-DSG-01-

-R100-70

S-DSG-01-

-R200-70

DSG-01-

-A100-N-70

DSG-01-

-A120-N-70

DSG-01-

-A200-N-70

DSG-01-

-A240-N-70

DSG-01-

-D12-N-70

DSG-01-

-D24-N-70

DSG-01-

-D48-N-70

DSG-01-

-R100-N-70

DSG-01-

-R200-N-70

S-DSG-01-

-D12-N-70

S-DSG-01-

-D24-N-70

S-DSG-01-

-D48-N-70

S-DSG-01-

-R100-N-70

S-DSG-01-

-R200-N-70

DSG-01-

-A100-N1-70

DSG-01-

-A120-N1-70

DSG-01-

-A200-N1-70

DSG-01-

-A240-N1-70

DSG-01-

-D12-N1-70

DSG-01-

-D24-N1-70

DSG-01-

-D48-N1-70

S-DSG-01-

-D12-N1-70

S-DSG-01-

-D24-N1-70

S-DSG-01-

-D48-N1-70

11

Solenoid Ass'y No.

20

Coil No.

13

Receptacle

Part No.

18

Connector Ass'y

Part No.

19

Connector Ass'y

Part No.

Remarks

SA1-100-70

SA1-120-70

SA1-200-70

SA1-240-70

SD1-12-70

SD1-24-70

SD1-48-70

SR1-100-70

SR1-200-70

SD1-12-S-70

SD1-24-S-70

SD1-48-S-70

SR1-100-S-70

SR1-200-S-70

SA1-100-N-70

SA1-120-N-70

SA1-200-N-70

SA1-240-N-70

SD1-12-N-70

SD1-24-N-70

SD1-48-N-70

SR1-100-N-70

SR1-200-N-70

SD1-12-S-N-70

SD1-24-S-N-70

SD1-48-S-N-70

SR1-100-S-N-70

SR1-200-S-N-70

SA1-100-N-70

SA1-120-N-70

SA1-200-N-70

SA1-240-N-70

SD1-12-N-70

SD1-24-N-70

SD1-48-N-70

SD1-12-S-N-70

SD1-24-S-N-70

SD1-48-S-N-70

C-SA1-100-70

C-SA1-120-70

C-SA1-200-70

C-SA1-240-70

C-SD1-12-70

C-SD1-24-70

C-SD1-48-70

C-SR1-100-70

C-SR1-200-70

C-SD1-12-70

C-SD1-24-70

C-SD1-48-70

C-SR1-100-70

C-SR1-200-70

C-SA1-100-N-70

C-SA1-120-N-70

C-SA1-200-N-70

C-SA1-240-N-70

C-SD1-12-N-70

C-SD1-24-N-70

C-SD1-48-N-70

C-SR1-100-N-70

C-SR1-200-N-70

C-SD1-12-N-70

C-SD1-24-N-70

C-SD1-48-N-70

C-SR1-100-N-70

C-SR1-200-N-70

C-SA1-100-N-70

C-SA1-120-N-70

C-SA1-200-N-70

C-SA1-240-N-70

C-SD1-12-N-70

C-SD1-24-N-70

C-SD1-48-N-70

C-SD1-12-N-70

C-SD1-24-N-70

C-SD1-48-N-70

R1-70

KR1-A-70

KR1-B-70

RR1-70

KR1-A-70

KR1-B-70

RR1-70

Terminal

Box

Type

Plug-in

Connector

Type

Plug-in

Connector

with

Indicator

Light

GDM-211-A-11

GDME-211-R-A-10

GDM-211-A-11

GDME-211-R-A-10

GDML-211-1-11

GDML-211-2-11

GDML-211-3-11

GDML-211-1-11

GDML-211-2-11

GDML-211-3-11

GDML-211-1-11

GDM-211-B-11

GDME-211-R-B-10

GDM-211-B-11

GDME-211-R-B-10

GDML-211-1-11

GDML-211-2-11

GDML-211-3-11

GDML-211-1-11

GDML-211-2-11

GDML-211-3-11

GDML-211-1-11

Note: T

he connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.

■ Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Ass'y No.

361

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-03 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Specifications

Valve

Type

AC

Model

Numbers

Max. Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

Max. Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Max. T-Line

Back Pres.

MPa (PSI)

Max. Changeover

Frequency

-1

min (Cycles/Min)

DC, R, RQ

Type of Solenoid

Approx. Mass kg(1bs.)

DSG-03-3C

-

-50/5090

DSG-03-2D2-

-50/5090

DSG-03-2B

-

-50/5090

L-DSG-03-3C - -50/5090

L-DSG-03-2D2- -50/5090

L-DSG-03-2B - -50/5090

S-DSG-03-3C

-

-50/5090

S-DSG-03-2B2-

-50/5090

Standard

Type

Shockless

Type

120 (31.7)

60 (15.9)

120 (31.7)

31.5 (4570)

Spool Type 60 Only

25 (3630)

16 (2320)

240

R Type Sol. Only

120

240

R Type Sol. Only

120

2.9 (6.4)

3.6 (7.9) 5 (11)

3.6 (7.9

2.9 (6.4) 3.6 (7.9I

)

5 (11)

3.6 (7.9

)

For details of L-DSG-03, please contact us.

Low

Wattage

(14W)Type

★1

★2

The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve. The maximum flow

differs according to the spool type and operating conditions. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow" on

pages 364 to 368.

Sub-plate

Piping

Size

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Japanese Standard "JIS"

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

European Design Standard

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

N.American Design Standard

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

Rc 3/8DSGM-03-40 3/8 BSP.FDSGM-03-2180

3/8 NPT

3.0 (6.6)

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

1/2 BSP.F

1/2 NPT

3/4 NPT

3.0 (6.6)

4.7 (10.4)

3/8

Mounting Bolts

Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 pcs.) Tightening Torque

Japanese Standard "JIS"

European Design Standard

N. American Design Standard

M6

×

35 Lg.

1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.

12 - 15 Nm

(106 - 133 in. 1bs.)

1/2

3/4 3/4 BSP.F

DSGM-03-2190

DSGM-03X-40

DSGM-03Y-40

DSGM-03X-2180

DSGM-03Y-2180

DSGM-03X-2190

DSGM-03Y-2190

For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.

When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish

.

■ 3/8 Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, DSG-03 Series

These are epoch-making solenoid operated valves of high pressure, high flow

which have been developed incorporating a unique design concept into every

part of the valve including the solenoid. With wet type solenoids, these

valves ensure the low noise and the long life, moreover, ensure no leakage of

oil outside of the valves.

● Wide Range of Models

Choose the optimum valve to meet your need from a large selection available.

The DSG-03 50 design series solenoid operated directional valves are

classified into the two basic models.

●

Standard type …. Useable at high pressure: 31.5 MPa (4570 PSI) and high

flow: 120 L/min (31.7 U.S.GPM)

●

Shockless type …. A noise at spool changeover and a vibration in piping

can be reduced to a minimum.

● Stable Operation

With a strong magnet and spring force, the valves are tough against

contamination and thus ensure a stable operation.

● Usable in products of various standards

CE/UL/CSA certified products are available.

Terminal Box Type

Plug-in Connector Type

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

362

SOL b

1.

2.

3.

1

2

Solenoid Ratings

Valve Type Electric source

Coil

Type

Frequency

(Hz)

Source Rating

Voltage (V)

Serviceable Range

Inrush (A)

Holding (A) Power (W)

Current & Power at Rated Voltage

100

110

120

200

220

240

12

24

100

200

100

50

60

50

60

50

60

50

60

50/60

A100

A120

A200

A240

D12

D24

D100

R100

R200

RQ100

80 - 110

90 - 120

96 - 132

108 - 144

160 - 220

180 - 240

192 - 264

216 - 288

10.8 - 13.2

21.6 - 26.4

90 - 110

180 - 220

5.37

4.57

5.03

4.48

3.81

2.69

2.29

2.52

2.24

1.91

0.90

0.63

0.77

0.75

0.52

0.45

0.31

0.38

0.37

0.26

3.16

1.57

0.38

0.43

0.21

0.4390 - 110

AC

DC (K Series)

AC

→

DC Rectified (R )

AC DC Rectified (RQ)

(Quick Return )

Standard

Type

Shockless

Type

38

→

AC solenoid is not available in shockless type.

R or RQ type models with built-in current rectifier is recommended for shockless operation with AC power.

Inrush current in the above table show rms values at maximum stroke.

There are more coil types other than the above. For details, please make inquiries .

The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.

In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of

delivery with us before ordering .

Plug-in Connector

with Solenoid

Indicator Light

Lock Nut

Push Button

Push Button with Lock Nut

Options

Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button

can be locked in the pressed condition.

Plug-in Connector with Solenoid Indicator Light

These are the indicator light incorporated plug-in connector type

solenoids. Energisation or de-energisation of the solenoid can

be easily identified with the incorporated indicator light.

(Example)

The valve is supplied with 4 pcs. hexagon

socket head cap screws M8 × 38 Lg.

M8 Mounting Bolts.

As the mounting bolts, M6 socket head cap screws are used for

the standard valves, however, M8 socket head cap screws are also

available for supply as optional extras. In case the M8 screws

are required, suffix "02" to the design number of both valve and

sub-plate model number like below.

Valve: DSG-03-3C2-A100-5002

Sub-plate: DSGM-03-4002

363

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-03 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

1.

2.

3.

In case of the special two position valve, please refer to

page 369 for details.

N is not available for RQ-type solenoids .

N1 is not available for R and RQ-type solenoids

.

In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional

extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,

therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.

3

2

1

F- S- DSG -03 -2 B A

Special

Seals

Shockless

Type

Series

Number

Valve

Size

Number

of Valve

Positions

Spool-

Spring

Arrangement

Spool

Type

Special Two

Position Valve

Omit if not

require

d

-D24 -C -N -50

-L

Coil

Type

Manual

Override

Electrical

Conduit

Connection

Design

Number

Design

Standard

Models with

Reverse Mtg. of

Solenoid

Omit if not

required

F:

For Phosphate

Ester Type

Fluids

(Omit if not

required)

None:

Standard

Type

S:

Shockless

Type

DSG:

Solenoid

Operated

Directional

Valve

03 50

3:

Three

Positions

2:

Two

Positions

2:

Two

Positions

3:

Three

Positions

C:

Spring

Centred

D:

No-Spring

Detented

B:

Spring

Offset

C:

Spring

Centred

B:

Spring

Offset

A

B

A

B

None:

Terminal

Box Type

N:

Plug-in

Connector

Type

N1:

Plug-in

Connector

Type

with

Indicator

Light

(Option)

None:

Japanese

Std. "JIS"

90:

N.American

Design Std.

None::

Japanese

Std. "JIS"

and

European

Design

Std.

90:

N. American

Design

Std.

L

None:

Manual

Override

C

:

Push

Button

and

Lock Nut

(Option)

3

40

60

10

12

2,

4,

9,

11,

2

3

2

8

2

4

AC:

A100

A120

A200

A240

DC:

D12

D24

D100

R:

(AC

DC)

R100

R200

RQ:

RQ100

(AC

DC)

5,

→

DC:

D12

D24

D100

R:

(AC

DC)

R100

R200

RQ:

RQ100

(AC

DC)

■ Model Number Designation

2

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

364

m

T of the valves with a mark, please see page 368.

AB

T

P

b

A

B

T

P

b

A

B

T

P

b

a

A

B

TP

b

a

AB

TP

b

a

AB

T

P

b

a

AB

T

P

b

a

AB

T

P

b

a

AB

T

P

b

a

AB

T

P

b

a

AB

TP

b

a

AB

T

P

b

a

AB

TP

b

a

AB

TP

b

AB

P

T

PT

A

B

PT

A

B

60 60 40 35

100(62)

80(42)

100(79)

92(55)

100(35)

45(21)

100(62)

73(36)

100(72)

89(46)

87(15)

34(12)

100(44)

63(34)

100(64)

78(28)

94(37)

51(33)

100(59)

70(27)

30

100

60

28

100

60

28

100

60

28

60

100(70)

90(49)

100(81)

100(58)

90(47)

100(62)

62(40)

100(48)

53(30)

100(81)

100(33)

50(26)

100(39)

47(26)

96(28)

34(19)

100(81)

76(22)

28(18)

84(21)

27(16)

65(24)

26(15)

100(81)

46(19)

22(15)

48(18)

20(12)

100(55)

60(38)

100(80)

80(60)

100(55)

60(38)

100(36)

47(24)

100(65)

70(46)

100(36)

47(24)

60(21)

23(14)

85(35)

51(32)

60(21)

23(14)

34(16)

17(11)

62(28)

45(25)

34(16)

17(11)

34

57

26

24

57

19

20

57

18

19

57

16

40 40 30 28

26

100

60

21

100

60

18

100

60

16

60

100(70)

90(49)

100(81)

100(58)

90(47)

100(62)

62(40)

100(48)

53(30)

100(81)

100(33)

50(26)

100(39)

47(26)

96(28)

34(19)

100(81)

76(22)

28(18)

84(21)

27(16)

65(24)

26(15)

100(81)

46(19)

22(15)

48(18)

20(12)

100(55)

60(38)

100(80)

80(60)

100(55)

60(38)

100(36)

47(24)

100(65)

70(46)

100(36)

47(24)

60(21)

23(14)

85(35)

51(32)

60(21)

23(14)

34(16)

17(11)

62(28)

45(25)

34(16)

17(11)

100

90

80

100

30

70

100

80

100

90

100

30

100

30

70

100

90

100

90

80(65)

75(20)

80(25)

30(15)

100(75)

100(25)

80(30)

30(25)

80(20)

20(15)

DSG-03-2D2

DSG-03-2B2

DSG-03-2B3

DSG-03-2B8

DSG-03-3C2

DSG-03-3C3

DSG-03-3C4

DSG-03-3C40

DSG-03-3C5

DSG-03-3C60

DSG-03-3C9

DSG-03-3C10

DSG-03-3C11

DSG-03-3C12

10 16

Working Pressure MPa

25 31.5

A

B

A

P

T

B

P AB

100

100 100 100

100

90

80

100

30

70

100

80

100

90

90(30)

40(20)

90(20)

20(15)

100(75)

100(90)

100

100(75)

100(90)

100(75)

100(90)

100(75)

100(90)

( 9 )61

( 9 )15

( 7 )49

( 6 )11

[Port "A" Blocked][Port "B" Blocked]

Max. Flow

L/min

10 16 25 31.5 10 16 25 31.5

Graphic

Symbols

Model

Numbers

Spool-Spring Arrangement

No. of Valve Positions

Spring Centred

Three Positions

No-Spring

Detented

Spring Offset

Two Positions

(Example)

100(75)

100

The maximum flow rate is

constant regardless of 50 Hz or

60 Hz and of any voltage

variants within the serviceable

voltage

100(25)

50Hz, At rated voltage

Notes : The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.1.

2.

60Hz, At rated voltage

50Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

(80% of rated voltage)

60Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

(90% of rated voltage)

The valve models with a ark are handled as

Options. If you choose such valves, check the time

of delivery beforehand.

List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow

For the maximum flow rate in P

→

Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03- -A

P

365

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-03 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

m

T of the valves with a mark, please see page 368.

A B

T

P

b

A B

TP

b

A

B

T

P

b

a

A

B

TP

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

TP

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

TP

b

a

A B

TP

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

TP

b

a

A B

TP

b

A

B

P

T

P T

A

B

P T

A

B

120

50

120

DSG-03-2D2

DSG-03-2B2

DSG-03-2B3

DSG-03-2B8

DSG-03-3C2

DSG-03-3C3

DSG-03-3C4

DSG-03-3C40

DSG-03-3C5

DSG-03-3C60

DSG-03-3C9

DSG-03-3C10

DSG-03-3C11

DSG-03-3C12

10 16 25 31.5

A

B

A

P

T

B

P AB

120

50

120

[Port "A" Blocked][Port "B" Blocked]

Max. Flow L/min

10 16 25 31.5 10 16 25 31.5

Graphic

Symbols

Model

Numbers

Spool-Spring Arrangement

No. of Valve Positions

Spring Centred

Three Positions

No-Spring

Detented

Spring Offset

Two Positions

120

65

120

The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of

any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage

At rated voltage [after temperature rise and saturated]

At minimum serviceable voltage

(90% of rated voltage) [after temperature rises and saturated]

120 120 120 120 45 37 30 28 60 60 40 35

120

35

120

100

120

100

120

45

120

100

120

100

120

100

80

54

55

43

120

120 120

84

65

62

57

120

104

64

53

49

42

24

120

100

21

120

100

20

100

112

69

120

86

60

46

80

62

47

51

40

65

52

51

40

100

120

100

80

54

55

43

120

120 120

84

65

62

57

120

104

64

53

49

42

45

120

100

45

120

100

45

100

112

69

120

86

60

46

80

62

47

51

40

65

52

51

40

100

120

50

120

50

120

65

50

120

65

120

65

50

120 120

110

100

110

100

110

100

110

100

120 120 120 120

114

83

75

58

63

48

120

103

47

37

62

40

120

62

120 120

68

77

53

47

77

33

38

77

24

38

77

23

120

(Example)

Notes ) The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.1.

2.

The valve models with a ark are handled as

Options. If you choose such valves, check the time

of delivery beforehand.

List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow

For the maximum flow rate in P

→

Models with DC Solenoids: DSG-03- -D

Models with R Type Solenoids: DSG-03- -R

Models with RQ Type Solenoids: DSG-03- -RQ100

P

Working Pressure MPa

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

366

m

T of the valves with a mark, please see page 368.

A B

T

P

b

A

B

T

P

b

A

B

T

P

b

a

A

B

TP

b

a

A B

TP

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

TP

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

TP

b

a

A B

TP

b

A B

P

T

P T

A

B

P T

A

B

DSG-03-2D2

DSG-03-2B2

DSG-03-2B3

DSG-03-2B8

DSG-03-3C2

DSG-03-3C3

DSG-03-3C4

DSG-03-3C40

DSG-03-3C5

DSG-03-3C60

DSG-03-3C9

DSG-03-3C10

DSG-03-3C11

DSG-03-3C12

1450 2320 3630 4570

A

B

A

P

T

B

P AB

[Port "A" Blocked][Port "B" Blocked]

Max. Flow U.S.GPM

Graphic

Symbole

Model

Numbers

Spool-Spring Arrangement

No. of Valve Positions

Spring Centred

Three Positions

No-Spring

Detented

Spring Offset

Two Positions

26.4

23.8

21.1

26.4

7.9

18.5

26.4

21.1

26.4

23.8

1450 2320 3630 4570 1450 2320 3630 4570

26.4

23.8

21.1

26.4

7.9

18.5

26.4

21.1

26.4

23.8

26.4

23.8

26.4

23.8

26.4

7.9

18.5

26.4

7.9

26.

4

26.4 26.4

26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 10.6 10.6 7.9 7.4 10.6 9.215.915.9

9.0

15.1

6.9

6.3

15.1

5.0

5.3

15.1

4.8

5.0

15.1

4.2

6.

9

5.5 4.8 4.2 7.9 7.4 7.4 7.4

26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4

15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9

21.1 (17.2)

19.8 (5.3)

21.1 (6.6)

7.9 (4.0)

26.4 (19.8)

26.4 (6.6)

26.4 (18.5)

23.8 (12.9)

26.4 (21.4)

26.4 (15.3)

23.8 (12.4)

26.4 (16.4)

16.4 (10.6)

26.4 (12.7)

14.0 (7.9)

26.4 (21.4)

26.4 (8.7)

13.2 (6.9)

26.4 (10.3)

12.4 (6.9)

25.4 (7.4)

9.0 (5.0)

26.4 (21.4)

20.1 (5.8)

7.4 (4.8)

22.2 (5.5)

7.1 (4.2)

17.2 (6.3)

6.7 (4.0)

26.4 (21.4)

12.2 (5.0)

5.8 (4.0)

12.7 (4.8)

5.3 (3.2)

26.4 (18.5)

23.8 (12.9)

26.4 (21.4)

26.4 (15.3)

23.8 (12.4)

26.4 (16.4)

16.4 (10.6)

26.4 (12.7)

14.0 (7.9)

26.4 (21.4)

26.4 (8.7)

13.2 (6.9)

26.4 (10.3)

12.4 (6.9)

25.4 (7.4)

9.0 (5.0)

26.4 (21.4)

20.1 (5.8)

7.4 (4.8)

22.2 (5.5)

7.1 (4.2)

17.2 (6.3)

6.7 (4.0)

26.4 (21.4)

12.2 (5.0)

5.8 (4.0)

12.7 (4.8)

5.3 (3.2)

21.1 (7.9)

7.9 (6.6)

21.1 (5.3)

5.3 (4.0)

23.8 (7.9)

10.6 (5.3)

23.8 (5.3)

5.3 (4.0)

26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8) 26.4 (23.8)

26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (19.8)

26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4

26.4 (16.4)

21.1 (11.1)

26.4 (20.9)

24.3 (14.5)

26.4 (9.2)

11.9 (5.5)

26.4 (16.4)

19.3 (9.5)

26.4 (19)

23.5 (12.2)

23 (4.0)

9.0 (3.2)

26.4 (11.6)

16.6 (9.0)

26.4 (16.9)

20.6 (7.4)

16.1 (2.4)

4.0 (2.4)

24.8 (9.8)

13.5 (8.7)

26.4 (15.6)

18.5 (7.1)

12.9 (1.8)

2.9 (1.6)

26.4 (21.1)

21.1 (15.9)

26.4 (17.2)

18.5 (12.2)

22.5 (9.2)

13.5 (8.5)

16.4 (7.4)

11.9 (6.6)

26.4 (21.1)

21.9 (15.9)

26.4 (17.2)

18.5 (12.2)

22.5 (9.2)

13.5 (8.5)

16.4 (7.4)

11.9 (6.6)

26.4 (14.5)

15.9 (10)

26.4 (9.5)

12.4 (6.3)

15.9 (5.5)

6.1 (3.7)

9.0 (4.2)

4.5 (2.9)

26.4 (14.5)

15.9 (10)

26.4 (9.5)

12.4 (6.3)

15.9 (5.5)

6.1 (3.7)

9.0 (4.2)

4.5 (2.9)

26.4 (14.5)

15.9 (10)

26.4 (9.5)

12.4 (6.3)

15.9 (5.5)

6.1 (3.7)

9.0 (4.2)

4.5 (2.9)

26.4 (14.5)

15.9 (10)

26.4 (9.5)

12.4 (6.3)

15.9 (5.5)

6.1 (3.7)

9.0 (4.2)

4.5 (2.9)

List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow

(Example)

26.4(19.8)

26.

4

The maximum flow rate is

constant regardless of 50 Hz or

60 Hz and of any voltage

variants within the serviceable

voltage

26.4(6.6)

50Hz, At rated voltage

Notes: The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.1.

2.

60Hz, At rated voltage

50Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

(80% of rated voltage)

60Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage

(90% of rated voltage)

The valve models with a ark are handled as

Options. If you choose such valves, check the time

of delivery beforehand.

For the maximum flow rate in P

→

Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03- -A

P

Working Pressure PSI

367

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-03 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

T of the valves with a mark, please see page 368.

A B

T

P

b

A B

TP

b

A

B

T

P

b

a

A

B

TP

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

TP

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

TP

b

a

A B

TP

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

T

P

b

a

A B

TP

b

a

A B

TP

b

A

B

P

T

P T

A

B

P T

A

B

31.7

13.2

31.7

31.

7

DSG-03-2D2

DSG-03-2B2

DSG-03-2B3

DSG-03-2B8

DSG-03-3C2

DSG-03-3C3

DSG-03-3C4

DSG-03-3C40

DSG-03-3C5

DSG-03-3C60

DSG-03-3C9

DSG-03-3C10

DSG-03-3C11

DSG-03-3C12

1450 2320 3630 4570

A

B

A

P

T

B

P AB

[Port "A" Blocked][Port "B" Blocked]

Max. Flow U.S. GPM

Graphic

Symbols

Model

Numbers

Spool-Spring Arrangement

No. of Valve Positions

Spring Centred

Three Positions

No-Spring

Detented

Spring Offset

Two Positions

31.7

13.2

31.7

31.7 31.7

31.7

13.2

31.7

13.2

31.7

9.2

31.7

26.4

31.7

26.4

31.7

6.3 5.5 5.3 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9

31.7

26.4

31.7

26.4 26.4

31.7

26.4

31.7

26.4 26.4

31.7

26.4

26.4 26.4

31.7

26.4

31.7

29.6

18.2

31.7

22.7

15.9

12.2

21.1

16.4

12.4

13.5

10.6

17.2

13.7

13.5

10.6

29.6

18.2

31.7

22.7

15.9

12.2

21.1

16.4

12.4

13.5

10.6

17.2

13.7

13.5

10.6

31.7 31.7

31.7

17.2

13.2

17.2

13.2

31.7

17.2

31.7 31.7 11.9 9.8 7.9 7.4 15.9 15.9 10.6 9.2

31.7

27.5

22.2

17.2

16.4

15.1

16.9

14

12.9

11.1

31.7

26.4

21.1

14.3

14.5

11.4

31.7 31.7 31.7

31.7

27.5

22.2

17.2

16.4

15.1

16.9

14

12.9

11.1

31.7

26.4

21.1

14.3

14.5

11.4

31.7 31.7

31.7

29.1

26.4

31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7 31.7

31.7

29.1

26.4

29.1

26.4

29.1

26.4

31.7 31.7

30.1

21.9

31.7

16.4

19.8

15.3

16.4

10.6

16.6

12.7

31.7

27.2

12.4

9.8

18

20.3

14

10

20.3

6.3

10

20.3

6.1

12.4

20.3

8.7

1450 2320 3630 4570 1450 2320 3630 4570

List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow

(Example)

Notes ) The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.1.

2.

The valve models with a mark are handled as

Options. If you choose such valves, check the time

of delivery beforehand.

22.2

17.2

31.

7

The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of

any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage

At rated voltage [after temperature rise and saturated]

At minimum serviceable voltage

(90% of rated voltage) [after temperature rises and saturated]

For the maximum flow rate in P

→

Models with DC Solenoids: DSG-03- -D

Models with R Type Solenoids: DSG-03- -R

Models with RQ Type Solenoids: DSG-03- -RQ100

P

Working Pressure PSI

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

368

P T

A

B

P T

A

B

A B

P

T

a

b

P

T

A B

a

b

P

T

A B

A

B

T

P

b

P T

A B

b

a

P T

A B

b

a

P T

A B

b

a

Spring

Centred

Spring

Offset

Three

Positions

Two

Positions

S-DSG-03-3C2

S-DSG-03-3C4

S-DSG-03-2B2

PA

[Port "B" Blocked]

PB

A

P

T

B

A

Graphic

Symbols

Model

Numbers

Spool-Spring

Arrangement

No. of Valve

Positions

Max. Flow L/min (U.S.GPM)

[Port "A" Blocked]

120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)

120 (31.7)

100 (26.4)

120 (31.7)

85 (22.5)

70 (18.5)

65 (17.2)

45 (11.9)

75 (19.8)

40 (10.6)

120 (31.7)

10

(1450)

5

(730)

16

(2320)

25

(3630)

10

(1450)

5

(730)

16

(2320)

25

(3630)

10

(1450)

5

(730)

16

(2320)

25

(3630)

120 (31.7)

105 (27.7)

120 (31.7)

100 (26.4)

75 (19.8)

65 (17.2)

75 (19.8)

65 (17.2)

120 (31.7)

105 (27.7)

120 (31.7)

100 (26.4)

75 (19.8)

65 (17.2)

75 (19.8)

65 (17.2)

105 (27.7)

80 (21.1)

50 (13.2)

120 (31.7)

120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)

39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3)

50 (13.2)

40 (10.6)

35 (9.2)

50 (13.2)

40 (10.6)

60 (15.9)

35 (9.2)

39 (10.3)

DSG-03-3C3-A

DSG-03-3C3-D

/R

/RQ100

DSG-03-3C5-A

DSG-03-3C5-D

/R

/RQ100

DSG-03-3C60-A

DSG-03-3C60-D

/R

/RQ100

Model Numbers

Graphic

Symbols

Max. Flow L/min (U.S.GPM)

10 MPa

(1450 PSI)

16 MPa

(2320 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

100 (26.4)

120 (31.7)

26 (6.9)

35 (9.2)

84 (22.2)

68 (18.0)

100 (26.4)

120 (31.7)

21 (5.5)

24 (6.3)

52 (13.7)

65 (17.2)

100 (26.4)

120 (31.7)

18 (4.8)

21 (5.5)

52 (13.7)

61 (16.1)

100 (26.4)

120 (31.7)

16 (4.2)

20 (5.3)

(Example)

Maximum Flow of Centre By-Pass

120 (31.7)

80 (21.1)

120 (31.7)

The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of

any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage

At rated voltage

[after temperature rise and saturated]

At minimum serviceable voltage

(90% of rated voltage)

[after temperature rises and saturated]

List of Shockless Models and The Maximum Flow

Note: The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.

L/min U.S.GPM

In valve type 3C3, 3C5 and 3C60, in case where the actuator is put on in between the cylinder ports A and B as illustrated

below and where the actuator moves and suspended at its stroke end and where the valve is then shifted to the neutral

position in the suspended state of the actuator, the maximum flow rates available are those as shown as the table below

regardless of any voltage in the range of serviceable voltage.

Models with DC Solenoids: S-DSG-03- -D

Models with R Type Solenoids: S-DSG-03- -R

Models with RQ Type Solenoids: S-DSG-03- -RQ100

Working Pressure MPa (PSI)

369

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-03 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

A

B

P

T

b

B

A

T

P

a

A B

P

T

b

B

A

T

P

a

DSG-03-2B

B

DSG-03-2B2B

DSG-03-2B3B

DSG-03-2B4B

DSG-03-2B60B

DSG-03-2B10B

(S-) DSG-03-2B

A

(S-) DSG-03-2B2A

Model Numbers Model Numbers

Standard

Mtg. Type

Reverse

Mtg. Type

Standard

Mtg. Type

Reverse

Mtg. Type

Graphic SymbolsG raphic Symbol

s

(S-)

Reverse Mounting of Solenoid

In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b position

(side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in the reverse

position -SOL a side- is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.

As for the valve type 2B A and 2B B, please refer to the explanation under the heading of "Valves Using Neutral

Position and Side Position" given below.

Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position (Special Two Position Valve)

Besides the use of the standard 2-position valves aforementioned in the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow",

the 3-position valves also can be used as the 2-position valves using the two of their three positions. In this case, there

are two kinds of the valve available. One is the valve using the neutral position and SOL a position (2B A) and another

is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B).

Standard Mtg. of Solenoid Reverse Mtg. of Solenoid

(Example) In case of Spool Type "2"

A B

P

T

a

b

A B

P T

b

A

B

P

T

b

"A": Use of Neutral and

SOL. a Energised

Position (2B2A)

SOL. a Energised

Positio

n

SOL. b Energised

Position

Neutral Positio

n

"B": Use of Neutral and

SOL. b Energised

Position (2B2B

)

In the above table, the graphic symbols in mounting

type highlighted with shade are optional extra,

therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with

us before ordering.

A

B

P T

b

B

A

TP

a

2B2A

2B2B

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

370

Type Model Numbers

1

T

2

T

Changeover Time ms

Standard

Type

27

97

22

30

204

Type Model Numbers

T T

Time

ms

G G

Acceleration

2

m/s (G)

6.4

(.65)

6.4

(.65)

110S-DSG-03-3C2-D

Shockless

Type

97 41

DSG-03-3C2-A

DSG-03-3C2-D

DSG-03-3C2-R

DSG-03-3C2-RQ100

110

120

220

120

S-DSG-03-3C2-R

S-DSG-03-3C2-RQ100

1 2 1 2

T

Max.

OFF OFF

ON

0

Solenoid

Spool Shift

1

T

2

ON

OFF

G

SOL a

Acceleration

(G)

(Ps)

Pressure

Time

1

G

2

T

1

T

2

a

b

Ps

Speed

Load

Accelmeter

Typical Changeover Time

Changeover time varies according to oil viscosity, spool type and hydraulic circuit.

16 MPa (2320 PSI)

70 L/min (18.5 U.S.GPM)

2

30 mm /s (140 SSU)

100 %V (After coil temperature rises and saturated)

[Test Conditions]

Standard Type

(Without Shockless Function)

Pressure:

Flow Rate:

Viscosity:

Voltage:

[Result of Measurement]

Shockless Type

[Test Circuit and Conditions]

Setting Pressure (Ps): 7 MPa (1020 PSI)

Load (W): 1000 kg (2205 1bs.)

Speed: 8.8 m/min (28.9 ft./min)

2

Viscosity: 30 mm /s (140 SSU)

[Result of Measurement]

371

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-03 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Model Numbers

Pressure Drop Curve Number

7

9

7

9

6

9

7

9

7

4

2

3

DSG-03-3C2

DSG-03-3C3

DSG-03-3C4

DSG-03-3C40

DSG-03-3C5

DSG-03-3C60

DSG-03-3C9

DSG-03-3C10

DSG-03-3C11

DSG-03-3C12

DSG-03-2D2

DSG-03-2B2

DSG-03-2B

3

7

9

8

7

5

7

8

7

3

1

7

9

7

6

9

7

6

7

9

7

9

8

7

9

5

7

8

6

7

5

1

Model Numbers

P

A

Pressure Drop Curve Number

B

→

T P→

B A→ T

2

1

2

2 2

2

3

2

S-DSG-03-3C2

S-DSG-03-3C4

S-DSG-03-2B2

2

3

Viscosity

SSU

Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30

77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

2

mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

90 100

DSG-03-2B8

6

2

5

9

1

→

P

A B→

T P→

B A→ T

→

P

T

→

MPa

PSI

Flow Rate

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

20 40

60

80

100

120

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.

5

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

L/ min

U.S.GPM

Pressure Drop P

1

2

3

020

40

60

80

100

120

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

Flow Rate

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

L/ min

U.S.GPM

Pressure Drop P

0

MPa

PSI

2

Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.

Shockless Type: S-DSG-03

Standard Type: DSG-03

Pressure Drop

For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.

For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be

obtained from the formula below.

P' = P (G'/0.850)

2

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

372

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

TERMINAL BOX TYPE

.

Model Numbers

DSG-03- -A

-50

DSG-03- -A

-5090

"C"

Thd.

G 1/2

1/2 NPT

179.

176.3

5

(7.07)

(6.94)

70

(2.76)

32

(1.26)

89.5

(3.52)

35.3

(1.39)

Manual Actuator

6.3(.25)

Dia.

58

(2.28)

105.3

(4.15)

Electrical Conduit Connection

"C "

Thd. (Both Ends)

47.5

(1.87)

Space Needed to Remove

Solenoid-Each End

236

(9.29)

179.5

(7.07)

123

(4.84)

34.5

(1.36)

92

(3.62)

27

(1.06)

Lock Nut

Tightening Torque:

8.5-10.5

Nm (

75-93

IN.lbs.)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished

)

91

(3.58)

54

(2.13)

46

(1.81)

32.5

(1.28)

50.8

(2.00)

Tank Port

"T"

Cylinder Port

"B

"

Solenoid Indicator Light

(For Sol b)

Solenoid Indicator Light

(For Sol a)

Cylinder Port

"A "

Pressure Port

"P"

7(.28)

Dia. Through

11(.43)

Dia. Spotface

4 Places

Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detended

Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03- -A -50/5090

Single Solenoid: Spring Offset

For other dimensions, refer to "Spring Centred and No-Spring Detented" medels.

Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port in the left side is normally used in our standard sub-plate,

though, either side of the tank port "T" can be used without problem.

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position -SOL a side- is also available.

19

(.75)

373

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-03 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

TERMINAL BOX TYPE

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

DSGM-03-40

DSGM-03-2180

DSGM-03-2190

DSGM-03X-40

DSGM-03X-2180

DSGM-03X-2190

DSGM-03Y-40

DSGM-03Y-2180

Piping Size

"

C

" Thd.

Rc 3/8

3/8 BSP.F

3/8 NPT

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

1/2 BSP.F

1/2 NPT

3/4 BSP.F

DSGM-03Y-2190 3/4 NPT

"

D

" Thd.

M6

1/4-20 UNC

M6

1/4-20 UNC

M6

1/4-20 UNC

E

13 (.51)

15 (.59)

F

110

(4.33)

13 (.51)

15 (.59)

13 (.51)

15 (.59)

110

(4.33)

120

(4.72)

HKNQT

9

(.35)

9

(.35)

14

(.55)

10

(.39)

10

(.39)

15

(.59)

32

(1.26)

32

(1.26)

50

(1.97)

62

(2.44)

62

(2.44)

80

(3.15)

40

(1.57)

40

(1.57)

45

(1.77)

16

(.63)

16

(.63)

10

(.39)

48

(1.89)

48

(1.89)

47

(1.85)

21

(.83)

21

(.83)

16

(.63)

24

(.94)

24

(.94)

42

(1.65)

Dimensions mm (Inches)

SOL b

SOL

a

P

B

A

T

L

L'

58

(2.28)

70

(2.76)

32

(1.26)

35.3

(1.39)

89.5

(3.52)

105.3

(4.15)

114

(4.49)

199.3

(7.85)

202.5

(7.97)

282

(11.10)

70.5

(2.78)

Space Needed to Remove

Double Solenoid

Models Only

Solenoid-Each End

L

N

P

S

Q

76

(2.99)

"

C

" Thd.

4 Places

T

7

(.28)

K

6.4

(.25)

21.4

(.84)

32.5

(1.28)

46

(1.81)

22

(.87)

90

(3.54)

10

(.39)

8.8 (.35) Dia. Through

14 (.55) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

92

(3.62)

H

F

11 (.43) Dia.

4 Places

70

(2.76)

110

(4.33)

3.2

(.13)

16.7

(.66)

27

(1.06)

37.3

(1.47)

54

(2.13)

90

(3.54)

18

(.71)

J

"

D

" Thd. "

E

" Deep

4 Places

20

(.79)

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Double Solenoid: Spring Centred & No-Spring Detented

Models with DC Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03- -D -50/5090

Models with R Type Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03- -R -50/5090

Single Solenoid: Spring Offset

Sub- plates

DSGM-03 -40/2180/2190

For other dimensions, refer to Models with AC solenoids (Page 372).

Models with RQ Type Solenoids : (S-)DSG-03- -RQ100-50/5090

JL

P

S

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

374

Model Numbers

DSG-03-

-D

- -50/5090

C

N

N1

DSG-03-

-R

-N-50/5090

DF

Dimensions mm (Inches)

39 (1.54)27.5 (1.08)73.8 (2.91)121.1 (4.77)

53 (2.09)34 (1.34)62.6 (2.46)124.9 (4.92)

Double Solenoid

Models Only

SOL b

SOL

a

SOLb

SOLa

: 158.5 (6.24)

: 181.5 (7.15)

AC

DC,R,RQ

Push Button

Lock Nut

Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut"

clockwise. The position of the "Push Button" is

held.

Be sure to loosen "LockNut" fully before solenoid

is energised

70

(2.76)

(1.26)

Lock Nut

Tightening Torque:

8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)

199.3

(7.85)

114

(4.49)

89

(3.50)

35

(1.38)

F

282

(11.10)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia.

.....

8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)

Conductor Area

.....

Not Exceeding 1.5mm

2

(.0023 Sq. in.)

The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as

illustrated below by

l

oosening the lock nut. After

completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut

with the torque as specified below.

E

C

D

35.3

(1.39)

Lock Nut

Tightening Torque:

8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia.

......

8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)

Conductor Area

.....

Not Exceeding 1.5mm

2

(.0023 Sq. in.)

The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as

illustrated below by loosening the lock nut. After

completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut

with the torque as specified below.

176.3

(6.94)

39

(1.54)

35

(1.38)

91

(3.58)

89

(3.50)

236

(9.29)

70

(2.76)

(1.26)

27.5(1.08)

61.8

(2.43)

61.8

(2.43)

35.3

(1.39)

109.1

(4.30)

Double Solenoid

Models Only

Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03- -A - -50/5090

For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type"

(

Page 372 – 373).

Options

Models with Push Button & Lock Nut: (S-)DSG-03- - C(- )-50/5090

N

N1

Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-03- -D - -50/5090

N

N1

N

N1

Models with R Type Solenoids: (S-)DSG-03- -R -N-50/5090

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

E

PLUG-IN CONNECTOR TYPE (N)

PLUG-IN CONNECTOR WITH INDICATOR LIGHT (N1)

375

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-03 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

1

2

3

1

1.

2.

3.

Type of

Electrical Conduit

Connection

Double Solenoid Type Single Solenoid Type

Terminal

Box Type

Plug-in

Connector

Type

Type of

Electrical Conduit

Connection

Electric Source

Terminal

Box Type

Plug-in

Connector

Type

AC DC AC DC Rectified

→

1

3

2

3

SOL.

Earth

Power Supply

(For SOL.b)

Indicatot

Light

Power Supply

(For SOL.a)

Indicator Light

Common Plate

Common

Power

Supply

Ground

2-Power Suppl

y

1-Power Suppl

y

Indicator Ligh

t Indicator Ligh

t

Voltage-Surge

Suppresso

r

Indicator Light

Voltage-Surge

Suppressor

Rectifier

Circui

t

Power

Supply

Common

Ground

Power

Supply

Common

Ground

Power

Supply

Common

Ground

Indicator Light

(Integrated in "N1"

model only

)

1-Power

Supply

Ground

2-Power

Supply

1-Power

Supply

Ground

2-Power

Supply

Indicator Light

(Integrated in "N1"

model only

)

Voltage-Surge

Suppressor

(Circuit composed

in coil

)

1-Power

Supply

Ground

2-Power

Suppl

y

Voltage-Surge

Suppressor

Rectifier

Circui

t

SOL. aSOL.

b

Earth

SOL.

b

Indicator

Light

Earth

Details of Receptacle

Electrical Circuit

There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.

If you do not need the common plate, remove it.

With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.

Do not perform wiring while the power is on.

Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.

Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an

irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave

accident.

DANGER

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

376

Item Name of Parts Part Numbers

3C

2D2 2B

Qty.

Remarks

1 1 1

1

5

2

2 2 2

2 2 1

4 4

1751S-VK418689-6

SO-NB-A014(NBR, Hs90)

SO-NB-P21

1790S-VK418329-9

S6

SO-NB-P21

SO-NA-P4

Gasket

O-Ring

Plug

O-Ring

21

27

28

29

30

41

43

Included in Solenoid Ass'y (Item 16

)

Valve Model Numbers

DSG-03-

-

-50/5090

DSG-03-

-

-N-50/5090

Seal Kit No.

KS-DSG-03-50

KS-DSG-03-N-50

O-Ring Details for Seal Kit

(5 Pcs.), & (2 Pcs., see above), (4 Pcs.)

27 28 41 43

(5 Pcs.), & (2 Pcs., see above)

27 28 41

5 5

2

SOL a

SOL

b

30 26 19

21 20 22

18

24

31

17 23

25

43 42 41 40 44

16

27

2

1

3

6 4 10

29

15

14

28

27

SOL b

SOL a

46 47 48 45 16

List of Seals

When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.

Spring Offset Type

Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector

Refer to Page 377 for the details of these parts.

-DSG-03- - -50/5090

-DSG-03- -N/N1-50/5090

■ List of Seals

377

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

DSG-03 Series Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

E

DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Valve Model Numbers

16

Solenoid Ass'y No.

42

Coil No.

17

Receptacle

Part No.

45

Connector Ass'y

Part No.

46

Connector Ass'y

Part No.

Remarks

SA3-100-51

SA3-120-51

SA3-200-51

SA3-240-51

SD3-12-51

SD3-24-51

SD3-100-51

SR3-100-51

SR3-200-51

SD3-12-S-51

SD3-24-S-51

SD3-100-S-51

SR3-100-S-51

SR3-200-S-51

SA3-100-N-51

SA3-120-N-51

SA3-200-N-51

SA3-240-N-51

SD3-12-N-51

SD3-24-N-51

SD3-100-N-51

SR3-100-N-51

SR3-200-N-51

SD3-12-S-N-51

SD3-24-S-N-51

SD3-100-S-N-51

SR3-100-S-N-51

SR3-200-S-N-51

SA3-100-N-51

SA3-120-N-51

SA3-200-N-51

SA3-240-N-51

SD3-12-N-51

SD3-24-N-51

SD3-100-N-51

SD3-12-S-N-51

SD3-24-S-N-51

SD3-48-S-N-51

C-SA3-100-51

C-SA3-120-51

C-SA3-200-51

C-SA3-240-51

C-SD3-12-51

C-SD3-24-51

C-SD3-100-51

C-SR3-100-51

C-SR3-200-51

C-SD3-12-51

C-SD3-24-51

C-SD3-100-51

C-SR3-100-51

C-SR3-200-51

C-SA3-100-N-51

C-SA3-120-N-51

C-SA3-200-N-51

C-SA3-240-N-51

C-SD3-12-N-51

C-SD3-24-N-51

C-SD3-100-N-51

C-SR3-100-N-51

C-SR3-200-N-51

C-SD3-12-N-51

C-SD3-24-N-51

C-SD3-100-N-51

C-SR3-100-N-51

C-SR3-200-N-51

C-SA3-100-N-51

C-SA3-120-N-51

C-SA3-200-N-51

C-SA3-240-N-51

C-SD3-12-N-51

C-SD3-24-N-51

C-SD3-100-N-51

C-SD3-12-N-51

C-SD3-24-N-51

C-SD3-100-N-51

R3-60

KR3-A-60

KR3-C-60

RR3-60

KR3-A-60

QR3-C-60

RR3-60

Terminal

Box

Type

Plug-in

Connecto

r

Type

Plug-in

Connecto

r

with

Indicator

Light

GDM-211-A-11

GDME-211-R-A-10

GDM-211-A-11

GDME-211-R-A-10

GDML-211-1-11

GDML-211-2-11

GDML-211-3-11

GDML-211-1-11

GDML-211-2-11

GDML-211-3-11

GDML-211-1-11

GDM-211-B-11

GDME-211-R-B-10

GDM-211-B-11

GDME-211-R-B-10

GDML-211-1-11

GDML-211-2-11

GDML-211-3-11

GDML-211-1-11

GDML-211-2-11

GDML-211-3-11

GDML-211-1-11

SR3-100-51 C-SR3-100-51

DSG-03-

-A100-50

DSG-03-

-A120-50

DSG-03-

-A200-50

DSG-03-

-A240-50

DSG-03-

-D12-50

DSG-03-

-D24-50

DSG-03-

-D100-50

DSG-03-

-R100-50

DSG-03-

-R200-50

S-DSG-03-

-D12-50

S-DSG-03-

-D24-50

S-DSG-03-

-D100-50

S-DSG-03-

-R100-50

S-DSG-03-

-R200-50

DSG-03-

-A100-N-50

DSG-03-

-A120-N-50

DSG-03-

-A200-N-50

DSG-03-

-A240-N-50

DSG-03-

-D12-N-50

DSG-03-

-D24-N-50

DSG-03-

-D100-N-50

DSG-03-

-R100-N-50

DSG-03-

-R200-N-50

S-DSG-03-

-D12-N-50

S-DSG-03-

-D24-N-50

S-DSG-03-

-D100-N-50

S-DSG-03-

-R100-N-50

S-DSG-03-

-R200-N-50

DSG-03-

-A100-N1-50

DSG-03-

-A120-N1-50

DSG-03-

-A200-N1-50

DSG-03-

-A240-N1-50

DSG-03-

-D12-N1-50

DSG-03-

-D24-N1-50

DSG-03-

-D100-N1-50

S-DSG-03-

-D12-N1-50

S-DSG-03-

-D24-N1-50

S-DSG-03-

-D100-N1-50

DSG-03-

-RQ100-50

S-DSG-03-

-RQ100-50

SR3-100-51

KR3-C-60

QR3-C-60C-SR3-100-51

Note:

The connector assembly is not included in the solenoid assembly.

■ Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Ass'y No.

E-DSG-01

E-DSG-03

Low Wattage Type E-DSG Series

E-DSG-01: 5W

E-DSG-03: 5W

Standard DSG Series

DSG-01: 29W

DSG-03: 38W

■ Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

2 type of Direct Acting type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves,

E-DSG-01/03, with suppressed consumption power 5W were launched

in series.

● Because these valves only 5W of power which enables remarkable

reduction of operating cost.

● Since these valves operate on only 5W, they can be driven through the

output circuit of a programmed or sequence controller. This feature

simplifies the electric circuitry and enables savings in initial cost.

● These low wattage valves minimize coil surface temperature.

● CE certified products are available.

Low Wattage (5W) Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

378

Specifications

Model Numbers

Max. Flow

L/min

(U.S.GPM)

Max. Operating Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Max. T-Line

Back Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Max. Changeover

Frequency

Cycle/min {min

-1

}

Mass

kg (1bs.)

E-DSG-01-3C -D -60

E-DSG-01-2N2-D -60

E-DSG-01-2D2-D -60

E-DSG-01-2B -D -60

E-DSG-03-3C -D -50

E-DSG-01-2D2-D -50

E-DSG-01-2B2-D -50

30

(7.9)

16 (2320)

63

(16.6)

16 (2320)

240

2.2 (4.85)

1.6 (3.53)

5 (11.03)

3.6 (7.94)

Maxmum flow indicates a ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition.

★

Solenoid Ratings

Model Numbers

Electric source

Coil Type

Source Rating

Voltage (V)

Serviceable Range

Inrush (A)

Power (W)

Current & Power at Rated Voltage

The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.

In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of

delivery with us before ordering .

E-DSG-01

E-DSG-03

DC (K Series)

D12

D24

D12

D24

12

24

12

24

10.8 – 13.2

21.6 – 26.4

10.8 – 13.2

21.6 – 26.4

0.43

0.23

0.44

0.22

5

For details, please contact us.

379

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Electronic Relay Incorporated

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

E

Electronic Relay Incorporated Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

■

Electronic Relay Incorporated Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Drive power source and signal are separate.

The valve is actuated by operating a built-in switch using a very small

current signal (about 10 mA) when the solenoid is energised.

● A Direct Drive by a programmable controller is now possible.

As the valve can be actuated by a very small current, as we have

mentioned, a Direct Drive is possible on the output circuit of the

programmable controller or sequence controller.

● Simple construction and stable operation.

Since the valve is a direct type, the construction is quite simple.

Also the solenoid is the well proven wet armature type, which can

withstand contamination.

Therefore a stable operation can be obtained.

T-DSG-01

T-DSG-03

Specifications

Valve

Type

Model Numbers

T-DSG-01-3C -D24 -70/7090

T-DSG-01-2D2-D24 -70/7090

T-DSG-01-2B -D24 -70/7090

T-S-DSG-01-3C -D24 -70/7090

T-S-DSG-01-2B2-D24 -70/7090

T-DSG-03-3C -D24 -50/5090

T-DSG-03-2D2-D24 -50/5090

T-DSG-03-2B -D24 -50/5090

T-S-DSG-03-3C -D24 -50/5090

T-S-DSG-03-2B2-D24 -50/5090

Standard

Type

Shockless

Type

Standard

Type

Shockless

Type

100

(26.4)

63

(16.6)

120

(31.7)

120

(31.7)

35

(5080)

21

(3050)

21

(3050)

16

(2320)

16

(2320)

25

(3630)

25

(3630)

1.85 (4.08)

5 (11.03)

1.85 (4.08)

1.4 (3.09)

3.6 (7.94)

1.4 (3.09)

★

Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow. As the ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition the same as those for standard

DSG-01/03, refer to the List of Spool Functions on

pages 347 - 351 (DSG-01) and 364 - 368 (DSG-03) for details.

Max. Flow

L/min

(U.S.GPM)

★

Max. Operating Pressure

MPa

(PSI)

31.5 (4570)

Spool Type 60 Only

25 (3630)

Max. T-Line

Back Pressure

MPa

(PSI)

Max. Changeover

Frequency

Cycle/min {min

-1

}

300

120

240

120

Mass

kg

(1bs.)

Please refer to the valve type DSG-01 and DSG-03 shown on page 346 and 363 for the area shaded.

F-

T-

S-

DSG

-03 -2 B A

Coil Type

Spool

Type

Control

Type

Special

Seals

Type

Valve

Size

Number

of Valve

Position

Spool-Spring

Arrangement

Special

Two

Position

Valve

-D24 M -70

-L

Supply

Type of

Signal

Power

Design

Standard

Design

Number

Series

Number

Models with

Alternate

Offset

Solenoid

T:

Electronic

Relay

Incorporated

Type

■ Model Number Designation

2

01

03

70

50

DC

D24

None:

Internal

Signal

Power

M:

External

Signal

Power

For details, please contact us.

Electronic Relay Incorporated Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

380

■ Comparison of The Conventional Type and The Electronic Relay

Incorporated Type

Conventional Type

Electronic Relay Incorporated Type

Programmable

Controller

Control Board

Solenoid Power Supply

Programmable

Controller

Control

Board

Thick wires are

required and,

therefore, wiring

is awkward.

● Output Unit

● Large capacity output units (approximately 2A per unit) are required to operate solenoid

operated directional valves.

● As there is a limitation for common capacity, all contacts of the output units can be used in

some cases.

● Total cost therefore becomes higher, and a larger installation space is required.

● Power Supply Cables

● As each double solenoid valve requires a minimum of three cables, it is obvious that

the more valves you use, the more power supply cables and wiring is necessitated.

This may increase the possibility of miswriting.

● Miswriting and short circuits may damage a very expensive programmable

controller and output units.

Solenoid Power Supply

Common

Cables

● Output Unit

● Standard small capacity output unit, which is usually less expensive can be used.

● Other electric devices can be commonly used with the solenoid directional valves.

Therefore, installation as or output units can be reduced.

● Signal Output Cables

● Thinner cable, compared with power supply cable, can be used and therefore wiring is easier.

● The solenoid operated directional valve is provided with a protective circuit to ensure a

constant current, which protects the programmable controller from serious effects caused by

miswriting.

● Only two power supply cables are required for solenoid operated directional valves

and, therefore wiring can be reduced.

381

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

■ Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

These valves are composed of a solenoid operated pilot valve and a pilot

operated slave valve. When a solenoid is energised the pilot valve

directs the flow to move the spool of the slave valve, thus changing the

direction of flow in the hydraulic circuit.

● High Pressure High Flow

High pressure [31.5 MPa (4570 PSI)] along which high flow means

compact system design.

● Lower Pressure Drop

System energy saving increased as pressure drop of each valve has been

greatly reduced.

Specifications

Valve

Type

Model Numbers

DSHG-01-3C - -14/1480/1490

DSHG-01-2B - -14/1480/1490

DSHG-03-3C - -14/1490

DSHG-03-2N - -14/1490

DSHG-03-2B - -14/1490

(S-)DSHG-04-3C - -52/5290

(S-)DSHG-04-2N - -52/5290

(S-)DSHG-04-2B - -52/5290

(S-)DSHG-06-3C - -53/5390

(S-)DSHG-06-2N - -53/5390

(S-)DSHG-06-2B - -53/5390

(S-)DSHG-06-3H - -53/5390

(S-)DSHG-10-3C - -43/4390

(S-)DSHG-10-2N - -43/4390

(S-)DSHG-10-2B - -43/4390

(S-)DSHG-10-3H - -43/4390

Standard

Type

Shockless

Type

40 (10.6)

160 (42.3)

300 (79.3)

500 (132)

1100 (291)

21 (3050)

25 (3630)

21 (3050)

16 (2320) 16 (2320) 120

120

100

60

110

120

100

50

110

120

100

60

110

16 (2320)

1.0 (145)

3.2 (7.1)

2.7 (6.0)

6.9 (15.2)

6.4 (14.1)

8.5 (18.7)

8.0 (17.6)

12.4 (27.3)

11.9 (26.2)

13.2 (29.1)

45.0 (99.2)

44.5 (98.1)

52.9 (116.6)

1.0 (145)

0.7 (100)

0.8 (120)

21 (3050)

25 (3630)

31.5 (4570)

Max. Flow

L/min

(U.S.GPM)

★1 ★2

★3

Max.

Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Min.

Required

Pilot Pres.

MPa (PSI)

Max. Pilot

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Ext. Drain Int. Drain

Max. T-Line Back

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Max. Change-

over Frequecy

Cycles/Min {min

–1

}

Mass

kg

(1bs.)

AC

DC

R

★

1. Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow. As the ceiling flow depends on the type of

spool and operating condition, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 386 to 390

for details.

★

2. Pilot pressure of internal pilot drain models must always exceed tank line back pressure

by a minimum required pilot pressure.

★

3. Min. pilot pressure of with pilot piston in 1.8 MPa (260 PSI).

Yuken can offer flanged connection valves described below.

Consult us for the details.

Model Numbers

Model

Numbers

Pilot Valve Model

Numbers

Solenoid Ratings described

on the page below

DSHF-10- - -27

DSHF-16- - -37

DSHF-24- - -28

DSHF-32- - -27

DSHG-01

DSHG-03

(S-)DSHG-04

(S-)DSHG-06

(S-)DSHG-10

21 (3050)

315 (83)

500 (132)

1200 (317)

2400 (634)

Rated Flow

l/min (U.S.GPM)

Max. Pressure

MPa (PSI)

■ Solenoid Ratings

Solenoid ratings of pilot valve are identical with those of standard solenoid

valve. Refer to relevant solenoid ratings described on the page below.

CSA Approved Solenoid Valve

Available to supply DSHG-06 series valve approved

by the CSA (Canadian Standards Association).

Consult us for details.

DSG-01- - -70

345

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

382

F- S- DSHG -06 -2 2B

A

Special

Seals

Type

Series

Number

Valve

Size

No. of

Valve

Position

Spool-Spring

Arrangement

Spool

Type

Special Two

Position

Valve

-E

T-C2

Models with

Pilot Choke

Valve

Pilot

Connec-

tion

Drain

Connec-

tion

F:

For

Phos-

phate

Ester

Type

Fluids

None

:

Standard

Type

C

:

Spring Centred

C

:

Spring Centred

N

:

No-Spring

B

:

Spring Offset

B

:

Spring Offset

C

:

Spring Centred

C1

:

With C1

Choke

E

:

External

Pilot

C2

:

With C2

Choke

C1C2

:

With C1 &

C2 Choke

A

(Omit if not required)

A B

(Omit if not required)

H

:

Pressure Centred

C

:

Spring Centred

N

:

No-Spring

N

:

No-Spring

B

:

Spring Offset

B

:

Spring Offset

DSHG

:

Solenoid

Controlled

Pilot

Operated

Directional

Valve,

Sub-plate

Mounting

None

:

Standard

Type

S

:

Shock-

less

Type

■ Model Number Designation

Omit if not

required

( )

01

2, 3, 4

40, 5, 60

7, 9, 10

11, 12

2, 3, 4

40, 5, 60

7, 9, 10

11, 12

2, 4, 40

(3, 7)

2, 4, 40

(3, 7)

2, 4, 40

60, 10, 12

3, 5, 6

7, 9, 11

2, 3, 4

40, 7

2

3

4

40

7

★1

★2

A

(Omit if not required)

★2

A B

(Omit if not required)

★2

★1

2, 4, 40

(3, 7)

★1

2, 4, 40

(3, 7)

★1

03

04

06

10

3

2

3

2

3

2

3

2

( )

2, 4, 40

60, 10, 12

3, 5, 6

7, 9, 11

★1

( )

Omit if not

required

( )

None

:

Internal

Pilot

E

:

Internal

Drain

None

:

External

Drain

Note: In spool type “3”, “5”, “6”, “60”, and “7”, the combination applicable between pilot system and drain system is as described in the table below.

Pilot Connection Drain Connection

External Drain

Internal Drain (T)

Combination is not applicable

No restrictions in the combination on us

Care in Application

Internal Pilot

External Pilot (E)

Hold back pressure in the tank line so that the difference between

pilot pressure and drain pressure is always more than minimum

required pilot pressure.

383

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

-A100-R2

-H

-N

-53

-C

-

-L

Design

Number

Design

Standard

Models with

Reverse Mtg.

of Solenoid

Type of Elec-

trical Conduit

Connection

Bult-in

Orifice for

Pilot Line

Spool Control

Modification

(Omit if not required)

Coil

Type

Manual

Override of

Pilot Valve

R2 :

With Stroke

Adjustment,

Both Ends

C :

Push

Button &

Lock Nut

N:

Push-in

Connector

Type

N1 :

Push-in

Connector

with

Indicator

Light

H:

Refer to ★5

AC:

A100 , A200

A120 , A240

AC → DC

R100 , R200

DC:

D12 , D24

D48

AC:

A100 , A200

A120 , A240

AC → DC

R100 , R200

DC:

D12 , D24

D48

R2 : With Stroke Adj.,

Both Ends

RA : With Stroke Adj.,

Port "A" End

RB : With Stroke Adj.,

Port "B" End

P2 : With Pilot Piston,

Both Ends

PA : With Pilot Piston,

Port "A" End

PB : With Pilot Piston,

Port "B" End

RA :

With Stroke

Adjustment,

Port "A" End

RB :

With Stroke

Adjustment,

Port "B" End

None :

Manual

Override

None:

Terminal

Box Type

None:

Japanese

Standard

"JIS"

None:

Japanese

Standard

"JIS" &

European

Design

Standard

90:

N.

American

Design

Standard

90:

N.

American

Design

Standard

80:

European

Design

Standard

(Applicable

only for

DSHG-01)

14

52

53

43

L

(Omit if not required)

L

(Omit if not required)

L

(Omit if not required)

L

(Omit if not required)

★3

★4

★1. Shekless type (S-DSHG) are not available for spool type marked ( ).

★2. As for the details of the valve using the neutral position and the side position (either SOL a or SOL b side), please refer to page 391.

Furthermore, the spool types other than “2”, “4”, “40” (3, 7) are also available.

★3. In spool-spring arrangement “H” (Pressure centred models), the valves with stroke adjustment (R*) and pilot-piston (P*) are not available.

★4. NI stands for Plug-in connector with solenoid indicator light. NI is not available for R-type solenoids.

★5. In spool-spring arrangement “H” (pressure centred models), in case the pilot pressure is more than 10 MPa (1450 PSI), please specify that the

valve should have the built-in orifice to the pilot line.

In the table above, the symbols and numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional extras.

The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options, therefore

please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

384

Valve

Model

Numbers

Japanese Standard "JIS"

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (1bs.)

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (1bs.)

European Design Standard

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (1bs.)

N. American Design Standard

DSGM-01-31

DSGM-01X-31

DSGM-01Y-31

Rc 1/8

DSGM-03-40

DSGM-03X-40

DSGM-03Y-40

DHGM-03Y-10

DHGM-04-20

DHGM-04X-20

DHGM-06-50

DHGM-06X-50

DHGM-10-40

DHGM-10X-40

Rc 1/4

Rc 3/8

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

Rc 1

Rc 1-1/4

Rc 1-1/2

4.7

0.8

3.0

(10.4)

(1.8)

(6.6)

4.7 (10.4)

4.4 (9.7)

4.1 (9.0)

7.4 (16.3)

21.5 (47.4)

DSGM-01-3080

DSGM-01X-3080

DSGM-03-2180

DSGM-03X-2180

DSGM-03Y-2180

DHGM-03Y-1080

DHGM-04-2080

DHGM-04X-2080

DHGM-06-5080

DHGM-06X-5080

DHGM-10-4080

DHGM-10X-4080

1/8 BSP.F

1/4 BSP.F

3/8 BSP.F

1/2 BSP.F

3/4 BSP.F

1/2 BSP.F

3/4 BSP.F

1 BSP.F

1-1/4 BSP.F

1-1/2 BSP.F

0.8 (1.8)

3.0 (6.6)

4.7 (10.4)

4.4 (9.7)

4.1 (9.0)

8.5 (18.7)

4.7 (10.4)

21.5 (47.4)

DSGM-01-3090

DSGM-01X-3090

DSGM-01Y-3090

DSGM-03-2190

DSGM-03X-2190

DSGM-03Y-2190

DHGM-03Y-1090

DHGM-04-2090

DHGM-04X-2090

DHGM-06-5090

DHGM-06X-5090

DHGM-10-4090

DHGM-10X-4090

1/8 NPT

1/4 NPT

3/8 NPT

1/2 NPT

3/4 NPT

1/2 NPT

3/4 NPT

1 NPT

1-1/4 NPT

1-1/2 NPT

0.8 (1.8)

3.0 (6.6)

4.7 (10.4)

4.4 (9.7)

4.1 (9.0)

7.4 (16.3)

4.7 (10.4)

21.5 (47.4)

0.8

(1.8)

DSHG-01

DSHG-03

DSHG-04

DSHG-06

DSHG-10

Sub-plates

DSGM-03 is available only for Internal pilot-Internal drain type (Use DHGM-03Y for other valves).

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.

When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.

1.

3

1

2

1

2

2.

3.

Model

Numbers

Name

Japanese Standard "JIS"

European Design Standard

N. American Design Standard Qty.

Tightening Torque

Nm (in. 1bs.)

Mouting Bolt

Mtg. Bolt Kit

Soc. Hd. Cap Screw

DSHG-01

DSHG-03

(S-)DSHG-04

(S)-DSHG-06

(S)-DSHG-10

MBK-01-01-30

MBK-01-02-30

M6 35 Lg.

M6 45 Lg.

M10 50 Lg.

M12 60 Lg.

M20 75 Lg.

MBK-01-01-3090

MBK-01-02-3090

1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.

1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.

3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg.

1 set

4

2

4

6

5

12

58

100

473

-

6

15

72

123

585

(43

(104

(504

(868

(4106

-

52)

130)

625)

1068)

5078)

Model Numbers

MBK-01-01-30

MBK-01-02-30

MBK-01-01-3090

MBK-01-02-3090

(

94

134

94

134

)

3.70

5.28

3.70

5.28

A

mm (In.) "

B

" Thd.

M5

No.10-24 UNC

8.5

Dia.

(.33)

9

(.35)

A

9

(.35)

"

B

" Thd.

9

(.35)

15

(.59)

4

(.16)

"

B

" Thd.

Both Ends

For Internal Pilot-Internal Drain.

Mounting Bolt

For External Pilot or External Drain.

Mounting bolt kit is common to that of 01 series modular valves.

Refer to figure below for the dimensions of bolt kit.

Stud Bolt

Nut

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

385

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

(.7)

(1.1)

(1.3)

(4.1)

C1, C2 C1C2 P2

PA

PB

P2

PA

PB

Model with Pilot

Choke Adj.

Models with

Pilot Piston

Models with

Stroke Adj.

Model

Numbers

DSHG-03

(S-)DSHG-04

(S-)DSHG-06

(S-)DSHG-10

0.65(1.4)

1.3(2.9)

1.0(2.2)

3.6(7.9)

0.5(1.1)

1.8(4.0)

0.6(1.3)

1.0(2.2)

1.2(2.6)

3.7(8.2)

0.3

0.5

06

1.85

kg (1bs.)

ab

P

Y

AB

T

b

a

P

Y

A

B

T

AB

P

T

a

Y

b

V

W

A

B

P

T

a

Y

b

V

A

B

P

T

a

Y

b

W

Choke

C2

Choke

C1 Choke

C2

Choke

C1

AB

PT

Y

V

X

b

a

AB

PT

V

X

b

a

Y

AB

P

T

b

a

Y

AB

P

T

b

a

Y

A

B

PT

b

a

Y

Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment

Options

When the adjustment screw is turned clockwise,

changeover speed of the main spool becomes slow. In

case of the spring centred valves in particular, making

slow of the returning speed of the main spool to the

neutral position is possible with a C2 choke valve.

These choke valves can be used in combination with the

valves of spring centred, no-spring, offset, pressure

centred and the valves with stroke adjustment.

Models with Pilot Piston(P2, PA, PB)

The valves with a pilot piston can be used when the high

speed changeover of the main spool is required.

However, please not that in case of spring centered

valves, there is no change in the returning speed of the

main spool to the neutral position even with the pilot

piston.

Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred)

"PB" Models

Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred)

DSHG-01,06,10

DSHG-03, 04

"PA" Models

"P2" Models

Pressure Centred Models (3H )

The pressure centered type can be used when the

returning of the main spool to the neutral position is

required to be firmily.

Models with Stroke Adjustment (R2, RA, RB)

When the adjustment screw is screwed in , the main

spool stroke becomes short and flow rate reduces.

"RB" Models

"RA" Models

"R2" Models

Graphic Symbols (Ex.: Spring Centred)

Graphic Symbols (Ex.: External Pilot-External Drain)

(Only for 3H6, 3H60)

Additional Mass of Options

Add the mass described below to the mass of standard

models on page 381, if options are required.

Options on Pilot Valve

The same options to DSG-01 series valves are available.

Please refer to page 345 for the details.

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

386

b

AB

PT

Y

P

TY

a

b

A

B

40 (10.6)

DSHG-01-3C2

DSHG-01-3C3

DSHG-01-3C4

DSHG-01-3C40

DSHG-01-3C5

DSHG-01-3C60

DSHG-01-3C7

DSHG-01-3C9

DSHG-01-3C10

DSHG-01-3C11

DSHG-01-3C12

DSHG-01-2B2

DSHG-01-2B3

DSHG-01-2B4

DSHG-01-2B40

DSHG-01-2B7

"2"

"3"

"4"

"40"

"5"

"60"

"7"

"9"

"10"

"11"

"12"

40 (10.6)

40 (10.6) 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6)

7 MPa

(1020 PSI)

14 MPa

(2030 PSI)

21 MPa

(3050 PSI)

7 MPa

(1020 PSI)

14 MPa

(2030 PSI)

21 MPa

(3050 PSI)

srebmuN ledoMsrebmuN ledoM

lobmyS cihparGlobmyS cihparG

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

dertneC gnirpSdertneC gnirpS

snoitisoP owTsnoitisoP eerhT

Spool Type

A

P

T

B

b

a

Notes ) Max. flow shows value at pilot pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)1.

Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of

P A B T (or P B

A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.

In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow differs

according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.

2.

List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-01)

387

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

b

AB

PT

Y

b

A

B

P

T

Y

a

PTY

a

b

A

B

DSHG-03-2N2

DSHG-03-2N3

DSHG-03-2N4

DSHG-03-2N40

DSHG-03-2N7

160 (42.3)

DSHG-03-2B2

DSHG-03-2B3

DSHG-03-2B4

DSHG-03-2B40

DSHG-03-2B7

"2"

"3"

"4"

"40"

"7"

160 (42.3)

7 MPa

(1020 PSI)

14 MPa

(2030 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

Model Numbers

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

No-Spring

Spool Type

7 MPa

(1020 PSI)

14 MPa

(2030 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

Model Numbers

lobmyS cihparGlobmyS cihparG

Spring Offset

DSHG-03-3C2

DSHG-03-3C3

DSHG-03-3C4

DSHG-03-3C40

DSHG-03-3C5

DSHG-03-3C60

DSHG-03-3C7

DSHG-03-3C9

DSHG-03-3C10

DSHG-03-3C11

DSHG-03-3C12

7 MPa

(1020 PSI)

14 MPa

(2030 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

Model Numbers

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

Spring Centred

Spool Type

Graphic Symbol

160 (42.3)

"2"

"3"

"4"

"40"

"5"

"60"

"7"

"9"

"10"

"11"

"12"

85

160

(22.5)

(42.3)

85

160

85

160

85

160

85

160

85

160

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

85

160

85

160

85

160

85

160

85

160

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

85

160

85

160

85

160

85

160

85

160

85

160

85

160

85

160

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

(22.5)

(42.3)

125

160

60

95

60

95

60

95

60

95

60

95

(33.0)

(42.3)

(15.9)

(25.1)

(15.9)

(25.1)

(15.9)

(25.1)

(15.9)

(25.1)

(15.9)

(25.1)

60

95

(15.9)

(25.1)

60

95

60

95

(15.9)

(25.1)

(15.9)

(25.1)

60

95

(15.9)

(25.1)

160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)

160 (42.3)

Three Positions

Two Positions

A

P

T

B

b

a

85 (22.5)

160 (42.3)

Notes: The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table

above is as shown below.

1.

2.

(Example)

Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure.

Pilot Pressure more than 0.7 MPa (100 PSI).

Pilot Pressure at 0.7 MPa (100 PSI).

Pilot Pressure at 1 MPa (150 PSI).

Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow

condition of

P A B T (or P B A T) as shown

in the circuit diagram right.

In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port

is blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic

circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.

List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-03)

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

388

b

A

B

P

T

Y

a

b

AB

PT

Y

PTY

a

b

A

B

DSHG-04-2N2

DSHG-04-2N3

DSHG-04-2N4

DSHG-04-2N40

DSHG-04-2N7

DSHG-04-2B2

DSHG-04-2B3

DSHG-04-2B4

DSHG-04-2B40

DSHG-04-2B7

"2"

"3"

"4"

"40"

"7"

300 (79.3)

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

No-Spring

Spool Type

Model Numbers

(S-)

Model Numbers

Graphic Symbol

10 MPa

(1450 PSI)

16 MPa

(2320 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

Spring Offset

300 (79.3)

"2"

"3"

"4"

"40"

"5"

"6"

"60"

"7"

"9"

"10"

"11"

"12"

Model Numbers

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

Spool Type

Graphic Symbol

Spring Centred

10 MPa

(1450 PSI)

16 MPa

(2320 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

10 MPa

(1450 PSI)

16 MPa

(2320 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

(S-)

DSHG-04-3C2

(S-)

DSHG-04-3C4

DSHG-04-3C40

DSHG-04-3C3

DSHG-04-3C5

DSHG-04-3C6

(S-)

DSHG-04-3C60

DSHG-04-3C7

DSHG-04-3C9

(S-)

DSHG-04-3C10

(S-)

DSHG-04-3C12

DSHG-04-3C11

300 (79.3)

250 (66.1)

300 (79.3)

300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)

250 (66.1)

300 (79.3)

250 (66.1)

140 (37.0)

200 (52.8)

120 (31.7)

165 (43.6)

110 (29.1)

145 (38.3)

110 (29.1)

260 (68.7)

245 (64.7) 245 (64.7)

245 (64.7)

300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)

235 (62.1)

200 (52.8) 145 (38.3)

250 (66.1)280 (74.0)

260 (68.7) 160 (42.3) 140 (37.0)

280 (74.0)

250 (66.1)

170 (44.9)

120 (31.7)

135 (35.7)

110 (29.1)

300 (79.3)

250 (66.1)

200 (52.8)

120 (31.7)

150 (39.6)

110 (29.1)

300 (79.3)

250 (66.1)

200 (52.8)

120 (31.7)

145 (38.3)

110 (29.1)

Graphic Symbol

Notes: Max flow described above shown value at pilot pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).

1.

A

P

T

B

b

a

Two Positions

Three Positions

Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or

P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.

In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow

differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.

2.

List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-04/S-DSHG-04)

389

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

b

A

B

P

T

Y

a

b

AB

PT

Y

PTY

a

b

A

B

P

T

Y

a

b

A

B

V

"2"

"3"

"4"

"40"

"7"

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

No-Spring

Spool Type

Graphic Symbol

DSHG-06-2N2

DSHG-06-2N3

DSHG-06-2N4

DSHG-06-2N40

DSHG-06-2N7

500 (132)

(S-)

Model Numbers

10 MPa

(1450 PSI)

16 MPa

(2320 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

DSHG-06-2B2

DSHG-06-2B3

DSHG-06-2B4

DSHG-06-2B40

DSHG-06-2B7

Model Numbers

(S-)

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

Spring Offset

10 MPa

(1450 PSI)

16 MPa

(2320 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

Graphic Symbol

"2"

"3"

"4"

"40"

"5"

"6"

"60"

"7"

"9"

"10"

"11"

"12"

Model Numbers

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

Spool Type

Graphic Symbol

Spring Centred

10 MPa

(1450 PSI)

16 MPa

(2320 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

(S-)DSHG-06-3C2

DSHG-06-3C3

DSHG-06-3C4

DSHG-06-3C40

DSHG-06-3C5

DSHG-06-3C6

DSHG-06-3C60

DSHG-06-3C7

DSHG-06-3C9

DSHG-06-3C10

DSHG-06-3C11

DSHG-06-3C12

500 (132)

10 MPa

(1450 PSI)

16 MPa

(2320 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

Model Numbers

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

Graphic Symbol

Pressure Centred

(S-)

(S-)DSHG-06-3H2

DSHG-06-3H3

DSHG-06-3H4

DSHG-06-3H40

DSHG-06-3H5

DSHG-06-3H6

DSHG-06-3H60

DSHG-06-3H7

DSHG-06-3H9

DSHG-06-3H10

DSHG-06-3H11

DSHG-06-3H12

(S-)

500 (132)

475 (125)

500 (132)

390 (103)

420 (111)

500 (132)

425 (112)

300 (79.3)

340 (89.8)

450 (119)

350 (92.5)

230 (60.8)

280 (74.0)

360 (95.1)

)231( 005)8.79( 073)221( 064

500 (132)

410 (108)

500 (132)

310 (81.9)

500 (132)

310 (81.9)

500 (132)

310 (81.9)

500 (132)

410 (108)

500 (132)

410 (108)

500 (132)

450 (119)

500 (132)

410 (108)

500 (132)

410 (108)

500 (132)

410 (108)

500 (132)

360 (95.1)

500 (132)

310 (81.9)

500 (132)

310 (81.9)

500 (132)

310 (81.9)

500 (132)

460 (122)

500 (132)

460 (122)

500 (132)

460 (122)

500 (132)

420 (111)

500 (132)

420 (111)

500 (132)

470 (124)

500 (132)

420 (111)

500 (132)

420 (111)

500 (132)

420 (111)

500 (132)

A

P

T

B

b

a

410 (108)

500 (132)

Notes: The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above is as shown

below.

1.

2.

(Example)

Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure.

Pilot Pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).

In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure is more than

1 MPa (150 PSI).

Pilot Pressure at 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).

In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure

is more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)

Pilot Pressure at 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).

Two Positions

Three Positions

Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A

B T (or P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.

In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the

maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us

for details.

List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-06/S-DSHG-06)

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

390

Two Positions

b

A

B

P

T

Y

a

b

AB

PT

Y

PTY

a

b

A

B

P

T

Y

a

b

A

B

V

Model Numbers

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

Spool Type

Graphic Symbol

Spring Centred

10 MPa

(1450 PSI)

16 MPa

(2320 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

16 MPa

(2320 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

Model Numbers

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

Graphic Symbol

Pressure Centred

"2"

"3"

"4"

"40"

"5"

"6"

"60"

"7"

"9"

"10"

"11"

"12"

(S-)DSHG-10-3C2

DSHG-10-3C3

DSHG-10-3C4

DSHG-10-3C40

DSHG-10-3C5

DSHG-10-3C6

DSHG-10-3C60

DSHG-10-3C7

DSHG-10-3C9

DSHG-10-3C10

DSHG-10-3C11

DSHG-10-3C12

(S-)

1100 (291)

1050 (277)

1100 (291)

(S-)DSHG-10-3H2

DSHG-10-3H3

DSHG-10-3H4

DSHG-10-3H40

DSHG-10-3H5

DSHG-10-3H6

DSHG-10-3H60

DSHG-10-3H7

DSHG-10-3H9

DSHG-10-3H10

DSHG-10-3H11

DSHG-10-3H12

(S-)

950 (251)

"2"

"3"

"4"

"40"

"7"

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

No-Spring

Spool Type

Graphic Symbol

DSHG-10-2N2

DSHG-10-2N3

DSHG-10-2N4

DSHG-10-2N40

DSHG-10-2N7

(S-)

Model Numbers

16 MPa

(2320 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

DSHG-10-2B2

DSHG-10-2B3

DSHG-10-2B4

DSHG-10-2B40

DSHG-10-2B7

Model Numbers

(S-)

Maximum Flow

L/min (U.S.GPM)

Spring Offset

16 MPa

(2320 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

Graphic Symbol

10 MPa

(1450 PSI)

1100 (291)

880 (232)

940 (248)

1100 (291)

750 (198)

1060 (280) 895 (236)

950 (251)

750 (198)

980 (259)

700 (185)

785 (207)

850 (225)

570 (151)

680 (180)

1040 (275) 870 (230)

950 (251)

1040 (275) 870 (230)

750 (198)

1060 (280)

1100 (291)

970 (256)

1050 (277)

970 (256)

1000 (264)

970 (256)

10 MPa

(1450 PSI)

10 MPa

(1450 PSI)

1100 (291)

1100 (291

)

A

P

T

B

b

a

1040 (275)

1100 (291)

Notes ) The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above

is as shown below.

1.

2.

(Example)

Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure.

Pilot Pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI).

Pilot Pressure at 1 MPa (150 PSI).

Pilot Pressure at 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).

Three Positions

Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition

of P

A

B T (or P B A T) as shown in the circuit

diagram right.

In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is

blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit,

therefore, please consult us for details.

List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-010/S-DSHG-10)

1100 (291) 1100 (291)

1100 (291)

1100 (291) 1100 (291)

1100 (291)

391

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

AB

T

P

Y

b

B

A

PT

Y

a

AB

TP

Y

b

B

A

PT Y

aab

Y

PT

A

B

Standard

Mtg.

Reverse

Mtg. Type

Standard

Mtg.

Reverse

Mtg. Type

Standard

Mtg.

slobmyS cihparGslobmyS cihparG

Graphic

Symbols

srebmuN ledoMsrebmuN ledoMsrebmuN ledoM

04

06

10

DSHG-

-2B A

04

06

10

DSHG- -2B B

04

06

10

DSHG- -2N A

DSHG- -2B2A(S-)

DSHG- -2B3A

DSHG- -2B4A(S-)

DSHG- -2B40A(S-)

DSHG- -2B5A

DSHG- -2B6A

DSHG- -2B60A(S-)

DSHG- -2B7A

DSHG- -2B9A

DSHG- -2B10A(S-)

DSHG- -2B11A

DSHG- -2B12A(S-)

DSHG- -2B2B(S-)

DSHG- -2B3B

DSHG- -2B4B(S-)

DSHG- -2B40B(S-)

DSHG- -2B5B

DSHG- -2B6B

DSHG- -2B60B(S-)

DSHG- -2B7B

DSHG- -2B9B

DSHG- -2B10B(S-)

DSHG- -2B11B

DSHG- -2B12B(S-)

DSHG- -2N2A(S-)

DSHG- -2N3A

DSHG- -2N4A(S-)

DSHG- -2N40A(S-)

DSHG- -2N5A

DSHG- -2N6A

DSHG- -2N60A(S-)

DSHG- -2N7A

DSHG- -2N9A

DSHG- -2N10A(S-)

DSHG- -2N11A

DSHG- -2N12A(S-)

Y

P

T

A

B

b

Y

T

P

B

A

a

)"L"( dioneloS fo .gtM esreveRdioneloS fo .gtM dradnatS

A

B

PT

a

b

Y

A

B

P

Y

T

b

A

B

Y

PT

b

2B2A

2B2B

(Example) In case of Spool Type "2"

"A": Use of Neutral and

SOL. a Energised

Position

SOL. a Energised

Position

SOL. b Energised

Position

Neutral Position

"B": Use of Neutral and

SOL. b Energised

Position

Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)

Besides the use of the standard 2-position valves aforementioned in the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow",

the 3-position valves also can be used as the 2-position valves using the two of their three positions. In this case, there

are two kinds of the valve available. One is the valve using the neutral position and SOL a position

(2B A) and another

is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B).

Reverse Mounting of Solenoid.

In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b

position (side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in

the reverse position - SOL a side - is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.

As for the valve type

2B A and 2B B, please refer to the explanation under the heading of "Valves Using Neutral

Position and Side Position" given below.

SOL b

A P B

XA

B

SOL a

A P B

XA B

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

392

Spool

Type

P A

B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

Spool

Type

P A

B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

3

4

3

2

3

4

3

2

1

3

4

3

2

3

4

3

2

3

4

40

5

60

7

9

10

11

12

2

Spool

Type

P A

B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

Spool

Type

P A

B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

3

5

3

6

3

5

3

4

5

4

2

1

3

6

3

6

3

5

3

4

6

4

6

2

3

4

40

5

60

7

9

10

11

12

4

6

4

6

4

Spool

Type

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

Spool

Type

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

5

7

5

4

3

4

3

5

7

5

1

7

5

6

5

4

2

4

7

5

7

6

2

3

4

40

5

6

7

9

10

11

12

Spool

Type

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

Spool

Type

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

2

3

4

2

6

2

4

2

6

2

7

4

5

2

4

40

60

10

12

4

5

6

60

5

6

5

6

5

6 5 4 5 5

2

MPa

PSI

Pressure Drop P

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

1

2

3

4

010

20

30

40

1.4

1.2

0.8

0.4

1.0

0.6

0.2

0

200

160

120

80

40

0

246810

0

MPa

PSI

Pressure Drop P

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

40

80 120

160

2.0

1.6

1.2

0.8

0.4

300

0

10 20 30 400

0

3

4

5

6

2

1

250

200

150

100

50

0

MPa

PSI

Pressure Drop P

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

180

0

20 40 60 800

160

120

80

40

2

Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

0

100

150

200

50

250

300

1.2

0.8

0.4

DSHG-01

DSHG-03

DSHG-04, S-DSHG-04

0

DSHG-01

DSHG-03

DSHG-04

S-DSHG-04

Pressure Drop

393

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Spool

Type

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

Spool

Type

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

8

6

8

5

4

5

4

3

8

6

8

5

4

1

6

8

5

4

5

4

6

8

5

7

2

3

4

40

5

6

7

9

10

11

12

7

60

8 5 8

1

7

4

7

Spool

Type

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

Spool

Type

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

6

8

1

2

5

6

8

6

8

2

5

6

8

3

2

4

40

10

12

2

60

1

2

7

Spool

Type

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

Spool

Type

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

9

7

9

5

6

3

9

7

9

8

5

1

2

8

7

9

5

6

5

6

8

7

9

8

5

2

3

4

40

5

6

7

9

10

11

12

8

60

9 7 9

3

7

6

8

6

2

7

8

7

6

Spool

Type

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

Spool

Type

P A

B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop

Curve Numbers

8

9

3

5

6

8

9

8

9

4

5

7

8

9

4

2

4

40

10

12

4

60

2

6

8

6

Viscosity

SSU

Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23

77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371

2

mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

1.27

417

90

1.30

464

100

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

200 400

600

800

2.0

1.6

1.2

0.8

0.4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

0

100

200 300

400

500

2.0

1.6

1.2

0.8

0.4

PSI

Pressure Drop P

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

300

250

200

150

50

0

20 60 80 100 1200

0

140

40

100

MPa

1000

1100

PSI

Pressure Drop P

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

300

250

200

150

50

0

50 150

0 300100

100

MPa

200 250

0

DSHG-06, S-DSHG-06

DSHG-10, S-DSHG-10

DSHG-06

S-DSHG-06

DSHG-10

S-DSHG-10

For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.

For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained

from the formula right.

P' = P(G'/0.850)

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

394

Pilot Pressure

SOL"OFF"

SOL"ON"

3C

SOL"ON","OFF"

2B

2N

250

200

150

100

50

510

15 20

25

SOL"OFF"

SOL"ON"

3C

2N

SOL"ON"

2B

SOL"OFF"

150

100

50

510

15 20

25

SO L" OF F"

SOL"ON"

3C

2N

SOL"ON"

2B

SOL"OFF"

150

100

50

510

15 20

25

30002000100003600

MPa

PSI

ms

Changeover Time

0

Pilot Pressure

30002000100003600

MPa

PSI

ms

Changeover Time

0

Pilot Pressure

30002000100003600

MPa

PSI

Changeover Time

0

ms

Changeover time varies according to oil viscosity, spool type and hydraulic circuit.

DSHG-04

Test Conditions

Coil Type : D (Models with DC solenoids)

Voltage : Rated Voltage

2

Oil Viscosity : 35 mm /s (164 SSU)

DSHG-10

DSHG-06

Typical Changeover Time

395

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Model Numbers

DSHG-01- --14

DSHG-01- --1490

"C"

Thd.

G 1/2

1/2 NPT

Rc 1/4

1/4 NPT

"D"

Thd.

Manual Actuator

Nut 27 (1.06) Hex.

6(.24)

Dia.

Electrical Conduit Connection

"C"

Thd. (Both Ends)

Double Solenoid

Models Only

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Ter minal Box type: DSHG-01- - -14/1490

Internal Pilot - Internal Drain

Pilot Drain Port

"Y"

"D"

Thd.

Pilot Pressure Port

"X"

"D"

Thd.

External Pilot - External Drain

External Pilot - Internal Drain

Internal Pilot - External Drain

For other dimensions, refer to "Internal Pilot Internal Drain".

40.5

(1.59)

Space Needed to Remove

5.5 (.22) Dia. Through

7 (.28) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

Solenoid-Each End

AC :

DC,R :

45.5 (1.79)

50 (1.97)

Cylinder Port

"B"

Pressure Port

"P"

Cylinder Port

"A"

AC :

DC,R :

196.4 (7.73)

204.4 (8.05)

AC :

DC,R :

79.2 (3.12)

83.2 (3.28)

Tank Port

"T"

Solenoid Indicator Light

31

(1.22)

32.5

(1.28)

0.75

(.03)

Double Solenoid Models Only

48

(1.89)

46

(1.81)

SOL b SOL a

125(4.92)

95

(3.74)

78

(3.07)

110.5

(4.35)

63.5

(2.5)

128.8

(5.07)

AC 160.7(6.33)

DC,R164.7(6.48)

43.5

(1.71)

B

P

A

T

SOL aSOL b

60

(2.36)

103.5

(4.07)

118

(4.65)

150.5

(5.92)

168.8

(6.65)

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

396

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Model Numbers

DSHG-01- - -N -14

DSHG-01- - -N -1480

DSHG-01- - -N -1490

"J"

Thd.

Rc 1/4

1/4 BSP.F

1/4 NPT

Model Numbers

Dimensions mm (Inches)

LJHFEDC

128.5 (5.06)

139.5 (5.49)

142.5 (5.61)

53 (2.09)

64 (2.52)

57.2 (2.25)

27.5 (1.08)

34 (1.34)

39 (1.54)

53 (2.09)

168.5 (6.63)

179.5 (7.07)

182.5 (7.19)

79.2 (3.12)

83.2 (3.28)

196.4 (7.73) 160.7 (6.33)

204.4 (8.05) 164.7 (6.48)

DSHG-01- - -A -N/N1

DSHG-01- - -D -N /N1

DSHG-01- - -R -N

K

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

Pilot Pressure Port "X"

"J"

Thd.

Pilot Drain Port

"Y"

"J"

Thd.

60

(2.36)

118

(4.65)

L

D

103.5

(4.07)

D

63.5

(2.5)

C

48

(1.89)

E

H

F

32

(1.26)

(2.76)

70

78

(3.07)

43.5

(1.71)

125

(4.92)

K

J

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia. 8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)

Conductor Area Not Exceeding

2

1.5mm (.0023 Sq. IN.)

The position of the Plug-i n connector can be changed as

illustrated below by loosening the lock nut. After

completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut

with the torque as specified below.

Lock Nut

Tightening Torque:

10.3 - 11.3 Nm (91-100 IN.lbs.)

External Pilot-External Drain

External Pilot-Internal Drain

Internal Pilot-External Drain

Internal Pilot-Internal Drain

Plug-in Connector Type: DSHG-01- - - -14/1480/1490

N

N1

For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type".

397

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

(The pilot and drain ports in accordance with the ISO original draft)

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Model Numbers

DSHG-03- --14

DSHG-03- --1490

"C"

Thd.

G 1/2

1/2 NPT

Model Numbers

Dimensions mm (Inches)

CDEFHJ

53 (2.09)

64 (2.52)

57.2 (2.25)

173.5 (6.83)

184.5 (7.26)

187.5 (7.38)

27.5 (1.08)

34 (1.34)

182.2 (7.17)

186.2 (7.33)

196.4 (7.73) 47.2 (1.86)

204.4 (8.05) 51.2 (2.02)

DSHG-03- - -A -N/N1

DSHG-03- - -D -N/N1

DSHG-03- - -R -N

K

39 (1.54)

53 (2.09)

SOL a

SOL b

Space Needed to Remove

Solenoid-Each End

Manual Actuator

6(.24)

Dia.

Nut

27(1.06) Hex.

Electrical Conduit Connection

"C"

Thd. (Both Ends)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Double Solenoid Models Only

Tank Port

"T"

Solenoid

Indicator Light

Cylinder Port

"B"

Pressure Port

"P"

Cylinder Port

"A"

7(.28)

Dia. Through,

11(.43)

Dia. Spotface 4 Places

Pilot Drain Port

"Y"

(For External Drain Models Only)

Pilot Pressure Port

"X"

(For External Pilot Models Only)

F

E

D

27

(1.06)

108.5

(4.27)

58

(2.28)

170

(6.69)

H

J

K

C

102

(4.02)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia.

8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)

Conductor Area Not Exceeding

2

1.5mm (.0023 Sq. IN.)

Ter minal Box Type: DSHG-03- - -14/1490

Position of cable departure can be changed. For

details, refer to DSHG-01 valve on page 396.

Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port

in the left side is normally used in our

standard sub-plate, though, either side of

the tank port "T" can be used without

problem.

For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type".

Plug-in Connector Type: DSHG-03- - - -14/1490

N

N1

SOL a SOL b

AC : 45.5(1.79)

DC,R : 50(1.97)

170(6.69)

95(3.74)

46.5

(1.83)

1

(.04)

58

(2.28)

173.8

(6.84)

155.5

(6.12)

108.5

(4.27)

27

(1.06)

L' L

L'L

50.8

(2.0)

46

(1.81)

32.5

(1.28)

A100

AC 70.2 (2.76)

DC,R 74.2 (2.92)

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

398

Mounting surface:

ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Model Numbers "

C

" Thd.

(S-)DSHG-04- - -52

(S-)DSHG-04- - -5290

G 1/2

1/2 NPT

Model Numbers

(S-)DSHG-04- -A -N/N1

(S-)DSHG-04- -D -N/N1

(S-)DSHG-04- -R -N

Dimensions mm (Inches)

KJFEDCH

39

53

(1.54)

(2.09)

53

64

57.2

(2.09)

(2.52)

(2.25)

173.5

184.5

187.6

(6.83)

(7.26)

(7.39)

27.5

34

(1.08)

(1.34)

196.4 (7.73)

204.4 (8.05)

47.2 (1.86)

51.2 (2.02)

45.6 (1.80)

49.6

(1.95)

SOL a

SOL b

Tank Port "

T

"

11(.43)

Dia. Through

17.5(.69)

Dia. Spotface

4 Places

Pressure Port "

P

"

Pilot Pressure Port "

X

"

(For External Pilot Models Only)

Pilot Drain Port "

Y

"

(For External Drain Models Only)

Cylinder Port "

B

"

Solenoid Indicator Light

Cylinder Port "

A

"

7(.28)

Dia. Through

11(.43)

Dia. Spotface

2 Places

Space Needed to Remove

Solenoid-Each End

Double Solenoid

Models Only

Manual Actuator

6(.24)

Dia.

Nut

27(1.06)

Hex.

3(.12)

Dia. Two Locating Pins

Electrical Conduit Connection

"

C

" Thd. (Both Ends)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia. 8-10 mm(.31 - .39 IN.)

2

Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5 m

m

(.0023 Sq. IN.)

......

...

H

102

(4.02)

J

C

D

K

114.5

(4.51)

E

F

Ter minal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-04- - -52/5290

Plug-in Connector Type: (S-)DSHG-04- - - -52/5290

N

N1

Position of cable

departure can be

changed. For details,

refer to DSHG-01

valve on page 396.

For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type".

AC 50.7(2.00)

DC,R54.7(2.15)

1.5

(.06)

399

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Mounting surface:

ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Model Numbers "

C

" Thd.

(S-)DSHG-06- - -53

(S-)DSHG-06- - -5390

G 1/2

1/2 NPT

Model Numbers

(S-)DSHG-06- -A -N/N1

(S-)DSHG-06- -D -N/N1

(S-)DSHG-06- -R -N

Dimensions mm (Inches)

KJFEDC H

39

53

(1.54)

(2.09)

53

64

57.2

(2.09)

(2.52)

(2.25)

200.5 (7.95)

211.5 (8.33)

214.5 (8.44)

27.5

34

(1.08)

(1.34)

196.4 (7.73)

204.4 (8.05)

47.2 (1.86)

51.2 (2.02)

45.2 (1.78)

49.2 (1.94)

SOL a SOL b

Tank Port "T"

13.5(.53) Dia. Through

20(.79) Dia. Spotface

6 Places

Pressure Port "

P"

Pilot Pressure Port "

X"

(For External Pilot Models Only)

Pilot Drain Port "

Y"

(For External Drain Models Only)

Cylinder Port "

B"

Solenoid Indicator Light

Cylinder Port "

A"

Space Needed to Remove

Solenoid-Each End

Manual Actuator

6(.24) Dia.

Nut

27(1.06) Hex.

6(.24) Dia. Two Locating Pins

Electrical Conduit Connection

"

C

" Thd. (Both Ends)

Mounting Surface

Double Solenoid

Models Only

(O-Rings Furnished)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia. 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)

Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5 mm

2

(.0023 Sq. IN.)

......

...

H

102

(4.02)

J

C

D

K

135.5

(5.33)

E

F

Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-06- - -53/5390

Plug-in Connector Type: (S-)DSHG-06- - - -53/5390

N

N1

For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type".

Position of cable

departure can be

changed. For details,

refer to DSHG-01

valve on page 396.

AC 45.2(4.78)

DC,R49.2(1.94)

AC 50.7(2.00)

DC,R54.7(2.15)

AC 45.5(1.79)

DC,R50(1.97)

AC 196.4(7.73)

DC,R204.4(8.05)

LL

53.2

(2.09)

130.2

(5.13)

255(10.04)

77

(3.03)

46.1

(1.81)

92.1

(3.63)

13

(.51)

118

(4.65)

156

(6.14)

46

(1.81)

41

(1.61)

6

(.24)

50.5

(1.99)

200.8(7.91)

182.5(7.19)

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

400

Mounting surface:

ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Model Numbers "

C

" Thd.

(S-)DSHG-10- --43

(S-)DSHG-10- --4390

G 1/2

1/2 NPT

Model Numbers

(S-)DSHG-10- -A -N/N1

(S-)DSHG-10- -D -N/N1

(S-)DSHG-10- -R -N

Dimensions mm (Inches)

KJFEDCH

39

53

(1.54)

(2.09)

53

64

57.2

(2.09)

(2.52)

(2.25)

263.5

274.5

277.5

(10.37)

(10.81)

(10.93)

27.5

34

(1.08)

(1.34)

196.4 (7.73)

204.4 (8.05)

47.2 (1.86)

51.2 (2.02)

22.2 (.87)

26.2

(1.03)

Tank Port "T"

Pressure Port "

P"

Pilot Pressure Port "

X"

(For External Pilot Models Only)

Cylinder Port "

B"

Solenoid Indicator Light

Cylinder Port "

A"

Space Needed to Remove

Solenoid-Each End

Two Eye Bolts M8

Manual Actuator

6(.24) Dia.

Nut

27(1.06) Hex.

6(.24) Dia. Two Locating Pins

Electrical Conduit Connection

"

C

" Thd. (Both Ends)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

H

102

(4.02)

J

C

D

K

198.5

(7.81)

F

21.5(.85) Dia. Through

32(1.26) Dia. Spotface

6 Places

Pilot Drain Port "

Y

"

(For External Drain Models Only)

E

Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-10- - -43/4390

Plug-in Connector Type: (S-)DSHG-10- - - -43/4390

N

N1

Position of cable

departure can be

changed. For details,

refer to DSHG-01

valve on page 396.

For other dimensions, refer to "Terminal Box Type".

AC 50.7(2.00)

DC,R54.7(2.15)

AC 22.2(.87)

DC,R26.2(1.03)

AC 45.5(1.79)

DC,R50(1.97)

AC 196.4(7.73)

DC,R204.4(8.05)

BAX

BA

X

Y

19.6

(.77)

114.3

(4.50)

Outside Dia. 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)

Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5 mm

2

(.0023 Sq. IN.)

......

...

401

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

DHGM-03Y-10

DHGM-03Y-1080

DHGM-03Y-1090

"

C

" Thd. "

D

" Thd.

Rc 3/4

3/4 BSP.F

3/4 NPT

"

E

" Thd.

13(.51)

15(.59)

Rc 1/4

1/4 BSP.F

1/4 NPT

M6

1/4-20 UNC

F

mm (in.)

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

DHGM-04-20

DHGM-04X-20

"

C

" Thd.

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

"

E

" Thd.

M10

3/8-16 UNC

1/2 BSP.F

3/4 BSP.F

1/2 NPT

3/4 NPT

"

D

" Thd.

Rc 1/4

1/4 BSP.F

1/4 NPT

"

F

" Thd.

M6

1/4-20 UNC

DHGM-04-2080

DHGM-04X-2080

DHGM-04-2090

DHGM-04X-2090

Valve Types

Spring Centred

No-spring

Solenoid Controlled Pilot

Operated Directional Valves

Pilot Operated

Directional

Valves

Manually Operated Directional Valves

Spring Offset

Pilot Pressure Port "

X

" troP"

Y

"

Used only on external pilot type

valves.

To be plugged on internal pilot

type valves.

Used

Not used (plug is not required)

Used as drain port only on external

drain type valves.

To be plugged on internal drain

type valves.

Used as drain port

Used as pilot drain port

Used as pilot pressure port

120

(4.72)

90

(3.54)

15

(.59)

110

(4.33)

22(.87)

"

D

" Thd.

Used only on external

pilot type valves.

To be plugged on internal

pilot type valves.

"

E

" Thd. "

F

" Deep

4 Places

25

(.98)

19

(.75)

90

(3.54)

46

(1.81)

10

(.39)

32.5(1.28)

21.5(.85)

6.4(.25)

6.2(.24)

Dia.

6.2(.24)

Dia.

19

(.75)

92

(3.62)

11

(.43)

12

(.47)

70

(2.76)

11(.43)

Dia.

4 Places

18

(.71)

62

(2.44)

54

(2.13)

37.3(1.47)

27(1.06)

16.7(.66)

8(.31)

3.2

(.13)

"

C

" Thd.

4 Places

P

T

A

B

19

(.75)

25(.98)

42(1.65)

43(1.69)

50

(1.97)

10

(.39)

45

(1.77)

80

(3.15)

16(.63)

47

(1.85)

76

(2.99)

P

T

A

B

X

Y

190

(7.48)

166

(6.54)

101.6

(4.00)

76.7

(3.02)

12(.47)

32.2(1.27)

50

(1.97)

34(1.34)

18.3(.72)

11(.43)

Dia. Through

17.5(.69)

Dia. Spotface

4 Places

3.6(.14)

Dia.

5(.20)

Deep

2 Places

14.2

(.56)

65.8

(2.59)

88.1

(3.47)

130

(5.12)

"

E

" Thd.

17(.67)

Deep

4 Places

6(.24)

Dia. 2 Places

17.5(.69)

Dia.

4 Places

"

F

" Thd.

12(.47)

Deep

2 Places

120

(4.72)

96

(3.78)

71.4

(2.81)

12

(.47)

13.1

(.52)

69.8

(2.75)

55.6

(2.19)

14.2

(.56)

1.6(.06)

16

(.63)

10.1

(.40)

57.1

(2.25)

90

(3.54)

36

(1.42)

20

(.79)

19

(.75)

P

T

A

B

X

Y

"

D

" Thd.

2 Places

125

(4.92)

90

(3.54)

46

(1.81)

65

(2.56)

29

(1.14)

58

(2.28)

102

(4.02)

137.5

(5.41)

76

(2.99)

21.5(.85)

33(1.30)

"

C

" Thd.

4 Places

"

D

" Thd.

Used only on external

drain type valves.

To be plugged on internal

drain type valves.

DHGM-03Y-10/1080/1090

DHGM- -20/2080/2090

04

04X

Sub-plate

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

402

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Sub-plate

F

mm (in.)

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

"

C

" Thd. "

E

" Thd.

M12

1/2-13 UNC

Rc 3/4

Rc 1

3/4 NPT

1 NPT

"

D

" Thd.

Rc 1/4

1/4 NPT

24 (.94)

26 (1.02)

DHGM-06-50

DHGM-06X-50

DHGM-06-5090

DHGM-06X-5090

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

"

C

" Thd.

3/4 BSP.F

1 BSP.F

DHGM-06-5080

DHGM-06X-5080

Dimensions mm (Inches)

DEFHJ KLN

151.2 (5.95)

155.2 (6.11)

137.7 (5.42)

148 (5.83)

102 (4.02)

106 (4.17)

54.4 (2.14)

50 (1.97)

30.6 (1.20)

25 (.98)

125.8 (4.95)

130 (5.12)

78.2 (3.08)

74 (2.91)

42.5 (1.67)

32 (1.26)

204

(8.03)

12

(.47)

"

E

" Thd. "

F

" Deep

6 Places

116

(4.57)

17.5(.69)

53.2

(2.09)

29.4(1.16)

PT

A

B

Y

X

V

7(.28)

Dia.

8(.31)

Deep

2 Places

11(.43)

Dia. Through

17.5(.69)

Dia. Spotface

4 Places

23(.91)

Dia.

"

C

" Thd. (From Rear)

4 Places

11(.43)

Dia.

"

D

" Thd. (From Rear)

4 Places

180

(7.09)

25

(.98)

130.2

(5.13)

112.7

(4.44)

94.5

(3.72)

77

(3.03)

5.6(.22)

19.1(.75)

92.1

(3.63)

74.6

(2.94)

12

(.47)

46.1

(1.81)

73.1

(2.88)

96.9

(3.81)

17.5

(.69)

29.5

(1.16)

100.8

(3.97)

126.2

(4.97)

12.5

(.49)

156

(6.14)

50

(1.97)

34(1.34)

35(1.38)

P

T

AB

Y

X

V

W

204

(8.03)

180

(7.09)

12

(.47)

25

(.98)

130.2

(5.13)

M12

Thd.

24(.94)

Deep

6 Places

11(.43)

Dia.

4 Places

24.5(.96)

Dia.

4 Places

12.5

(.49)

156

(6.14)

92.1

(3.63)

110

(4.33)

134

(5.28)

8.9

(.35)

12

(.47)

11.9

(.47)

116

(4.57)

50

(1.97)

35

(1.38)

P

T

AB

Y

W

D

E

F

H

J

N

L

K

73.1

(2.88)

17.5

(.69)

19.1

(.75)

74.6

(2.94)

46.1

(1.81)

1/4 BSP.F Thd.

4 Places

"

C

" Thd.

4 Places

X

V

DHGM- -50/5090

06

06X

DHGM- -5080

06

06X

For other dimensions, refer to "DHGM-06 -50/5090" above.

For Uses of Port "X", "Y", "V", "W", refer to DHGM-10 on the following page.

403

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

"C"

Thd.

"D"

Thd.

"E"

Thd.

FH J K

Dimensions mm (Inches)

DHGM-10-40

DHGM-10-4080

DHGM-10-4090

Rc 1-1/4

1-1/4 BSP.F

1-1/4 NPT

Rc 3/8

3/8 BSP.F

3/8 NPT

M20

3/4-10 UNC

152 (5.98) 79 (3.11) 185.5 (7.30) 120.5 (4.74)

DHGM-10X-40

DHGM-10X-4080

DHGM-10X-4090

Rc 1-1/2

1-1/2 BSP.F

1-1/2 NPT

Rc 3/8

3/8 BSP.F

3/8 NPT

M20

3/4-10 UNC

156 (6.14) 74 (2.91) 194.5 (7.66) 112.5 (4.43)

Spring Centred, No-spring,

Spring Offset

Pressure Centred

With Pilot Piston, Both Ends

With Pilot Piston,

Port "A" End

With Pilot Piston,

Port "B" End

Solenoid

Controlled

Pilot

Operated

Directional

Valves

Used only on

external pilot type

valves.

To be plugged on

internal pilot type

valves.

Used as drain port only

on external drain type

valves.

To be plugged on

internal drain type

valves.

Not used (plug is not required)

Used Not used

Used Used

Used

Not used

(plug is required)

Not used

(plug is required)

Used

Spring Centred, No-spring

Spring Offset

Pressure Centred

With Pilot Piston, Both Ends

With Pilot Piston,

Port "B" End

With Pilot

Piston

Port "A"

End

Spring Centred

No-spring

Spring Offset

Manually Operated Directional Valves

Pilot

Operated

Directional

Valves

Used

Used as pilot pres. port

Used as pilot drain port

Used as pilot pres. port

Used as pilot drain port

Not used

(plug is not required)

Not used

(plug is not required)

Not used (plug is not required)

Used

Not used

(pllug is required)

Not used

Used

Not used

(plug is required)

Not used (plug is

not required)

Used

Valve Types Pilot Pres. Port "

X

"Port "

Y

" Drain Port "

V

" Drain Port "

W

"

Note: Uses of port "X", "Y", "V", and "W"

F

H

K

J

W

Y

P

T

V

A

B

X

Y

B

A

PT

V

X

W

41.3(1.63)

76.2(3.00)

114.3

(4.50)

147.6

(5.81)

168.3

(6.63)

190.5

(7.50)

266.5

(10.49)

38(1.50)

20(.79)

306.5

(12.07)

28.6

(1.13)

79.4

(3.13)

123.8

(4.87)

158.8

(6.25)

199

(7.83)

20.1

(.79)

82.5

(3.25)

21.8

(.86)

234

(9.21)

35

(1.38)

114.3

(4.50)

7 (.28) Dia. 8 (.31) Deep

2 Places

"E"

Thd. 34 (1.34) Deep

6 Places

11 (.43) Dia.

4 Places

17.5 (.69) Dia. Through

26 (1.02) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

36 (1.42) Dia.

4 Places

60

(2.36)

43(1.69)

44(1.73)

55

(2.17)

213

(8.39)

"C"

Thd.

4 Places

"D"

Thd.

4 Places

10

10X

DHGM- -40/4080/4090

As the thread is provided on the body, plug either port on the sub-plate or port on the body.

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

404

Options

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

1.

2.

3.

Fully Extended

Models with Pilot Choke Valve

Terminal Box Type

Plug-in Connector Type

"C1" Choke Adj. Screw 6 (.24) Hex.

"C2" Choke Adj. Screw 6 (.24) Hex.

Lock Nut 12 (.47) Hex.

Fully Extended

59

(2.32)

59

(2.32)

Fully Extended

59

(2.32)

Fully

Extended

J

H

F

37.5

DSHG-03- -C1/C2/C1C2

N

N1

DSHG-03- -C1/C2/C1C2-

(S-)DSHG-04- -C1/C2/C1C2 (S-)DSHG-04- -C1/C2/C1C2-

N

N1

(S-)DSHG- - -C1/C2/C1C2

06

10

(S-)DSHG- - -C1/C2/C1C2-

06

10

N

N1

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

E

D

C

H

F

H

F

Fully Extended

59

(2.32)

Extended

A

SOL a SOL b

E

D

C

H

F

E

59

(2.32)

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

E

D

F

H

F

H

59

(2.32)

37.5

(1.48)

Model Numbers

CDEFH

AC SO L DC SO L R SOL

J

Dimensions mm (Inches)

(S-)

DSHG-03- -C1

198.8 (7.83)

223.8 (8.81)

229.8 (9.05)

204.8 (8.06)

250.8 (9.87)

225.8 (8.89)

313.8 (12.35)

288.8 (11.37)

198.5 (7.81)

223.5 (8.80)

229.5 (9.04)

204.5 (8.05)

250.5 (9.86)

225.5 (8.88)

313.5 (12.34)

288.5 (11.36)

180.5 (7.11)

100 (3.94)

125 (4.92)

106 (4.17)

131 (5.16)

127 (5.00)

127 (5.00)152 (5.98)

190 (7.48)

190 (7.48)215 (8.46)

205.5 (8.09)

211.5 (8.33)

186.5 (7.34)

232.5 (9.15)

207.5 (8.17)

133.5 (5.26)

158.5 (6.24)

164.5 (6.48)

139.5 (5.49)

185.5 (7.30)

160.5 (6.32)

295.5 (11.63)

270.5 (10.65)

209.5 (8.25)

234.5 (9.23)

240.5 (9.47)

215.5 (8.48)

261.5 (10.30)

236.5 (9.31)

324.5 (12.78)

299.5 (11.79)

212.5 (8.37)

237.5 (9.35)

243.5 (9.59)

218.5 (8.60)

264.5 (10.41)

239.5 (9.43)

327.5 (12.89)

302.5 (11.91)

248.5 (9.78)

223.5 (8.80)

DSHG-03- -C2

DSHG-03- -C1C2

DSHG-04- -C1

DSHG-04- -C2

DSHG-04- -C1C2

DSHG-06- -C1

DSHG-06- -C2

DSHG-06- -C1C2

DSHG-10- -C1

DSHG-10- -C2

DSHG-10- -C1C2

405

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Options

Model Numbers

(S-)DSHG-06- -R2

(S-)DSHG-10- -R2

CDE

376 (14.80)

558 (21.97)

111 (4.37)

164.5 (6.48)

40 (1.57)

65 (2.56)

Model Numbers

(S-)DSHG-06-3H

(S-)DSHG-10-3H

C

306.5 (12.07)

456 (17.95)

D

102 (4.02)

149.5 (5.89)

Model Numbers

C

323 (12.72)

479 (18.86)

D

84 (3.31)

125 (4.92)

(S-)DSHG-06- -P2

(S-)DSHG-10- -P2

Stroke Adj. Screw (Port

"B"

End)

17 (.67) Hex.

D

Fully Extended

C

Fully Extended

93 (3.66)

Stroke Adj. Screw (Port

"A"

End)

17 (.67) Hex.

Lock Nut

24(.94) Hex.

Fully Extended

289 (11.38)

(1.30)

Stroke Adj. Screw (Port

"A"

End)

13 (.51) Hex.

Stroke Adj. Screw (Port

"B"

End)

13 (.51) Hex.

Lock Nut

17(.67) Hex.

Fully Extended

99 (3.90)

Stroke Adj. Screw (Port

"A"

End)

13 (.51) Hex.

Stroke Adj. Screw (Port

"B"

End)

13 (.51) Hex.

Lock Nut

17(.67) Hex.

Fully Extended

252 (9.92)

Models with Stroke Adjustment

DSHG-03- -R

(S-)DSHG-04- -R

06

10

(S-)DSHG-

- -R

Pressure Centred Model s Models with Pilot Piston

06

10

(S-)DSHG-

-3H

60

01

(S-)DSHG- - -P

SOL a

SOL b

35

(1.38)

SOL a

SOL b

33

SOL a

SOL b

E

C

D

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

C

D

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

406

List of Seals and Pilot Valves

Item Name

Part Numbers Qty.

DSHG-01

Part Numbers Qty.

DSHG-03

7

8

9

10

O-Ring

JASO-1018-1A

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-P5

2

8(4)

2

SO-NB-P28

SO-NB-A104

SO-NB-P9

2

5

6

SO-NB-P9

2

Pipe Plug

Removed for External Drain Models

Pipe Plug

Removed for Internal Pilot Models

Pipe Plug

Removed for Internal Drain Models

Pipe Plug

Removed for External

Pilot Models

Pipe Plug

Removed for Internal

Pilot Models

Pipe Plug

Removed for Internal

Drain Models

DSHG-01- - -14/1480/1490

Note: Piece parts marked are not available

for internal pilot-internal drain type

DSHG-03- - -14/1490

Section Y-Y

Section X-X

sevlaVtoliPslaeSfotsiL

See page 408 for the pilot valve model numbers to be used.

Quantities in the ( ) are applicable to internal pilot-internal drain.

Note: When ordering theo-rings, please specify theseal kitnumber listed

in page 408. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot

valve

is included in the seal kit.

For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see page 359.

T

SOL b

SOL a

6

13

12188161714

12

254 713811 10

15

X

XY

Y

SOL a SOL b

16171415

13

12

3819451072

6

13

407

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Controlled

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

■ List of Seals and Pilot Valves

Item Name

(S-)DSHG-04

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-P22

SO-NB-P34

SO-NB-P9

(S-)DSHG-06

SO-NB-P14

SO-NB-P30

SO-NB-P40

SO-NB-P10

(S-)DSHG-10

SO-NB-P20

SO-NB-P42

SO-NB-P65

SO-NB-P14

Qty.

Part Numbers

2

4

2

O-Ring

8

9

10

18

12

11

Pipe Plug

Removed for Internal

Drain Models

Pipe Plug

Removed for Internal

Pilot Models

X

Y

X

Y

21

18 2 10 5 319138 4 7

11

12

Pipe Plug

Removed for Internal

Pilot Models

Pipe Plug

Removed for Internal

Drain Models

11

Pipe Plug

Removed for External

Drain Models

21

Section Y-Y Section X-X

Section Y-Y

Section X-X

sevlaVtoliPslaeSfotsiL

See page 408 for the pilot valve model numbers to

be used.

Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page

408. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot valve is included in

the seal kit.

For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see page 359.

Item orifice marked is applicable to pressure centred models Note:

(3H ) with pilot pressure more than 10 MPa (1450 PSI).

(S-)DSHG-04- - -52/5290

(S-)DSHG-06- - -53/5390

(S-)DSHG-10- - -43/4390

21

SOL a SOL b

X

Y

X

72813931451018

171614

15

SOL a SOL b

17161415

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

408

Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol

KS-DSHG-01- -14

KS-DSHG-01-ET- -14

KS-DSHG-03- -14

KS-DSHG-04- -52

KS-DSHG-06- -53

KS-DSHG-10- -43

DSG-01-3C4- - -70

DSG-01-3C4- -N-70

DSG-01-3C4- - -7090

DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L

DSG-01-2B2- -N-70-L

DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L

DSG-01-3C4- - -70

DSG-01-3C4- - -7090

DSG-01-2B2- - -70

DSG-01-2B2- - -7090

DSG-01-2D2- - -70

DSG-01-2D2- - -7090

DSG-01-3C4- - -70

DSG-01-3C4- - -7090

DSG-01-2B2- - -70

DSG-01-2B2- - -7090

DSG-01-2D2- - -70

DSG-01-2D2- - -7090

DSG-01-3C4- - -70

DSG-01-3C4- - -7090

DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L

DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L

DSG-01-2D2- - -70

DSG-01-2D2- - -7090

DSG-01-3C4- - -70

DSG-01-3C4- - -7090

DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L

DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L

DSG-01-2D2- - -70

DSG-01-2D2- - -7090

- - -14

- - -1490

- -N-1480

- - -1490

- - -14

- -N-1480

- - -1490

- - -14

- - -1490

- - -14

- - -1490

- - -52

- - -5290

- - -52

- - -5290

- - -52

- - -5290

- - -53

- - -5390

- - -53

- - -5390

- - -53

- - -5390

- - -43

- - -4390

- - -43

- - -4390

- - -43

- - -4390

Valve Model Numbers Pilot Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers

DSHG-03-3C

DSHG-01-3C

DSHG-01-2B

DSHG-03-2B

DSHG-03-2N

(S-)DSHG-04-3C

(S-)DSHG-04-2B

(S-)DSHG-04-2N

(S-)DSHG-06-3C

(S-)DSHG-06-2B

(S-)DSHG-06-2N

(S-)DSHG-10-3C

(S-)DSHG-10-2B

(S-)DSHG-10-2N

(For Internal Pilot-Internal Drain)

(Except for Internal Pilot-Internal Drain)

Notes) 1:

2:

representing the type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).

For the details of the pilot valves, see page 359 to 360.

■ List of Seal Kits and Pilot Valves

409

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

“ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated /

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

“ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated /

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

■ “ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated / Solenoid

Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

1

2

Conventional Type G-Series Valve

W

Solenoid Valve

SOL

ON

P

T

Piping

vibration

Machine

vibration

Oil leakage

Large machining

errors

Oil Hammering

W

P T

SOL

ON

No vibration

No oil leakage

Enhanced

machining

accuracy

Improvement

Jerk at start up

Sudden stop, causing shock

Shaking

Improvement

Slow start

No shaking

Slow stop

No shaking

Stopping accurac

y

enhanced

Still

Reduces oil hammering during spool changeover.

Reduces shock caused by acceleration and deceleration

G-DSG-01

G-DSHG-04

The G-Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves incorporate electronic

circuits o enable adjustment of the spool shifting time.

A special spool shape that minimises shock is used, shocks caused by the

actuator starting and stopping, as well as vibration due to oil hammering.

The shifting time of conventional Solenoid Operated, Shockless, and

Directional Valves is constant and cannot be adjusted.

As the shifting time of the G-Series valves can be adjusted, it can be set at

an optimal level to minimise shocks to the machine.

410

“ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated /

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

HALT

SOL a

SOL b

Adj. Volume

"OFF ADJ"

DC Power

Supply

24 V DC

Shifting Signal

Deceleration

Start Signal

Programmable

Controller

Adj. Volume

"ON T"

Adj. Volume

"OFF T"

Adj. Volume "MIN"

Output Current Check (to 0V)

Adj. Volume "OFF ADJ"

Adj. Volume "ON T"

Adj. Volume "OFF T"

AB

P

T

SOL a

SOL b

ON T

(Max. 1s)

OFF T

OFF ADJ

ON

OFF

ON T

OFF T

ON

OFF

OFF ADJ

AB

PT

Pattern

of Flow

SOL a

SOL b

ON

HALT

ON

AB

P

T

AB

P

T

ON ON

OFF

ON T

MIN

OFF T

MIN

ON T OFF T

OFF

ADJ

Hold for 0.1 second or longer

Max.

60s

Pattern

of Flow

(Max. 1s)

(Max. 1s) (Max. 1s)

OFF

ADJ

Max.

60s

(Max. 1s)

(Max. 1s) (Max. 1s)

Hold for 0.1 second or longer

Relationships between SOL signals and flow patterns

Without

HALT

functions With

HALT

functions

System Diagram (Example of sink type wiring)

The minimum adjustment volume is common for SOL a and b, and it is not possible to set a different volume for each SOL a and b individually.

If the HALT functions are not used, set the minimum ad

j

ustment volume to zero.

411

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

“ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated /

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

“ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated /

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

P

T

B

A

b

a

(Example)

G-DSG valve

fully opens after the ON T duration.

To adjust maximum flow rates, with

"G" series solenoid operated direc-

tional valves (G-DSG-01/03), flow

control valves such as throttle check

modular valves are used.

With "G" series solenoid controlled

pilot operated directional valves (G-

DSHG-04/06), maximum flow rates

can be adjusted without flow control

valves but by using a model with

stroke adjustment (option).

Max. 60 s

MIN

ON

OFF

OFF T

ON

SOL

HALT

Flow Rate

0

Hold for 0.1 second or longer

If no HALT signal is set on within 60

seconds of the end of OFF T, the flow rate

decreases gradually.

Instructions

Adjustment of maximum flow rate

The G-Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

cannot be adjusted for maximum flow rates.

To adjust maximum flow rates, use flow control valves.

In G-series solenoid controlled pilot operated direc-

tional valves (G-DSHG-04/06), the maximum flow rate

can be adjusted by use of the valve with stroke adjust-

ment screw of optional extra.

How to use HALT functions

The HALT functions are used to drive the actuator at a low speed to the stop position while keeping a slight flow

after OFF T.

A flow rate (min. flow rate) during a low-speed operation can be set with the minimum adjusting volume (The minimum

adjusting volume is common for SOL a and b. Individual setting is not possible for SOL a and b.) When HALT signal

is on, the min. flow rate becomes zero and the actuator stops. Here, take care to keep the HALT signal on for longer

than 0.1 second. The min. flow rate gets to "0" after about 60 seconds following the OFF T. If the HALT functions

are not used, set the minimum adjusting volume to zero.

The HALT functions are not applicable to the spool function "2B7".

“ ” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

412

1.

2.

1

2

Electronic

Circuit

Descriptions

Model Numbers

G-DSG-01-

- -50/5090 G-DSG-03- - -50/5090

Max. Flow

Max. Operating Pres.

Max. T-Line Back Pres . MPa (PSI)

MPa (PSI)

L /min (U.S.GPM)

Voltage

Input Power at 24V

Voltage

Current

Input interface

Electric Power Supply

Shifting signal, low speed

operation halt signal (can be

used in common with electric

power supply).

Shifting time range (for ON and OFF)

Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) range

(for SOL a and b)

L /min (U.S.GPM)

Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time

Ambient Temperature

Approx. Mass

Single Solenoid

Double Solenoid

10 (2.6), 20 (5.3), 30 (7.9), 40 (10.6) 40 (10.6), 60 (15.9), 80 (21.1)

25 (3630)

16 (2320)

25 (3630)

16 (2320)

24 V DC (21 - 28 V DC Included Ripple): Use a stable power supply

W63W63

5 - 48 V DC (Use a stable power supply)

Constant at 10 mA (A constant-current circuit is used)

Sink Type, Source Type

s1-3.0s1-1.0

)6.2-62.(01-1)3.1-31.(5-5.0

Max. 60 s (After 60 seconds, the flow rate decreases gradually.)

0 - 50 ˚C (32 - 122 ˚F) with circulated air

2.1 kg (4.6 lbs.)

3.0 kg (6.6 lbs.)

5.3 kg (11.7 lbs.)

7.5 kg (16.5 lbs.)

Specifications

The maximum flow rates may vary according to the operating pressure. Refer to Maximum Flow Rates Characteristics on pages 414 and 415 fo

r

At pressures more than 21 MPa (3050 PSI), the "shockless effect" is slightl

y

less if compared it with that at 16 MPa (2320 PSI).

details.

■

“ ” Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

413

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

“ ” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

E

“ ” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Va lve

Model

Numbers

Japanese Standard "JIS"

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

DSGM-01-31

DSGM-01X-31

DSGM-01Y-31

DSGM-03-40

DSGM-03X-40

DSGM-03Y-40

Rc 1/8

Rc 1/4

Rc 3/8

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

European Design Standard

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

N. American Design Standard

Thread

Size

0.8 (1.8)

3.0 (6.6)

4.7 (10.4)

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

G-DSG-01

G-DSG-03

DSGM-01-3180

DSGM-01X-3180

DSGM-03-2180

DSGM-03X-2180

DSGM-03Y-2180

1/8 BSP.F

1/4 BSP.F

3/8 BSP.F

1/2 BSP.F

3/4 BSP.F

DSGM-01-3190

DSGM-01X-3190

DSGM-01Y-3190

DSGM-03-2190

DSGM-03X-2190

DSGM-03Y-2190

1/8 NPT

1/4 NPT

3/8 NPT

1/2 NPT

3/4 NPT

M5 45 Lg. No.10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs.)

Japanese Standard "JIS" &

European Design Standard

Model

Numbers

N. American Design Standar d Tightening Torque

M6 35 Lg. 1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.

G-DSG-01

G-DSG-03

5-7 Nm (44-62 in. lbs.)

12-15 Nm (106-133 in. lbs.)

a

b

A

B

P

T

a

b

A

B

P

T

3C2

3C40

AB

P

T

b

2B7

a

b

AB

P

T

3C2

a

b

A

B

P

T

3C40

AB

P

T

b

2B7

G-DSG

G Series Shockless

Type Solenoid

Operated

Directional Valve,

Sub-plate

Mounting

G-DSG -01

Va lve

Size

01

Series

Number

:

-50

Design

Number

Design

Standards

Refer to

50

0530

-L

Models with Alternate

Offset Solenoid

AB

P

T

a

-10

Metred Flow

Capacity

-2B7

Spool Type

-S

Input

Interface

Model Number Designation

Sub-plate

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should

have a good machined finish.

Attachment (Mtg. Bolt)

Four socket head cap screws in the table below are included.

Design Standards: None

90

Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard

N. American Design Standard

...........

...............

None

10

20

:

40 L /min

10 L /min

20 L /min

L

Applicable only for 2B7

(Omit if not required)

None:

Sink Type

(Standard)

S:

Source Type

None

10

20

:

30 L /min

10 L /min

20 L /min

None

40

60

:

80 L /min

40 L /min

60 L /min

None

40

:

60 L /min

40 L /min

“” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

414

Viscosity

2

mm /s

SSU

Factor

15

77

0.84

20

98

0.91

30

141

1.00

40

186

1.07

50

232

1.14

60

278

1.19

70

324

1.24

80

371

1.28

90

417

1.32

100

464

1.35

P

A

B

A

T

P

A

B

A

T

B

TP

A

B

TP

A

100ms

OFF

ON

200 ms

ON

OFF

ISP036300030

Pressure

20001000

0

5

10 15 25 MPa20

2

0

4

6

8

10

0

10

20

30

40

Max.Flow

U.S.GPM

L/min

Direction of

Flow

PB

P

AB

T

P

AB

T

PA

40 L/min

Type

20 L/min Type

10 L/min Type

Direction of Flow

P

AB

T

P A

P

AB

T

PB

Direction of

Flow

Direction

of Flow

10 L/min Type

0

3000

3630 PSI

Pressure

20001000

0

510

15 25 MPa20

0

10

20

30

40

U.S.GPM

L/min

2

0

4

6

8

10

Max.Flow

10 L/min Type

P A,P B

A T,B T

20 L/min

Type

PB

PA

AT

B T

40 L/min

Type

PA

P B

40 L/min

Type

AT

BT

10 L/min

Type

PB

PA

AT

BT

20 L/min

Type

AT

BT

20 L/min

Type

PB

PA

30 L/min

Type

PB

PA

30 L/min

Type

AT

B T

1.0

PSI MPa

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0

40

0

80

120

140

0

10

30 L/min20 40

Flow Rate

02 6 U.S.GPM4108

0

10

30 L/min20

Flow Rate

0

2

6U.S.GPM48

PSI

MPa

1.6

1.2

0.8

0.4

0

240

40

80

120

160

200

ON

20

10

0

30

4

2

0

6

8

SOL

HALT

Flow Rate

OFF

Vo lume "MIN" Position

Vo lume "ON T" Position

Vo lume "OFF T" Position

Vo lume "ON T" Position

ON

100

ms

OFF

SOL

20

10

0

30

2

4

8

2

8

Flow Rate

20

10

30

6

4

0

6

P

AB

T

P

AB

T

20

10

0

30

4

2

0

6

8

SOL

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

0

2

4

6

8

10

0

2

4

6

8

10

0

3

5

7

10

0

3

5

7

10

6

8

5

0

30 L/min Type

20 L/min Type

Pressure Drop P

L /min

U.S.GPM

L /minU.S.GPM

Maximum Flow Rate

Pressure Drop

G-DSG-01-

3C2

3C40

-10-GSD-G

- -2B7

G-DSG-01-

3C2

3C40

-

G-DSG-01- -2B7

For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in

the table right.

For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure

drop ( P') may be obtained from the formula

below.

P'= P (G'/0.850)

scitsiretcarahC wolF gnitarepO deepS woLscitsiretcarahC gnitfihS

Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Flow Rate : 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM)

Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Flow Rate : 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM)

2B7

3C2, 3C40

Typical Performance Characteristics of "G-DSG-01" at Viscosity 30 mm

2

/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850

415

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

“”Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

E

“” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Viscosity

2

mm /s

SSU

Factor

15

77

0.84

20

98

0.91

30

141

1.00

40

186

1.07

50

232

1.14

60

278

1.19

70

324

1.24

80

371

1.28

90

417

1.32

100

464

1.35

Model Numbers

Pressure Drop Curve Numbers

1

3

2

1

3

3C2

3C40

G-DSG-03-

3C2

3C40

G-DSG-03-40-

3C2

3C40

G-DSG-03-60-

G-DSG-03-2B7

G-DSG-03-40-2B7

P

AB

T

P

AB

T

P

A

B

A

T

B

TP

A

P

AB

T

P

AB

T

P

A

B

A

T

B

TP

A

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

200ms

100ms

OFF

10

7

5

3

0

ON

P

AB

T

P

AB

T

Volume "OFF T" Position

Volume "ON T" Position

10

7

5

3

0

10

8

7

6

0

Volume "OFF T" Position

Volume "ON T" Position

10

7

5

3

0

100ms

10

7

5

3

0

ON

OFF

40

20

0

60

8

4

0

12

16

SOL

HALT

Flow Rate

40

20

0

60

8

4

0

12

16

SOL

L /minU.S.GPM

Flow Rate

SOL

40

20

0

60

4

8

16

4

16

Flow Rate

40

20

60

12

8

0

12

Direction of

Flow

80 L/min Type

Direction of Flow

40 L/min Type

60 L/min Type

PBPA

ISP036300030

Pressure

20001000

0

510

15 25 MPa20

40 L/min

Type

60 L/min Type

Direction of Flow

PBPA

Direction of

Flow

ISP036300030

Pressure

20001000

0

510

15 25

MPa

20

0

20

40

60

80

U.S.GPM

L/min

0

5

10

20

Max.Flow

15

Pressure Drop P

0

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

481216 20

020 40 60 80

L/min

0

20

40

60

80

MPa

L/min

0

0.8

Max.Flow

0.4

1.2

1.6

PSI

240

200

160

120

80

40

0

3

2

1

U.S.GPM

0

5

10

20

15

Volume "MIN" Position

L /min

U.S.GPM

L/min

U.S.GPM

Maximum Flow Rate

G-DSG-03-

3C2

3C40

-

G-DSG-03- -2B7

Pressure Drop

For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in

the table right.

For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure

drop ( P') may be obtained from the formula

below.

P'= P (G'/0.850)

scitsiretcarahC wolF gnitarepO deepS woLscitsiretcarahC gnitfihS

Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Flow Rate : 60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM)

Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Flow Rate : 60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM)

2B7

3C2, 3C40

The numbers of the pressure drop curves are the same for P A,

P B, A T and B T.

Typical Performance Characteristics of "G-DSG-03" at Viscosity 30 mm

2

/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850

“” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

416

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Model Numbers "

C

" Thd.

G-DSG-01- - -50

G-DSG-01- - -5090

G 1/2

1/2 NPT

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

40.5

(1.59)

5.5(.22)

Dia. Through

9.5(.37) C' bore

4 Places

Pressure Port "

P"

110

(4.33)

Solenoid Indicator Light

(For Sol. b)

0.75

(.03)

Tank Port "T"

31

(1.22)

32.5

(1.28)

Cylinder Port "A"

Cylinder Port "

B"

Solenoid Indicator Light

(For Sol. a)

38

(1.50)

263

(10.35)

132

(5.20)

65.5

(2.58)

44.5

(1.75)

0.5

(.02)

11

(.43)

65

(2.56)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Air Vent (Both Sides)

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.

Electrical Conduit Connection

"

C

" Thd. (Both Ends)

Manual Actuator

6 (.24) Dia.

25

(.98)

89

(3.50)

48

(1.89)

109.5

(4.31)

197.5

(7.78)

0.5

(.02)

178.5

(7.03)

G-DSG-01- -3C2/3C40- -50/5090

G-DSG-01- -2B7- -50/5090

Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.

For other dimensions, refer to the drawing above.

Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable

sub-plate in page 356.

417

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

“”Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

E

“” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

1.

2.

1

Model Numbers "

C

" Thd.

G-DSG-03-

- -50

G-DSG-03- - -5090

G 1/2

1/2 NPT

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

G1/2

54

(2.13)

7(.28)

Dia. Through

11(.43) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

Pressure Port "

P"

141

(5.55)

Solenoid Indicator Light

(For Sol. b)

Tank Port "

T"

32.5

46

(1.81)

Cylinder Port "A

"

Cylinder Port "

B"

Solenoid Indicator Light

(For Sol. a)

35.3

(1.39)

48

(1.89)

336

(13.23)

39

(1.54)

70

(2.76)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

2

Air Vent (Both Sides)

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.

Electrical Conduit Connection

"

C

" Thd. (Both Ends)

Manual Actuator

6 (.24) Dia.

130.1

(5.12)

132

(5.20)

109.6

(4.31)

234

(9.21)

50.8

(2.00)

(1.28)

27

(1.06)

19

(.75)

92

(3.62)

102

(4.02)

0.5

(.02)

0.5

(.02)

226.3

(8.91)

G-DSG-03- -3C2/3C40- -50/5090

G-DSG-03- -2B7- -50/5090

For other dimensions, refer to the drawing above.

Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.

Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.

Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable

sub-plate in page 373.

“ ” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

418

■

“”

Series Shockless Type Solenoid Controlled Pilot

Operated Directional Valves

1.

2.

1 1

2

XTAPB Y

Electronic

Circuit

Descriptions

Model Numbers

G-DSHG-04-3C

- - - -50/5090 G-DSHG-06-3C - - - -50/5090

Max. Flow

Max. Operating Pres.

Max. T-Line Back Pres. MPa (PSI)

MPa (PSI)

L /min (U.S.GPM)

Voltage

Input Power at 24V

Voltage

Current

Input interface

Electric Power Supply

Shifting signal, low speed

operation halt signal (can be

used in common with electric

power supply)

Shifting time range (for ON and OFF)

Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) range

(for SOL a and b)

L /min (U.S.GPM)

Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time

Ambient Temperature

Approx. Mass

160 (42.3)

25 (3630)

16 (2320)

3 (440)

16 (2320)

24 V DC (21 - 28 V DC Included Ripple): Use a stable power supply

W 63W 63

5 - 48 V DC (Use a stable power supply)

Constant at 10 mA (A constant-current circuit is used)

Sink Type, Source Type

ON: 0.06 - 1.5 s, OFF: 0.1 - 2 s ON: 0.1 - 1 s, OFF: 0.2 - 2 s

)9.7 - 6.2( 03 - 01)3.5 - 3.1( 02 - 5

Max. 60 s (After 60 seconds, the flow rate decreases gradually.)

0 - 50 ˚C (32 - 122 ˚F) with circulated air

250 (66.1)

25 (3630)

16 (2320)

3 (440)

16 (2320)

MPa (PSI)

Max. Drain Line Back Pressure

Max. Pilot Pressure

Min. Required Pilot Pres.

L /min (U.S.GPM)

Pilot Flow

at Normal

at Transition

1.5 (220)

1 (0.3)

4 (1.1)

1 (0.3)

6 (1.6)

).sbl 1.33( gk 51).sbl 5.62( gk 21

Specifications

The maximum flow rate is constant irrespective of the working pressure.

Be sure that the difference between pilot pressure and drain port back pressure is larger than the minimum pilot pressure.

419

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

“ ” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Directional Valves

E

“ ” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard

M12 60 Lg. 1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.

Socket Head Cap Screw

Valve

Model

Numbers

Sub-plate

Model

Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

Sub-plate

Model

Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

Sub-plate

Model

Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

G-DSHG-04

G-DSHG-06

DHGM-04-20

DHGM-04X-20

DHGM-06-50

DHGM-06X-50

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

4.4

4.1

(9.7)

(9.0)

Rc 3/4

Rc 1

7.4

(16.3)

DHGM-04-2080

DHGM-04X-2080

DHGM-06-5080

DHGM-06X-5080

1/2 BSP.F

3/4 BSP.F

4.4

4.1

(9.7)

(9.0)

8.5

(18.7)

3/4 BSP.F

1 BSP.F

DHGM-04-2090

DHGM-04X-2090

DHGM-06-5090

DHGM-06X-5090

1/2 NPT

3/4 NPT

4.4

4.1

(9.7)

(9.0)

7.4

(16.3)

3/4 NPT

1 NPT

Japanese Standard "JIS" &

European Design Standard

Model

Numbers

N. American Design Standard Qty.

Tightening Torque

Nm (in. lbs.)

M6 45 Lg.

M10 50 Lg.

1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.

G-DSHG-04

G-DSHG-06

2

4

6

12-15 (106-133)

58-72 (513-637)

100-123 (885-1089)

G-DSHG

G Series Shockless

Type Solenoid

Controlled Pilot

Operated

Directional Valve,

Sub-plate

Mounting

G-DSHG -04

Valve

Size

04

Series

Number

:

-50

Design

Number

Design

Standards

Refer to

50

06 50

-3C2

Spool Type

-S

Input

Interface

-E

Pilot

Connection

-R2

Spool Control Modification

(Omit if not required)

Model Number Designation

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.

When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.

Attachment (Mtg. Bolts)

Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.

Sub-plate

Design Standards: None

90

Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard

N. American Design Standard

...........

...............

None:

Sink Type

(Standard)

S:

Source Type

3C2

3C40

AB

P

T

a

b

X

Y

AB

P

T

a

b

Y

X

None:

Internal

Pilot

E:

External

Pilot

R2 :

With Stroke Adjustment,

Both Ends

RA:

With Stroke Adjustment,

Port "A" End

RB:

With Stroke Adjustment,

Port "B" End

“ ” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

420

Viscosity

2

mm /s

SSU

Factor

15

77

0.84

20

98

0.91

30

141

1.00

40

186

1.07

50

232

1.14

60

278

1.19

70

324

1.24

80

371

1.28

90

417

1.32

100

464

1.35

3C2

3C40

G-DSHG-04-

P A

PB

AT

B T

3C2

3C40

G-DSHG-06-

PA

PB

AT

0

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

10 20 30 50 70

0 50 100 150 200

L/min

250

40 60

MPa

0

0.4

0.2

0.6

1.2

0.8

1.0

1.4

Pressure Drop P

PSI

200

160

120

80

40

0

250ms

Volume "OFF T" Position

ON

Volume "ON T" Position

10

5

0

5

10

250ms

Volume "OFF T" Position

0

5

10

5

0

Volume "ON T" Position

500ms

Volume "MIN" Position

ON

OFF

0

20

10

0

30

50

SOL

HALT

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

240

200

160

120

80

40

60

70

0

SOL

HALT

L/min

150

125

100

75

50

25

10

0

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

20

30

40

10

0

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

20

50

30

40

L /min

0

SOL

200

150

100

50

0

80

60

40

20

100

Flow Rate

L /min

0

SOL

400

300

200

100

U.S.GPM

OFF

ON

10

8

0

10

8

0

ON

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity

2

30 mm /s (141 SSU)

, Specific Gravity

0.850

Pressure Drop

G-DSHG-04/06-3C2/3C40

For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.

For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may

be obtained from the formula below.

P'= P (G'/0.850)

Shifting Characteristics

04C3/2C3-60-GHSD-G04C3/2C3-40-GHSD-G

Low Speed Operating Flow Characteristics

04C3/2C3-60-GHSD-G04C3/2C3-40-GHSD-G

Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Flow Rate : 150 L/min (39.6 U.S.GPM)

Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Flow Rate : 250 L/min (66.1 U.S.GPM)

Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Flow Rate : 150 L/min (39.6 U.S.GPM)

Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Supply Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

Flow Rate : 250 L/min (66.1 U.S.GPM)

Pilot Pressure : 16 MPa (2320 PSI)

421

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

“”Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Directional Valves

E

“” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

1.

2.

1

2

Model Numbers "

C

" Thd.

G-DSHG-04-3C - --50

G-DSHG-04-3C - --5090

G 1/2

1/2 NPT

L'

L

SOL a

SOL b

L'

L

SOL a

SOL b

34

(1.34)

7(.28)

Dia. Through

11(.43) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

Pressure Port "

P"

Solenoid Indicator Light

Tank Port "

T"

34.9

69.8

(2.75)

Cylinder Port "A"

Cylinder Port "

B"

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Air Vent (Both Sides)

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.

2 Places

Electrical Conduit Connection

"

C

" Thd. (Both Ends)

50

(1.97)

(1.37)

116

(4.57)

132

(5.20)

48

(1.89)

11(.43)

Dia. Through

17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

Pilot Pressure Port "

X"

(For External Pilot Models Only)

101.6

(4.00)

79.9

(3.15)

Pilot Drain Port "Y"

1.5

(.06)

72.9

(2.87)

91

(3.58)

Manual Actuator

6(.24) Dia.

263

(10.35)

65.5

(2.58)

0.5

(.02)

181

(7.13)

200.5

(7.89)

50.4

(1.98)

204

(8.03)

3(.12)

Dia. Two Locating Pins

4

(.16)

34

(1.34)

35

(1.38)

289(11.38)Fully Extended

93(3.66)

Fully Extended

33

(1.30)

Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)

13(.51) Hex.

Lock Nut

17(.67) Hex.

Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "

A" End)

13(.51) Hex.

G-DSHG-04-3C - - -50/5090

Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.

O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P22 for P/A/B/T ports

SO-NB-P9 for X/Y ports

G-DSHG-04-3C - -R - -50/5090

Models with Stroke Adjustment (Option)

Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the

sharable sub-plate on page 401.

“” Series Shockless Type

Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

422

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

1.

2.

Model Numbers "

C

" Thd.

G-DSHG-06-3C - --50

G-DSHG-06-3C - --5090

G 1/2

1/2 NPT

SOL a SOL b

L'

L

53.2

(2.09)

Solenoid Indicator

Light

Tank Port "

T"

46.1

(1.81)

Cylinder Port "A"

Cylinder Port "

B"

77

(3.03)

13.5(.53)

Dia. Through

20(.79) Dia. Spotface

6 Places

Pilot Pressure Port "

X"

(For External Pilot Models Only)

130.2

(5.13)

Pilot Drain Port "Y"

13

(.51)

134.8(5.31)

Fully Extended

40

(1.57)

Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "B" End)

13(.51) Hex.

Lock Nut

17(.67) Hex.

Stroke Adj. Screw (Port "

A" End)

13(.51) Hex.

Pressure Port "

P"

50.5

(1.99)

255

(10.04)

156

(6.14)

92.1

(3.63)

118

(4.65)

376(14.80)Fully Extended

G-DSHG-06-3C - - -50/5090

Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.

O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P30 for P/A/B/T ports

SO-NB-P14 for X/Y ports

G-DSHG-06-3C - -R - -50/5090

Models with Stroke Adjustment (Option)

1

2

L'

L

SOL a

SOL b

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Air Vent (Both Sides)

3 (.12) Hex. Soc.

2 Places

Electrical Conduit Connection

"

C

" Thd. (Both Ends)

137

(5.39)

132

(5.20)

48

(1.89)

Manual Actuator

6(.24) Dia.

263

(10.35)

65.5

(2.58)

0.5

(.02)

202

(7.95)

221.5

(8.72)

78.5

(3.09)

6(.24)

Dia. Two Locating Pins

6

(.24)

41

(1.61)

Note:

For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of

the sharable sub-plate in page 403.

423

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

500 (132)

1100 (291)

500 (132)

1100 (291)

500 (132)

1100 (291)

500 (132)

1100 (291)

1

300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)

1.

2.

3.

4.

1 1 1

2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3

3 3

2

4

X

P

Y

10 MPa

(1450 PSI)

16 MPa

(2320 PSI)

25 MPa

(3630 PSI)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)

DHG-04-3C -50

DHG-04-2N -50

DHG-04-2B -50

DHG-06-3C -50

DHG-06-2N -50

DHG-06-2B -50

DHG-06-3H -50

DHG-10-3C -40

DHG-10-2N -40

DHG-10-2B -40

DHG-10-3H -40

Model Numbers

These valves perform a change over of spool by hydraulic pilot and shift the direction of oil flow.

Max.Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Max. T-Line

Back Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

Min. Required

Pilot Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Max. Pilot

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

300 (79.3)

130 (34.3)

500 (132)

140 (37)

500 (132)

1100 (291)

460 (122)

1100 (291)

300 (79.3)

70 (18.5)

500 (132)

100 (26.4)

500 (132)

1100 (291)

300 (79.3)

1100 (291)

300 (79.3)

70 (18.5)

500 (132)

90 (23.8)

500 (132)

1100 (291)

220 (58.1)

300 (79.3)

60 (15.9)

500 (132)

80 (21.1)

1100 (291)

200 (52.8)

7.4 (16.3)

7.8 (17.2)

11.2 (24.7)

11.7 (25.8)

12.0 (26.5)

43.8 (96.6)

45.6 (101)

51.6 (114)

31.5 (4570)

25 (3630)

21 (3050)

0.8 (120)

1 (150)

Model Numbers

Rated Flow

L /min (U.S.GPM)

Max.Operating Pres.

MPa (PSI)

21 (3050)

500 (132)

1200 (317)

2400 (634)

DHF-16-

-30

DHF-24- -26

DHF-32- -21

.woleb debircsed sevlav noitcennoc degnalf reffo nac nekuY

Consult us for the details.

Note: Max. flow in the table above represents

the value in the flow condition of P A

B T (or P B A T) as shown in

the circuit diagram right.

In case the valves is used in the condi-

tion that eihter A or B port is blocked,

the maximum flow differs according to a

hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult

us for details.

AB

PT

YX

Pressure Drop

Same as those for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated

Directional Valves. See

pages 392 and 393 for the

Instruction

In case of Spring Offset Models, directly connect the pilot

pressure port "Y" to the reservoir as a drain port.

Specifications

■ Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Varies depending on the spool type. For more information, see page

388 for the List of “Standard Model and Maximum Flow” (DSHG-

04) for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves.

Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more

information, see page 389 for the List of “Standard Model and

Maximum Flow” (DSHG-06) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot

Operated Directional Valves.

Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more

information, see page 390 for the List of “Standard Model and

Maximum Flow” (DSHG-10) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot

Operated Directional Valves.

Minimum Pilot Pressure for the models with pilot piston is 1.8 MPa

(260 PSI).

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

424

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

1

2

3 3

4

5

2

:

F:

Special

Seals

for

Phos-

phate

ester

type

fluids

(Omit

if not

required)

Special

Seals

F- DH

Series

Number

G

Type of

Connec-

tion

-04

Valve

Size

-2

Number

of Valve

Positions

B

Spool-

Spring

Arrange-

ment

2

Spool

Type

A

Special

Two

Position

Valve

-C2

Model with

Pilot Choke

Valve

(Options)

-RA

Spool Control

Modification

(Options)

-H

Built-in

Orifice

for Pilot

Line

-50

Design

Number

Design

Standard

04

06

10

DH:

Pilot

Oper-

ated

Direc-

tional

Valve

G:

Sub-

plate

Mount-

ing

3

2

C:

Spring

Centred

H:

Pressure

Centred

(Option)

N:

No-Spring

B:

Spring

Offset

2

4

5

60

9

11

3

40

6

7

10

12

A , B

(Omit if

not

required)

C2:

With C2

Choke

R2:

Adjustment,

Both Ends

With Stroke

RA:

Adjustment,

Port A End

With Stroke

RB:

Adjustment,

Port B End

With Stroke

P2:

Piston, Both

Ends

With Pilot

PA:

Piston, Port A

End

With Pilot

PB:

Piston, Port B

End

With Pilot

50

40

50

Refer to

H:

Refer to

Spool Type

Valve Types

Three Positions

Spring

Centred

Pressure

Centred

Two Positions

No-

Spring

Offset

Graphic Symbols

3C2

3C3

3C4

3C40

3C5

3C6

3C60

3C7

3C9

3C10

3C11

3C12

3H2

3H3

3H4

3H40

3H5

3H6

3H60

3H7

3H9

3H10

3H11

3H12

2N2

2N3

2N4

2N40

2N7

2B2

2B3

2B4

2B40

2B7

2

3

4

40

5

6

60

7

9

10

11

12

Model Numbers

3H C2 R2 RA RB P2 PA PB

Option Code

DHG-04-3C

DHG-04-2N

DHG-04-2B

DHG-06-3C

DHG-06-2N

DHG-06-2B

DHG-06-3H

DHG-10-3C

DHG-10-2N

DHG-10-2B

DHG-10-3H

AB

PT

X

Y

AB

PT

X Y

V

AB

PT

X

Y

AB

PT

Y

X

For various combination, see the List of Valve Types below.

Model Number Designation

For the option combinations of the Type (Valve Size) and Options, see the List of Options below.

Refer to the column "valves using neutral position and side position" (Special 2-position valve) on page 426.

In spool-spring arrangement "H" (pressure centred models), in case the pilot pressure is more than 10 MPa (150PSI), please specify that the valve

should have the built-in orifice to the pilot line.

Design Standards: Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard

N. American Design Standard

None..................

90......................

List of OptionsList of Valve Type

Note. Mark: Available

Mark: Not Available

Pressure Centered Models are not available for the Valve Size of "04".

,

425

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Valve

Model

Numbers

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

4.4 (9.7)

4.1 (9.0)

7.4 (16.3)

DHG-04

DHG-06

DHG-10

21.5 (47.4)

Rc 3/4

Rc 1

Rc 1-1/4

Rc 1-1/2

DHGM-04-20

DHGM-04X-20

DHGM-06-50

DHGM-06X-50

DHGM-10-40

DHGM-10X-40

DHGM-04-2080

DHGM-04X-2080

DHGM-06-5080

DHGM-06X-5080

DHGM-10-4080

DHGM-10X-4080

4.4 (9.7)

4.1 (9.0)

7.4 (16.3)

21.5 (47.4)

4.4 (9.7)

4.1 (9.0)

8.5 (18.7)

21.5 (47.4)

DHGM-04-2090

DHGM-04X-2090

DHGM-06-5090

DHGM-06X-5090

DHGM-10-4090

DHGM-10X-4090

1/2 BSP.F

3/4 BSP.F

1 BSP.F

1-1/4 BSP.F

1-1/2 BSP.F

1/2 NPT

3/4 NPT

1 NPT

1-1/4 NPT

1-1/2 NPT

Model

Numbers

DHG-04

DHG-06

DHG-10

M12 60 Lg.

M20 75 Lg.

M6 45 Lg.

M10 50 Lg.

2

4

6

12-15 (106-133)

58-72 (513-637)

100-123 (885-1089)

473-585 (4186-5177)

1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.

1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.

Qty.

Tightening Torque

Nm (in. lbs)

N. American Desgin Standard

Japanese Standard "JIS"

European Design Standard

Socket Head Cap Screw

Model

Numbers

With Pilot

Choke Valve

P2

PA

PB

R2

RA

RB

With Pilot Piston With Stroke Adjustment

DHG-04

DHG-06

DHG-10

0.65 (1.4)

1.0 (2.2)

3.6(7.9)

0.5 (1.1)

1.8 (4.0)

1.0 (2.2)

1.2 (2.6)

3.7 (8.2)

0.5 (1.1)

0.6 (1.3)

1.85 (4.1)

kg (lbs.)

A

B

P

T

X

W

Y

V

A

B

P

T

YX

V

A

B

P

T

YX

A

B

P

T

X

Y

V

Stroke Adjustment

Screw (Port "A" End)

Stroke Adjustment

Screw (Port "B" End)

AB

PT

YX

Mounting Bolts

Sub-plate

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.

When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.

Sub-plates are shared with those for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves. Refer to

pages 401 to 403 for dimensions.

Options

Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment (C2)

When the adjustment screw is turned clockwise, changeover speed of

the spool becomes slow. In case of the spring centred valves in

particular, making slow of the returning speed of the spool to the

neutral position is possible with a C2 choke valve.

These choke valves can be used in combination with valves of spring

centred, no spring, spring offset, pressure centred and the valves with

stroke adjustment.

Models with Pilot Piston (P )

The valves with a pilot piston can be used when the high speed

changeover of the spool is required. However, please note that in case

of spring centred valves, there is no change in the returning speed of

the spool to the neutral position even with the pilot piston.

Pressure Centered Models (3H

)

The pressure centred type can be used when the returning of the spool

to the neutral position is required to be done firmly.

Models with Stroke Adjustment (R )

When the adjustment screw is screwed in, the spool stroke becomes

short and flow rate reduces

Graphic Symbol

Graphic Symbols

Spring Centred Models

Graphic Symbols

Spring Centred Models with Stroke Adjustment on Both Ends (R2)

Spring Centred Models with Pilot

Piston on Both Ends (P2)

Spring Centred Models

with Pilot Piston on Port "A" End (PA)

Additional Mass of Options

Add the mass described below to the mass of standard models on page 423

if options are required.

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

426

Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

A

B

P

T

Y

X

A

B

P T

Y

X

Model Numbers Graphic Symbols

04

06

10

DHG-

-2B A

DHG- -2B2A

DHG- -2B3A

DHG- -2B4A

DHG- -2B40A

DHG- -2B5A

DHG- -2B6A

DHG- -2B60A

DHG- -2B7A

DHG- -2B9A

DHG- -2B10A

DHG- -2B11A

DHG- -2B12A

Model Numbers Graphic Symbols

04

06

10

DHG-

-2B B

DHG- -2B2B

DHG- -2B3B

DHG- -2B4B

DHG- -2B40B

DHG- -2B5B

DHG- -2B6B

DHG- -2B60B

DHG- -2B7B

DHG- -2B9B

DHG- -2B10B

DHG- -2B11B

DHG- -2B12B

P

A

T

X

B

Y

101.6

(4.00)

Tank

Port "

T"

7(.28) Dia. Through

11(.43) Dia. Spotface

2 Places

Pressure Port "

P"

50

(1.97)

Pilot Pressure Port "X"

Pilot Pressure Port "

Y"

Cylinder Port "

B"

Cylinder

Port "

A"

34.9(1.37)

69.8(2.75)

73(2.87)

91(3.58)

1.6

(.06)

50.4

(1.98)

34

(1.34

)

11(.43)

Dia. Through

17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

3(.12) Dia.

Two Locating Pins

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Chain line indicates Spring Offset

Models (2B

)

65

(2.56)

204(8.03)

69.5

(2.74)

21

(.83)

48

(1.89)

Models with Pilot Choke Valve

Models with Stroke Adj. (

R

)

35

(1.38)

4

(.16)

121(4.76)

91(3.58)

146

(5.75)

9.3

(.37)

10.4

(.41)

106

(4.17)

59

(2.32)

Pilot Flow Adjustment

Screw

6(.24) Hex.

34

(1.34

)

Fully Extended

DEC.

DHG-04- -50/5090

Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position (Special Two Position Valve)

Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the

sharable sub-plate on

page 401.

For Spring Offset Models

(2B , 2B

A

B

),

it functions as drain port. When that model

is used, directly connect it to the reservoir.

Options

DHG-04- -C2

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Outside dimensions are the same as thos e of the

main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated

Directional Valves (DSHG-04). See page 405.

In addition to the standard two positions valves (2B ), the following two types of two positions valves are available:

valves with neutral position and pilot Y pressure position (2B A), valves with neutral position and pilot X pressure

position (2B B).

427

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

E

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

50.5

(1.99)

Pilot Pressure Port "Y"

Pressure Port "

P"

130.2

53.2

(2.09)

13.5(.53)

Dia.

Through

20(.79) Dia.

Spotface

6 Places

Pilot Pressure

Port "

X"

Cylinder Port "

A"

Cylinder Port "

B"

77

(3.03)

156

(6.14)

13

(.51)

46.1

(1.81)

92.1

(3.63)

118

(4.65)

Indicates Spring Offset

Models (2B ).

Indicates Spring Offset

Models (2B A).

48

(1.89)

6

(.24)

142

(5.59)

41

(1.61)

6(.24) Dia.

Two Location Pins

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

255

(10.04)

65

(2.56)

95

(3.74)

34

(1.34)

19.7 (.78)

59 (2.32)

Fully Extended

190

(7.48)

230

(9.06)

Pilot Flow Adjustment Screw

6 (.24) Hex.

Indicates Spring Offset

Models (2B ).

Indicates Spring Offset

Models (2B A).

6(.24) Dia.

Two Location Pins

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

384

(15.12)

65

(2.56)

159.5

(6.28)

(2.62)

66.5

84

(3.31)

48

(1.89)

6

46 (1.81)

205

(8.07)

2-Eye Bolts

(.24)

Pilot Pressure

Port "

X"

Cylinder Port "

A"

Cylinder Port "

B"

233.8

(9.20)

114.3

(4.50)

21.8

(.86)

78

(3.07)

43.1

(1.69)

79.4

(3.13)

158.8

(6.25)

198

(7.80)

Pilot Pressure Port "Y"

Pressure Port "

P"

Tank Port "

T"

Tank Port "

T"

21.5(.85) Dia.

Through

32(1.26) Dia.

Spotface

6 Places

43 (1.69)

77.5

(3.05)

190.5

(7.50)

76.2

(3.00)

19.6

(.77)

(5.13)

52

(2.05)

XA B

19.7 (.78)

127

(5.00)

167

(6.57)

Pilot Flow Adjustment Screw

6 (.24) Hex.

59 (2.32)

Fully Extended

DEC.

DHG-06- -50/5090

DHG-10- -40/4090

evlaV ekohC toliP htiw sledoM

DHG-06- -C2

Options

evlaV ekohC toliP htiw sledoM

DHG-10- -C2

Options

Pressure Centred Models (3H )

Models with Stroke Adjustment (R

)

Models with Pilot Piston (P )

The outside dimensions of the above options are the same

as those of the main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot

Operated Directional Valve (DSHG-06). See

page 405.

Pressure Centred Models (3H )

Models with Stroke Adjustment (R )

Models with Pilot Piston (P )

The outside dimensions of the above options are the same

as those of the main valve of Solenoid Controlled Pilot

Operated Directional Valves (DSHG-10). See

page 405.

In case of Spring Offset Model (2B , 2B

A

B

), it

functions as a drain port. When that model is used,

directly connect it to the reservoir.

In case of Spring Offset Model (2B , 2B

A

B

), in

functions as a drain port. When that model is used,

directly connect it to the reservoir.

Note:

For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of

the sharable sub-plate in

page 402.

Note:

For

the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of

the sharable sub-plate in page 403.

Pilot Operated Directional Valves

428

List of Seals

Item Name of Parts

9

10

11

12

13

O-Ring

Part Numbers

DHG-04 DHG-06 DHG-10

Qty

2

4

2

4

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-P22

SO-NB-P34

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-P14

SO-NB-P30

SO-NB-P40

SO-NB-P10

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-P20

SO-NB-P42

SO-NB-G65

SO-NB-P14

SO-NB-P9

Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers

DHG-04- -50/5090

DHG-06- -50/5090

DHG-10- -40/4090

KS-DHG-04-50

KS-DHG-06-50

KS-DHG-10-40

6 815161713

1

1 510 1 314 9 412 72

DHG-04- -50/5090

DHG-06- -50/5090

DHG-10- -40/4090

Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table

below.

429

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Manually Operated Directional Valves

E

Manually Operated Directional Valves

1100 (291)

100 (26.4)

(79.3 {26.4})

500 {315}

100 (26.4)

105 (27.7)

1100 (291)

(79.3 {31.7})

500 {315}

(79.3 {52.8})

500 {315}

100 (26.4)

200 (52.8)

1100 (291)

100 (26.4)

200 (52.8)

1100 (291)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

1

2

1

3

4 4 4 4

1

3

1

3

1 1

2 2

1

5

6

DMT-03-3C -50

DMT-03-3D -50

DMT-03-2D -50

DMT-03-2B -50

DMT-06 -3D -30

DMT-06 -2D -30

DMT-06 -2B -30

DMT-06 -3C -30

DMT-10 -3C -30

DMT-10 -3D -30

DMT-10 -2D -30

DMT-10

-2B -30

DMG-01-3C -10

DMG-01-3D -10

DMG-01-2D -10

DMG-01-2B -10

DMG-03-3C -50

DMG-03-3D -50

DMG-03-2D -50

DMG-03-2B -50

DMG-04-3C -21

DMG-04-3D -21

DMG-04-2D -21

DMG-04-2B -21

DMG-06-3C -50

DMG-06-3D -50

DMG-06-2D -50

DMG-06-2B -50

DMG-10-3C -40

DMG-10-3D -40

DMG-10-2D -40

DMG-10-2B -40

Model Numbers

7 MPa

(1020 PSI)

14 MPa

(2030 PSI)

21 MPa

(3050 PSI)

31.5 MPa

(4570 PSI)

Max.Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Max. T-Line Back

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

At time spool shift

is required:

7 (1020)

At time spool shift

is not required:

21 (3050)

At time spool shift

is required:

7 (1020)

At time spool shift

is not required:

21 (3050)

Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)

5.0 (11.0)

12.9 (28.5)

22 (48.5)

1.8 (4.0)

4.0 (8.8)

7.4 (16.3)

7.9 (17.4)

12 (26.5)

11.5 (25.4)

48.2 (106)

50 (110)

16 (2320)

14 (2030)

16 (2320)

21 (3050)

25 (3630)

21 (3050)

25 (3630)

21 (3050)

31.5 (4570)

500 (132)

200 (52.8)

1100 (291)

200 (52.8)

100 (26.4)

300 (79.3)

100 (26.4)

300 {100}

500 (132)

315 (83.2)

(132 {83.2})

35 (9.2)

100 (26.4)

200 (52.8)

50 (13.2)

500 (132)

250 (66.1)

1100 (291)

260 (68.7)

35 (9.2)35 (9.2)

300 (79.3)

120 (31.7)

300 {120}

500 (132)

315 (83.2)

(132 {83.2})

300 (79.3)

200 (52.8)

300 {200}

500 (132)

315 (83.2)

(132 {83.2})

100 (26.4)

200 (52.8)

60 (15.9)

500 (132)

300 (79.3)

1100 (291)

350 (92.5)

100 (26.4)

200 (52.8)

90 (23.8)

500 (132)

420 (111)

1100 (291)

670 (177)

Threaded Connections

Sub-Plate Mounting

05

0

1410

0.5

1.0

1.5

500 1000 1500 2000

MPa

0

T-Line Back Pressure

8

12

4

0

Nm(in.lbf.)

Operating Torque

DMG-01 Lever Operating Torque

Note: The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation

(changeover) of the valve. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum

Flow" on

pages 386 to 390.

Varies depending on the spool type. For details, see the "List of Standard Model and Maximum

Flows" for DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves (page 364 and 366 at 50 Hz

rated voltage).

The figures in parentheses indicate Max. flow for 3C3,3C5, 3C6 and 3C60.

Varies depending on the spool type. For the details, see the table in the following page.

Varies depending on the spool type. Same as DSHG-10 (at pilot pressure of 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).

See page 390.

Lever operating torque varies depends on the T-line back pressure. See the right-hand figure.

If the T-Line back pressure exceeds 7 MPa (1020 PSI), directly connect the drain port to the

reservoir.

Specifications

These valves may be used to manually

shift the spool position and change the

direction of oil flow.

■ Manually Operated Directional Valves

PSI

Manually Operated Directional Valves

430

A ,B

.

Max. Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Rated Flow

L/min

(U.S.GPM)

Model Numbers

DMF-10- -30

DMF-16- -31

21 (3050)

315 (83.2)

400 (106)

Special

Seals for

Phos-

phate

ester

type

fluids

(Omit if

not

required)

F:

F-

Special

Seals

DM

Series

Number

T

Type of

Connec-

tion

Manually

Operated

Direc-

tional

Valves

DM :

Threaded

Connec-

tion

T :

Sub-plate

Mounting

G:

-03

Valve

Size

-2

No. of

Valve

Position

B

Spool-Spring

Arragement

2

Spool

Type

3

2

03

01

03

04

06

10

(Piping size 3/4)

06

(Piping size 1)

06X

(Piping size 1-1/4)

10

(Piping size 1-1/2)

10X

Spring

Centred

C:

No-Spring

Detented

D:

Spring Offset

B:

See the table below for combinations.

2

,

3

4

,

40

5

,

6

60

,

7

8

,

9

10

,

11

12

A

Special Two

Position

Valve

-50

Design

Number

(Omit if not

required)

50

30

10

50

21

50

Design

Standard

None:

Japanese

Std. "JIS"

80:

European

Design Std.

90:

N. American

Design Std.

None:

Japanese

Std. "JIS"

and Euro-

pean Design

Std.

90:

N. American

Design Std.

Model

Numbers

DMG-04-3C2

DMG-04-3C3

DMG-04-3C4

DMG-04-3C40

DMG-04-3C5

DMG-04-3C6

DMG-04-3C60

DMG-04-3C7

DMG-04-3C9

DMG-04-3C10

DMG-04-3C11

DMG-04-3C12

7 MPa(1020 PSI) 14 MPa(2030 PSI) 21 MPa(3050 PSI)

Max. Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)

200

180

200

80

90

140

200

(52.8)

(47.6)

(52.8)

(21.1)

(23.8)

(37.0)

(52.8)

130

90

200

50

60

70

75

125

130

150

200

(34.3)

(23.8)

(52.8)

(13.2)

(15.9)

(18.5)

(19.8)

(33.0)

(34.3)

(39.6)

(52.8)

85

70

90

105

40

55

100

85

95

(22.5)

(18.5)

(23.8)

(27.7)

(10.6)

(14.5)

(26.4)

(22.5)

(25.1)

Spool Type

DMG-01

DMT-03

DMG-03

DMT-0

6

DMT-1

0

DMG-04

DMG-06

DMG-10

3C

3D

2D 2B

3C

3D

2D 2B

3C

3D

2D

2B

3C

3D

2D

2B

2

3

4

40

5

6

60

7

8

9

10

11

12

Position #3

Position #2

T

G

Position #1 (#2, in case of D M -01/03-2B

T

G

, DM -03-2D )

40

Model Number Designation

Consult us for the details.

Refer to column "valves using neutral position and side position" (special 2-position valve) on

page 431.

Maximum Flow of DMG-04-3C

Note: The mark indicate the spool type available for each type.

Graphic Symbols

List of Spool Type

Spring Centred Models (3C )

3D 2D

AB

PT

#1 #2

#3

No-Spring Detented Models

AB

PT

#1 #2

#3

AB

P

T

#1 (#2)

#3

Spring Offset Models (2B )

AB

P

T

#1 (#2) #3

Position #2 is applied for models DMG-01-2B

T

G

and DM

-03-2B /2D .

.woleb debircsed sevlav noitcennoc degnalf reffo nac nekuY

431

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Manually Operated Directional Valves

E

Manually Operated Directional Valves

.

A

B

P

T

A

B

P

T

AB

P

T

AB

P T

2B2A

2B3A

2B4A

2B40A

2B5A

2B6A

2B60A

2B7A

2B8A

2B9A

2B10A

2B11A

2B12A

2B2B

2B3B

2B4B

2B40B

2B5B

2B6B

2B60B

2B7B

2B8B

2B9B

2B10B

2B11B

2B12B

Valve

Type

Valve

Type

slobmyS cihparGslobmyS cihparG

ledoMledoM

DMT-03

DMG-03

DMT-06

DMT-10

DMG-04

DMG-06

DMG-10

DMT-03

DMG-03

DMT-06

DMT-10

DMG-04

DMG-06

DMG-10

DMG-01

2D2A

2D3A

2D4A

2D40A

2D5A

2D6A

2D60A

2D7A

2D8A

2D9A

2D10A

2D11A

2D12A

2D2B

2D3B

2D4B

2D40B

2D5B

2D6B

2D60B

2D7B

2D8B

2D9B

2D10B

2D11B

2D12B

Valve

Type

Valve

Type

slobmyS cihparGslobmyS cihparG

ledoMledoM

DMT-06

DMT-10

DMG-04

DMG-06

DMG-10

DMT-06

DMT-10

DMG-04

DMG-06

DMG-10

DMG-01

In addition to the standard two positions valves (2D , 2B ), the following two types of two positions valves are

available : Valves with neutral position (#2) and position #1 (2B A,

2D A), valves with neutral position (#2) and

position #3 (2B

B, 2D B).

The mark in the table below indicates the spool type available for each models.

Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position (Special Two Position Valve)

Spring Offset Models

Position #2

Position #1

Position #3

Position #2

No-spring Detented Models

Position #2

Position #1

Position #3

Position #2

Position number is determined with three position type (3C and 3D ) as the standard.

Manually Operated Directional Valves

432

Va lve

Model

Numbers

Japanese Standard "JIS"

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (1bs.)

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (1bs.)

European Design Standard

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (1bs.)

N. American Design Standard

DSGM-01-31

DSGM-01X-31

DSGM-01Y-31

Rc 1/8

Rc 1/4

Rc 3/8

0.8

(1.8)

DSGM-01-3080

DSGM-01X-3080

1/8 BSP.F

1/4 BSP.F

0.8

(1.8)

DSGM-01-3190

DSGM-01X-3190

DSGM-01Y-3190

1/8 NPT

1/4 NPT

3/8 NPT

0.8

(1.8)

DMG-01

DSGM-03-40

DSGM-03X-40

DSGM-03Y-40

DMG-03

Rc 3/8

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

3.0

4.7

(6.6)

(10.4)

DSGM-03-2180

DSGM-03X-2180

DSGM-03Y-2180

3/8 BSP.F

1/2 BSP.F

3/4 BSP.F

3.0

4.7

(6.6)

(10.4)

DSGM-03-2190

DSGM-03X-2190

DSGM-03Y-2190

3/8 NPT

1/2 NPT

3/4 NPT

3.0

4.7

(6.6)

(10.4)

DMG-04

DHGM-04-20

DHGM-04X-20

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

4.4

4.1

(9.7)

(9.0)

DHGM-04-2080

DHGM-04X-2080

1/2 BSP.F

3/4 BSP.F

4.4

4.1

(9.7)

(9.0)

DHGM-04-2090

DHGM-04X-2090

1/2 NPT

3/4 NPT

4.4

4.1

(9.7)

(9.0)

DMG-06

DHGM-06-50

DHGM-06X-50

Rc 3/4

Rc 1

7.4

(16.3)

DHGM-06-5080

DHGM-06X-5080

3/4 BSP.F

1 BSP.F

8.5

(18.7)

DHGM-06-5090

DHGM-06X-5090

3/4 NPT

1 NPT

7.4

(16.3)

DMG-10

DHGM-10-40

DHGM-10X-40

Rc 1-1/4

Rc 1-1/2

21.5

(47.4)

DHGM-10-4080

DHGM-10X-4080

1-1/4 BSP.F

1-1/2 BSP.F

21.5

(47.4)

DHGM-10-4090

DHGM-10X-4090

1-1/4 NPT

1-1/2 NPT

21.5

(47.4)

Subplate Model Number

s Page

DSGM-01

DSGM-03

DHGM-04

DHGM-06

DHGM-10

Va lve

Model

Numbers

Japanese Standard "JIS"

European Design Standard

N. American

Design Standard

Qty.

Tightening Torque

Nm (in. 1bs.)

Socket Head Cap Screw

DMG-01

DMG-03

DMG-04

DMG-06

DMG-10

M5 45 Lg.

M6 35 Lg.

M6 40 Lg.

M10 45 Lg.

M12 60 Lg.

M20 75 Lg.

No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.

3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg.

4

2

4

6

8

5-7 (44-62)

12-15

58-72

(106-133)

(513-637)

100-123 (885-1089)

473-585 (4195-5177)

Viscosity

SSU

Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30

77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

2

mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

90 100

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop Curve Number

Spool

Type

2

3

4

40

5

6

60

7

8

9

10

11

12

2

3

2

3

2

3

2

3

2

3

2

3

2

3

2

3

2

1

50 100 150 200 300250

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

0

20 40 60 80

0

50

100

150

1

2

3

MPa

PSI

Pressure Drop P

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

Sub-plates

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.

When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.

Sharable with Solenoid Operand Directional Valves and Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated

Directional Valves. For dimensions, refer to the right table then see the corresponding pages.

Sub-plate dimensions appearing page

Mounting Bolts

Pressure Drop

2

The following characteristics are based on the following conditions: viscosity of the fluid: 35 mm /s (164 SSU) and

Specific Gravity: 0.850

For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.

For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained

from the formula below.

P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the following chart and G is

0.850.

DMT-06, 06X

Instructions

Avoid connecting the

Tank Port "T" to a line with

possible surge pressure.

356

373

401

402

403

433

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Manually Operated Directional Valves

E

Manually Operated Directional Valves

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop Curve Number

Spool

Type

2

3

4

40

5

6

60

7

8

9

10

11

12

3

2

3

2

3

2

3

2

1

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop Curve Number

3

2

1

3

2

3

1

3

2

3

1

3

1

3

2

3

2

3

2 3

3

3C

Valve type

3C2

3D

3D2

2D

2D2

2B

3C3

3C4

3C40

3C5

3C60

3C7

3C8

3C9

3C10

3C11

3C12

3D3

3D4

3D40

3D5

3D60

3D7

3D8

3D9

3D10

3D11

3D12

2D3

2D7

2D8

2B8

2B3

2B2

P A B T P B A T P T

Pressure Drop Curve Number

Spool

Type

2

3

4

40

5

6

60

7

9

10

11

12

5

6

5

2

5

6

5

2

3

4

2

3

2

4

3

5

6

5

4

5

6

5

4

5

2

5

3

1

Model Number

DMT-03

DMG-03

DMG-06

DMG-10

Same as DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

(Standard Type)

Same as Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

(DSHG-06)

Same as Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves

(DSHG-10)

Page

371

393

Remarks

3D

is same as 3C

Pressure Drop Characteristics

1

100 200 300 400 500

0.

2

0

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.

0

50

100

150

200 40 60 80 100 120 130

PSI

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

MPa

Pressure Drop P

2

3

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0

35

02468

9

1

2

3

200

100

50

0

150

PSI

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

MPa

Pressure Drop P

0 50 100 150 200

0.2

1

2

3

4

5

6

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

0

PSI

L /min

U.S.GPM

MPa

Pressure Drop P

175

150

100

50

0

0 1020304050

Flow Rate

DMT-10, 10X

DMG-01

DMG-04

For

DMT-03

,

DMG-03

,

DMG-06

, and

DMG-10

, refer to the table below then see the related page.

Manually Operated Directional Valves

434

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

1.

1

Model Numbers

"C"

Thd.

Rc 3/8

3/8 BSP.F

3/8 NPT

DMT-03- -50

DMT-03- -5080

DMT-03- -5090

Model Numbers

"h"

Thd.

Rc 3/4

Rc 1

DMT-06- -30

DMT-06X- -30

3/4 BSP.F

1 BSP.F

3/4 NPT

1 NPT

Rc 1-1/4

Rc 1-1/2

1-1/4 BSP.F

1-1/2 BSP.F

1-1/4 NPT

1-1/2 NPT

DMT-06- -3080

DMT-06X- -3080

DMT-06- -3090

DMT-06X- -3090

DMT-10- -30

DMT-10X- -30

DMT-10- -3080

DMT-10X- -3080

DMT-10- -3090

DMT-10X- -3090

A B

P

T

30˚

Soc. Hd. Cap Screw

4 (.16) Hex. Soc.

3

0

˚

2

0

˚

2

0˚

R94.5

(R3.72)

Position #3

Position #2

Position #1

27

(1.06)

85.3

(3.36)

19

(.75)

92

(3.62)

46.3

(1.82)

139

(5.47)

26.8

(1.06)

21.8

(.86)

74.5

(2.93)

27

(1.06)

39.7

(1.56)

25 (.98)

Dia.

Cylinder Port "

A"

"

C

" Thd.

69.7

(2.74)

54

(2.13)

Cylinder Port "B"

"

C

" Thd.

Tank Port "

T"

"

C

" Thd.

Pressure Port "

P"

"

C

" Thd.

7(.28) Dia. Through

11(.43) C' bore

4 Places

46

(1.81)

12

(.47)

70

(2.76)

2

(0.8)

48.7

(1.92)

108.5

(4.27)

193.8

(7.63)

44

(1.73)

27

(1.06)

10

(.39)

XX

Stroke

d

b

Y

Z

SS

L

Q

N

K

J

U V

Position #3

Neutral Position #2

Position #1

40 (1.57) Dia.

CC

D

R "

e

"

H

F

E

Cylinder Port "A"

Pressure Port "

P"

Cylinder Port "

B"

"f"

Dia. Through

"g"

Dia. Spotface

4 Places

Tank Port "

T"

a

"h"

Thd.

4 Places

27

(1.06)

DMT-03- -50/5080/5090

DMT-06, 06X- -30/3080/3090

DMT-10, 10X- -30/3080/3090

How to Change Lever Position:

The lever position can

be changed to any

position in five

different positions

shown on the sketch in

the right. For the lever

position change,

remove the Soc. Hd.

Cap Screw and lever

once, set the lever at

the required position

and tighten it with the

Soc. Hd. Cap Screw

firmly.

Lever Operating Torque:

Not exceeding 30 Nm (266 IN. 1bs.)

Model No.

DMT-06

DMT-06X

DMT-10

DMT-10X

50

(1.97)

30

(1.18)

126

(4.96)

47.5

(1.87)

24

(.94)

66

(2.60)

40

(1.57)

160

(6.30)

62.5

(2.46)

33

(1.30)

320

(12.60)

402

(15.83)

255

(10.04)

320

(12.60)

137

(5.39)

173

(6.81)

118

(4.65)

147

(5.79)

107

(4.21)

135

(5.31)

33.5

(1.32)

40

(1.57)

86

(3.39)

102

(4.02)

76

(2.99)

90

(3.54)

9

(.35)

12.5

(.49)

40

(1.57)

50

(1.97)

25

(.98)

35

(1.38)

250

(9.84)

300

(11.81)

100

(3.94)

120

(4.72)

63.5

(2.50)

78.5

(3.09)

12

(.47)

15

(.59)

11

(.43)

13.5

(.53)

17.5

(.69)

21

(.83)

CDEFH J K LNQSU YXZabdefgV

Dimension mm (Inches)

435

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Manually Operated Directional Valves

E

Manually Operated Directional Valves

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

71

(2.80)

40.5

(1.59)

11

(.43)

17(.67):3D

,2D ,2B

22(.87):3C

31

(1.22)

32.5

(1.28)

15.5

(.61)

0.75

(.03)

Cylinder Port "A"

Pressure Port "

P"

5.5(.22) Dia. Through

9.5(.37) Dia. C' bore

4 Places

R49

(R1.93)

Cylinder Port "B"

Tank Port "

T"

The operating lever position can be adjusted as required

on the circumference by loosening the set screw.

Neutral Position #2

Position #3

Position #1

2

7

˚

2

7

˚

DMG-01- -10/1090

5

(.20)

48

(1.89)

74

(2.91)

39

(1.54)

25

(.98)

65

(2.56)

38

(1.50)

50.5

(1.99)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

26 (1.02) Dia.

Lever Fixing Screw

2.5 (.10) Hex. Soc.

20 (.79) Dia.

Four positions are available in 90˚ increment.

Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 356.

Manually Operated Directional Valves

436

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

3

1.

2.

3.

1

Cylinder Port "A"

Pressure Port "

P"

Cylinder Port "

B"

7(.28) Dia. Through

11(.43) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

Tank Port "

T"

32.5

(1.28)

12

(.47)

70

(2.76)

69.7

(2.74)

54

(2.13)

48.7

(1.92)

50.8

(2.00)

108.5

(4.27)

193.8

(7.63)

46

(1.81)

Although the tank port is shown on the left

in our sub-plate either may be used.

The position of operating lever can be

changed as required. For the detail, see the

DMT-03 in the

pre

vious page.

Lever Operating Torque:

Not exceeding 30 Nm (266 IN. 1bs.)

DMG-03- -50/5090

27

(1.06)

59

(2.32)

2 (.08)

76.3

(3.00)

19

(.75)

92

(3.62)

46.3

(1.82)

139

(5.47)

R94.5

(R3.72)

Position #3

Position #2

Position #1

3

0

˚

2

0

˚

2

0

˚

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable

sub-plate in

page 373.

74.5

(2.93)

27

(1.06)

39.7

(1.56)

25 (.98)

Dia.

437

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Manually Operated Directional Valves

E

Manually Operated Directional Valves

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

A

B

T

P

Y

X

A

B

32

(1.26)

32

(1.26)

50

(1.97)

232.5 (9.15)

202.5 (7.97)

22.5

(.89)

59.2

(2.33)

1.5

(.06)

10.1

(.40)

34.9

(1.37)

69.8

(2.75)

72.9

(2.87)

90

(3.54)

101.6

(4.00)

34

(1.34)

130

(5.12)

Cylinder Port "B"

Pressure Port "

P"

Tank Port "

T"

11(.43) Dia. Through

17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

Drain Port "

Y"

Cylinder Port "

A"

7(.28) Dia. Through

11(.43) Dia. Spotface

2 Places

Position #1

Position #2

Position #3

R200

(R7.87)

Chain line indicates

Spring Offset Models

(2B

,2B A).

30

(1.18)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

50

(1.97)

4

(.16)

3(.12) Dia.

Two Locating Pins

32

(1.26)

103

(4.06)

30 (1.18)

40 (1.57)

Dia.

Pressure Port "

P"

Tank Port "

T"

Drain Port "

V"

300.5

(11.83)

13.5(.53)

Dia. Through

20(.79) Dia. Spotface

6 Places

95.8

(3.77)

130.2

(5.13)

53.2

(2.09)

55.8

(2.20)

77

(3.03)

13

(.51)

92.1

(3.63)

118

(4.65)

46.1

(1.81)

Cylinder Port "B"

Cylinder Port "

A"

260.5

(10.26)

57

(2.24)

57

(2.24)

Position #2

Position #3

Position #1

R200

(R7.87)

34

(1.34)

52

(2.05)

116

(4.57)

156

(6.14)

12.5

(.49)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

40

(1.57)

47

(1.85)

41

(1.61)

6

(.24)

6(.24) Dia.

Two Locating Pins

40 (1.57) Dia.

30 (1.18)

Indicates Spring Offset

Models (2B ).

Indicates Spring Offset

Models (2B A).

14.2

(.56)

DMG-04- -21/2190

DMG-06- -50/5090

Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 402.

Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 401.

Manually Operated Directional Valves

438

Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

ABX

TP

Y

Cylinder Port "A"

Pressure Port "

P"

Cylinder Port "

B"

21.5(.85) Dia. Through

32(1.26) Dia. Spotface

6 Places

Tank Port "

T"

Drain Port "

V"

19.6

(.77)

79.4

(3.13)

158.8

(6.24)

198

(7.80)

76.2

(3.00)

146.5

(5.77)

453

(17.83)

190.5

(7.50)

401

(15.79)

94.5

(3.72)

114.3

(4.50)

66.5

(2.62)

47.5

(1.87)

105

(4.13)

105

(4.13)

Position #3

Position #2

Position #1

R300

(R11.81)

40 (1.57)

Dia.

36 (1.42)

Two Eye Bolts

M8

Indicates Spring Offset

Models (2B )

Indicates Spring Offset

Models (2B A)

180

(7.09)

60

(2.36)

65

(2.56)

21.5

(.85)

233.8

(9.20)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

6(.24) Dia.

Two Locating Pins

44.5 (1.75)

6

(.24)

Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 403.

DMG-10- -50/5090

439

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Manually Operated Directional Valves

E

Manually Operated Directional Valves

List of Seals

21

22

23

Item Name of Parts

O-Ring

Part Numbers

SO-NB-P18

SO-NA-P6

SO-NB-P9

Qty.

3

1

4

14

15

18

Item Name of Parts

O-Ring

Part Numbers

SO-NB-P21

SO-NA-P8

SO-NB-A014

Qty.

2

5

16 Back Up Ring SO-BB-P8 2

17 O-Ring SO-NB-A023 1

Valve Model Numbers

DMT-03- -50/5080/5090

DMG-03- -50/5090

Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DMT-03-50

KS-DMG-03-50

X

14 13 9 12

18 10 17 15 16

21

22

25

24

20

X

19

3 8 6 5

23

2 1

21 11

4

20

3

14

29 30 10 9

2 6 21

1 5 18 8 14

4

28

27

13

24

23

26 17 25 11

13

22 15

16

12

DMG-01- -10/1090

Note: When ordering the o-ring, please specify the

seal kit number (KS-DMG-01-10).

DMT-03- -50/5080/5090

DMG-03- -50/5090

Note: O-rings of Item 18 are not used for

DMT-03.

When ordering the seals, please specify

the seal kit number from the table right.

Section X-X

1.

2.

Manually Operated Directional Valves

440

List of Seals

Item Name of Parts

01-GMD40-GMD

Qty.

Part Numbers

DMG-06

29

30

31

32

33

O-Ring

SO-NB-P34

SO-NB-P22A

SO-NA-P20

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-P40

SO-NB-P30

SO-NA-P20

SO-NB-P14

SO-NB-P10

SO-NB-G65

SO-NB-P42

SO-NA-P25

SO-NB-P20

SO-NB-P14

2

4

2

1

2

7

2

1

3

1

4

1

5

2

316 2

4

1

7 1

2

6

2

4

2

5

1

2

5

6

1

8

1

9

2

0

3

2

8

2

6

9

2

3

1

2

8

1

5

2

8

2

4

7

23

A

2

1

2

1

2

9

3

2

3

025

2

9

3

20

A

1

0

3

33617 1 633

DMT-06, 06X- -30/3080/3090

DMT-10, 10X- -30/3080/3090

Valve Model Numbers

DMG-04 - -21/2190

DMG-06

- -50/5090

DMG-10- -40/4090

Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DMG-04-21

KS-DMG-06-50

KS-DMG-10-40

List of Seal Kits

DMT-06

- -30/3080/3090

Valve Model Numbers

DMT-10 - -30/3080/3090

KS-DMT-06-30

Seal Kit Numbers

KS-DMT-10-30

List of Seal Kits

DMG-04- -21/2190

DMG-06- -50/5090

DMG-10- -40/4090

Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.

Section A-A

Item Name of Parts

DMT-06 DMT-10

Qty.

Part Numbers

Packing

Dust Seal

24

25

UPI 32

40 6Y

DKI 32 44 7 10

UPI 40

55 10Y

DKI 40 52 7 10

2

1

Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.

441

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

E

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

■ Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

F:

Special

seals for

phosphate

ester

type

fluids

(Omit if

not

required)

Special

Seals

F-

DR:

Rotary

Type

Directinal

Valve

02

Type of

Mounting

Valve

Size

Design

Standards

-2-02

None:

Japanese

Std. "JIS"

80:

European

Design Std.

90:

N. American

Design Std.

-20

Design

Number

Model Number Designation

DR

Series

Connection

T:

Threaded

Connection

Model Numbers

Threaded Connection Sub-plate Mounting

DRG-02- D -20DRT-02- D -20

Rated Flow

L /min (U.S.GPM)

16 (4.2)

Max. Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

7 (1020)

Max. T-Line

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

7 (1020)

DRG TypeDRT Type

4.7 (10.4) 3.4 (7.5)

Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)

G

No. of Valve

Position

D

Spool-Spring

Arrangement

2

Spool

Type

-A

Operation

Type

-R

Drain

Connection

G:

Sub-plate

Mounting

02

2

3

D:

No-spring

Detented

2

4

A:

Reversing

Dog

B:

Reversing

Dog &

Manual

C:

Manual

None:

Intrenal

Drain

R:

External

Drain

20

None:

Japanese

Std. "JIS" &

European

Design Std.

90:

N. American

Design Std.

Graphic Symbols

No. of Position

Operation

Type

Reversing Dog

Operation

Reversing Dog &

Manual Operation

Manual

Operation

2-Position Type

Manual

Operation

3-Position Type

Model No.

DR -02-2D2-A

DR -02-2D2-B DR -02-2D2-C DR -02-3D4-C

Graphic

Symbols

Instructuions

Tank Port Back Pres.

MPa (PSI)

Torque

Nm (in. 1bs.)

0

3 (435)

1.0 (8.9)

4.8 (42.5)

Changeover Torque

AB

#1

P

T

#3

AB

#1

P

T

#3

AB

#1

P

T

#3

AB

#1

P

T

#3#2

Specifications

When a back pressure of more than 3 MPa (435 PSI) is generated in the tank port, be sure to use External Drain Type.

When selecting the Model type, be sure to give the model number from the following Graphic Symbols.

No combinations other than those in the table below are allowed.

When the pressure of pressure port "P" and cylinder port "A" (or "B") is set to 7 MPa

(1020 PSI), the valve changeover torque will be as right side table:

Changeover Torque

Be sure to use the External Drain T

y

pe Valve of spool t

y

pe "2" and plug the tank port.

2-Way directional valves

Note:

These valves are chiefly used to shift the pilot circuit. Rotary Type Directional Valves and Cam Operated Type

Directional Valves are available.

■

Rotary Type Directional Valves

These valves are used to rotate the spool either

manually or by way of cam and shift the direction

of oil flow. The detented mechanism incorporated

in these valves prevents the valve from being

changed over by itself due to vibrations or any

other shocks.

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

442

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Drain

Connection

Japanese Standard "JIS"

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

European Design Standard

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

N.American Design Standard

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (1bs.)

For Internal

Drain

For External

Drain

DRGM-02-20

DRGM-02X-20

DRGM-02-R-20

DRGM-02X-R-20

Rc 1/4

Rc 3/8

Rc 1/4

Rc 3/8

DRGM-02-2080

DRGM-02X-2080

DRGM-02-R-2080

DRGM-02X-R-2080

1/4 BSP.F

3/8 BSP.F

1/4 BSP.F

3/8 BSP.F

DRGM-02-2090

DRGM-02X-2090

DRGM-02-R-2090

DRGM-02X-R-2090

1/4 NPT

3/8 NPT

1/4 NPT

3/8 NPT

1.9 (4.2)

Model

Numbers

DRG-02

Socket Head Cap Screw (5 Pcs.)

Japanese Standard "JIS"

European Design Standard

M8 45 Lg.

5/16-18 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

N. American Design Standard

Valve

Type

P A

Pressure Drop Curve No.

2D2

3D4

2

BT PB A T

2

1

2

Viscosity

SSU

Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30

77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

2

mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

4

0

1

128160

01 324

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

60

40

20

0

PSI MPa

L

/min

2

Flow Rate

U.S.GPM

Pressure Drop P

Sub-plates

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.

When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.

Mounting Bolts

The Sub-plate Mounting Type Valves (DRG-02) only are furnished with the following mounting bolts.

Pressure Drop

1. For any other viscosity, multiply by the factors in the table below.

2. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained

from the formula below.

P' = P (G'/0.850)

DRT-02- D - -20/2080/2090

Type "A" : Reversing Dog Operation

Viscosity

2

35 mm /s (164 SSU)

,

Specific Gravity

0.850

Hydraulic Fluid:

5.2(.20)

16(.63)

"C"

Thd.

4 Places

80(3.15) Dia.

76(2.99) Dia.

80(3.15) Dia.

8(.31) Dia.

30

(1.18)

56

(2.20)

43

(1.69)

58.5

(2.30)

151.5

(5.96)

50(1.97)

Dia.

76.5˚

36˚

76.5˚

Pressure Port

"P"

Cylinder Port "A"

Cylinder Port "B"

Drain Port "Y"

"C"

Thd.

Tank Port

"T"

External drain type

only has drain port.

4

5

˚

4

5

˚

1

0

˚

10˚

26

(1.02)

134(5.28)

R

1

2

(

R

.

4

7

)

R38

(R1.50)

Position #1

11 (.43) Dia.

Through

17.5 (.69)

C' bore

2 Places

110

(4.33)

1

0

(

3

.

9

4

)

Position #3

Model Numbers

"C"

Thd.

DRT-02- D - -20

DRT-02- D - -2080

DRT-02- D - -2090

Rc 1/4

1/4 BSP.F

1/4 NPT

2

.

5

˚

2

.

5

˚

R

3

8

(R

1

.

5

0

)

R105(R4.13)

4

5

˚

4

5

˚

2

.

5

˚

2

.

5

˚

30

(1.18)

Position #3

32(1.26)

Dia.

Position #1

30

(1.18)

32(1.26)

Dia.

Neutral Position #2

Position #3

R105(R4.13)

Position #1

Type "B" : Reverseing Dog and

Manual Operation

Type "C" : Manual Operation

For other dimensions, refer to "Reversing Dog Operation".

443

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

E

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

M8

5/16-18 UNC

M8

5/16-18 UNC

11 (.43)

11.7 (.46)

11 (.43)

11.7 (.46)

11 (.43)

11.7 (.46)

11 (.43)

For Internal Drain

For External Drain

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

"C"

Thd.

"D"

Thd.

"E"

Thd.

FH

mm (Inches)

Remarks

DRGM-02-20

DRGM-02X-20

DRGM-02-2080

DRGM-02X-2080

DRGM-02-2090

DRGM-02X-2090

DRGM-02-R-20

DRGM-02X-R-20

DRGM-02-R-2080

DRGM-02X-R-2080

DRGM-02-R-2090

DRGM-02X-R-2090

Rc 1/4

Rc 3/8

1/4 BSP.F

3/8 BSP.F

1/4 NPT

3/8 NPT

Rc 1/4

Rc 3/8

1/4 BSP.F

3/8 BSP.F

1/4 NPT

3/8 NPT

Rc 1/4

1/4 BSP.F

1/4 NPT

82.6(3.25) Dia.

Tank Port

"T"

Pressure Port "P"

Cylinder Port "B"

Cylinder Port "A"

106(4.17)

Dia.

42

(1.65)

63

(2.48)

12(.47)

8(.31) Dia.

103.5

(4.07)

25

(.98)

50(1.97) Dia.

33.4(1.31)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

4

5

˚

4

5

˚

R

3

8

Position #1

Position #3

(

R

1

.

5

0

)

26

(1.02)

8.8(.35) Dia. Through

14(.55) C' bore

5 Places

62.7(2.47)

"F"

Dia.

4 Places

"H"

Dia.

82.6(3.25)

11(.43) Dia. Through

17.5(.69) C' bore

2 Places

"E"

Thd.

16(.63) Deep

5 Places

BT

AP

"C"

Thd.

4 Places

"D"

Thd.

106(4.17)

R12(R.47)

25

(.98)

22

(.87)

11.2

(.44)

10˚ 10˚

151

(5.94)

127

(5.00)

22.5

36 36

DRG-02- D - -20/2090

Type "A" : Reversing Dog Operation

For information on Type "B": reversing Dog and Manual Operation and Type "C": Manual Operation, see DRT-02 on the previous page.

02

02X

Sub-plates : DRGM- - -20/2080/2090

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

444

■ List of Seals

Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks

14

15

O-Ring

SO-NB-G35

SO-NA-P16

2

1

Included in Seal Kit

(Kit No.: KS-DRT-02-20)

Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks

15

16

O-Ring

SO-NB-G35

SO-NA-P16

2

1

Included in Seal Kit

(Kit No.: KS-DRG-02-20)

17 O-Ring SO-NB-P16

4

1

617

6 9

4

1

0

8

7

1

2

5

1

5

3

1

4

1

3

2

1

8

5 912 411 7

6

1

3

2

1

6

1

5

3

1

4

1

7

1

9

1

5

8

DRT-02- D - -20/2080/2090

DRG-02- D - -20/2090

445

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

E

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

F:

Special

seals for

phos-

phate

ester

type

fluids

(Omit if

not

required)

Special

Seals

F-

01

Type of

Connection

Valve

Size

Design

Standards

None:

Japanese

Model Number Designation

Series

Number

T:

Threaded

Connection

Model Numbers

Threaded Connection Sub-plate Mounting

DCT-01-2B -40

Max. Flow

L /min (U.S.GPM)

30 (7.9)

Max. Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

21 (3050)

Max. T-Line

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

7 (1020)

DCG TypeDCT Type

1.1 (2.4) 1.1 (2.4)

Approx. Mass kg (lbs.)

No. of

Valve

Position

Spool-Spring

Arrangement

Spool

Type

G:

Sub-plate

Mounting

40

100 (26.4) 25 (3630) 10 (1450) 4.5 (9.9) 3.8 (8.4)DCT-03-2B -50

DCG-01-2B -40

DCG-03-2B -50

DC T -01 -2 B 2 -R -40

Roller

Position

Design

Number

03

01

03

2

3

8

50

40

50

DC:

Cam

Oper-

ated

Direc-

tional

Valve

B:

Spring Offset

Standard "JIS"

80:

European

Design Standard

90:

N. American

Design Standard

None:

Japanese

Standard "JIS" &

European Design

Standard

90:

N. American

Design Standard

Valve

Model

Numbers

Sub-plates

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Japanese Standard "JIS"

Thread

Size

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

European Design Standard

Thread

Size

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

N. American Design Standard

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (1bs.)

DSGM-01-31

DSGM-01X-31

DSGM-01Y-31

DSGM-03-41

DSGM-03X-41

DSGM-03Y-41

Rc 1/8

Rc 1/4

Rc 3/8

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

DSGM-01-3180

DSGM-01X-3180

DSGM-03-2180

DSGM-03X-2180

DSGM-03Y-2180

1/8 BSP.F

1/4 BSP.F

3/8 BSP.F

1/2 BSP.F

3/4 BSP.F

DSGM-01-3190

DSGM-01X-3190

DSGM-01Y-3190

DSGM-03-2190

DSGM-03X-2190

DSGM-03Y-2190

1/8 NPT

1/4 NPT

3/8 NPT

1/2 NPT

3/4 NPT

0.8 (1.8)

3.0 (6.6)

4.7 (10.4)

DCG-01

DCG-03

Mounting

Surface

None

Normal

Position

Y

DC -01

only

R

■ Cam Operated Directional Valves

Specifications

These valves may be used to shift the direction of oil flow by depressing the spool by way of a cam.

Max. flow indicates the ceiling flow which does not affect the normal function (changeover) of valves.

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.

When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

446

Model

Numbers

DCT-01

Socket Head Cap Screw

Japanese Standard "JIS"

European Design Standard

M5 45 Lg. No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

N. American Design Standard

DCG-01

DCG-03

Qty.

Tightening Torque

Nm (in. 1bs)

M5 45 Lg.

M6 35 Lg.

No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.

2

4

5-7 (43-60)

12-15 (105-130)

Model

Numbers

Graphic Symbols

DCT

DCG

-01-2B2

DCT

DCG

-01-2B3

DCT

DCG

-01-2B8

DCT

DCG

-03-2B2

DCT

DCG

-03-2B3

DCT

DCG

-03-2B8

Roller Position and Direction of Oil Flow

Force

200

150

100

50

0

40

20

0

02.55.07.5

10

500 1000 15000

MPa

PSI

N1bf

Actuation Force

T-Line Back Pressure

AB

P

T

AB

P

T

AB

P

T

AB

P

T

AB

P

T

AB

P

T

PB

AT

8.30

(.150)

4.6

(.181)

9.5

(.374)

PA

BT

All ports blocked

PB

AT

8.30

(.150)

4.6

(.181)

9.5

(.374)

PA

BT

All ports open

PB

A&T ports blocked

8.30

(.150)

PA

B&T ports blocked

9.5

(.374)

PA

BT

8.30

(.150)

3.4

(.134)

7

(.276)

P

B

AT

All ports blocked

PA

BT

0.30

(.118)

4.0

(.157)

7

(.276)

PB

AT

All ports open

6.30

(.142)

4.7

(.185)

7

(.276)

All ports

blocked

PA

B&T ports blocked

PB

A&T ports blocked

Roller Stroke from Offset Position mm(Inches)

Extended(Offset)

Depressed

Mounting Bolts

Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.

Valve Type "2B8"

Direction of Oil Flow for Roller Position

Instructions

Tank port "T" functions as a drain port. Directly connect it to the reservoir.

[Max. allowable back pressure 0.35 MPa (50 PSI)].

Actuation Force

447

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

E

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

Model Numbers

DCT-01-2B2

DCT-01-2B3

DCT-01-2B8

DCG-01-2B2

DCG-01-2B3

DCG-01-2B8

PA

Pressure Drop Curve No.

1 1 2 1

2 2

2 2 3

3 3

3

Model Numbers

DCG-03-2B2

DCG-03-2B3

DCG-03-2B8

Pressure Drop Curve No.

6 5

3

2

1

7

4

7

4

Viscosity

SSU

Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30

77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

2

mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

90 100

For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.

For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained

from the formula below.

P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the above chart and G is

0.850.

B TP BAT

P

AB TP BAT

1

2

3

010 20 30

02468

0

0.4

0.8

1.2

0

50

100

150

MPa

PSI

L /min

U.S.GPM

Pressure Drop P

Flow Rate

1

3

5

6

4

7

2

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

MPa

PSI

350

0 20 40 60 80 100 120

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

Pressure Drop P

Pressure Drop

2

Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.

DCT

DCG

-01

DCT

DCG

-03

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

448

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

.

Model Numbers

"C"

Thd.

DCT-01-2B --40

DCT-01-2B - -4080

DCT-01-2B - -4090

Rc 1/8

1/8 BSP.F

1/8 NPT

Model Numbers

"C"

Thd.

DCT-03-2B --50

DCT-03-2B - -5080

DCT-03-2B - -5090

Rc 3/8

3/8 BSP.F

3/8 NPT

Cam and Roller Travel

B

A

35.5

(1.40)

9

(.35)

19

(.75)

29

(1.14)

28.5

(1.12)

40.5

(1.59)

24

(.94)

4

(.16)

13.5

(.53)

65

(2.56)

25

(.98)

38

(1.50)

49

(1.93)

9.5

(.37)

Max.

66 (2.60)

M

a

x

.

5

0

53

(2.09)

38.5

(1.52)

Fully Extended

110 (4.33)

8.5

(.33)

55.8

(2.20)

0.75

(.03)

10.25

(.40)

22.25

(.88)

32.5

(1.28)

48

(1.89)

7.75

(.31)

2

(.08)

Cam

Stroke

Extended

(Offset)

Depressed

Tank Port "

T"

"

C

" Thd.

Cylinder Port "

B"

"

C

" Thd.

17 (.67) Dia.Roller

5.5 (.22) Dia. Through

9.5 (.37) C' bore

3 places

Position "

R

"

Normal Position

Position "Y"

Height of Cam

9.5(.37)

Fully Extended

73.3 (2.89)

Fully Extended

158.6 (6.24)

27

(1.06)

46

(1.81)

12

(.47)

70

(2.76)

2

(.08)

19

(.75)

92

(3.62)

21.8

(.86)

26.8

(1.06)

27

(1.06)

35.3

(1.39)

85.3

(3.36)

6

(.24)

10

(.39)

27

(1.06)

44

(1.73)

50

(1.97)

56.8

(2.24)

54

(2.13)

2

(.08)

46.2

(1.82)

Height of Cam

7 (.28)

Cam

M

a

x

.

5

0

8.2 (.32)

Max. Stroke

7

(.28)

Extended

(Offset)

Depressed

Pressure Port "

P"

"

C

" Thd.

Cylinder Port "

A"

"

C

" Thd.

Tank Port "

T"

"

C

" Thd.

Cylinder Port "

B"

"

C

" Thd.

18 (.71) Dia.Roller

7 (.28) Dia. Through

11 (.43) C' bore

4 places

Pressure Port "

P"

"

C

" Thd.

Cylinder Port "

A"

"

C

" Thd.

Chain line indicates the

Model DCT-03-2B -R.

DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090

DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090

Note: When mounting the valve, be sure to use two mounting holes marked with

T

449

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

E

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

.

28.5

(1.12)

35.5

(1.40)

40.5

(1.59)

15.5

(.61)

31

(1.22)

0.75

(.03)

32.5

(1.28)

48

(1.89)

7.75

(.31)

53

(2.09)

Fully Extended

110 (4.33)

8.5

(.33)

55.8

(2.20)

Pressure Port "P"

Cylinder Port "

A"

5.5 (.22) Dia. Through

9.5 (.37) C' bore

4 places

Tank Port "

T"

17(.67) Dia. Roller

Cylinder Port "

B"

Position "

R

"

Normal Position

Position "Y"

13.5

(.53)

65

(2.56)

25

(.98)

38

(1.50)

49

(1.93)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

4

(.16)

50

(1.97)

56.8

(2.24)

54

(2.13)

46.2

(1.82)

2

(.08)

50.8

(2.00)

73.3

(2.89)

Fully Extended

158.6 (6.24)

32.5

(1.28)

46

(1.81)

12

(.47)

70

(2.76)

Cylinder Port "B"

7 (.28) Dia. Through

11 (.43) Dia. Spotface

4 places

Pressure Port "

P"

Cylinder Port "

A"

Chain line indicates the

Model DCG-03-2B -R

18 (.71) Dia. Roller

Tank Port "T"

6

(.24)

19

(.75)

92

(3.62)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

27

(1.06)

35.3

(1.39)

59

(2.32)

2

(.08)

3

(.12)

DCG-01-2B - - 40/4090

Note1: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-01 in the previous page.

DCG-03-2B - - 50/5090

Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.

Note1: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-03 in the previous page.

Note2: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of

the sharable sub-plate in page 373.

Note2: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of

the sharable sub-plate in page 356.

Mechanically Operated Directional Valves

450

■ List of Seals

Item Name of Parts Part Numbers

13

DCT-01

Quantity

14

15

DCG-01

O-Ring

SO-NA-P5

SO-NB-P18

SO-NB-P9

1

2

0

1

2

4

Item Name of Parts Part Numbers

11

DCT-03

Quantity

12

14

DCG-03

O-Ring

SO-NB-P21

SO-NA-P6

SO-NB-A014

2

1

0

2

1

5

13 Back Up Ring SO-BE-P6 1 1

Valve Mdel Numbers Seal Kit Numbers

DCT-03-2

B - -50/5080/5090

DCG-03-2

B - -50/5090

KS-DCT-03-50

KS-DCG-03-50

12

8

4

916

2

1

3

1

4

1

5

3 1

1

4

7 6

2

019

1

6

1

7

2

1

5

2

3

2

9

1

3

1

8121411

1

08 3

2 6 7

1

4

5

DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090

DCG-01-2B - -40/4090

Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number

from the table right.

DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090

DCG-03-2B - -50/5090

Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number

from the table right.

List of Seal Kit No.

Valve Mdel Numbers Seal Kit Numbers

DCT-01-2

B - -40/4080/4090

DCG-01-2

B - -40/4090

KS-DCT-01-40

KS-DCG-01-40

List of Seal Kit No.

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

451

Poppet Type Directional Valves

1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000

453

459

480

489

DSLG 01

DSLHG 10

DSLHG 06

DSLHG 04

CDSG 03

CDST 03

CDSC 03

CDSC 01

DSPG 03

DSPC 03

DSPG 01

DSPC 01

25

(3630)

14

(2030)

21

(3050)

25

(3630)

a

A

B

P

T

TAPB Y

b

a

b

Y

X

2

1

.5 1 5 10 50 100 200

U. S. GPM

Maximum Flo

w

L/min

Page

Max.

Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Graphic Symbols

Valve Type

Poppet Type Solenoid

Operated Directional

Va lve s

Multi Purpose

Control Valves

Solenoid Operated

Poppet Type

Two-Way Valves

Shut-off Type Solenoid

Operated Directional

Va lve s

Poppet Type Directional Valves

452

Mounting Surface

Mounting surfacedimensions conform to ISO standard discribed in below table.

Multi Purpose

Control Cavles

Name Model Number ISO Code of Mounting Surface

DSPG-01

DSPG-03

DSPC-01

DSPC-03

DSLHG-04

DSLHG-06

DSLHG-10

ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

ISO 7789 20-01-0-93

ISO 7789 27-01-0-93

ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A

ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A

Shut-off Type Solenoid

Operated Directional

Valves

Interchangeability in Installation between Current and New Design

Model change has been made on the following products.

The difference between current and new design has been described on the paragraph of “Interchangeability in Installation

between Current and New Design”. Refer to relevant pages on each series.

Name

Model Numbers

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type

Two-Way Valves

Shut-offf Type Solenoid

Operated Directional Valves

Multi Purpose

Control Valves

CDS -03 -C- -20

DSLHG-04- - -12

DSLHG-06- - -12

DSLHG-10- - -12

DSLHG-04- - -13

DSLHG-06- - -13

DSLHG-10- - -13

DSP -01-C- -10

CDS -03 -C- -21

DSP -01-C- -20

Yes

Pilot valve (DSG-01)

changed to design.

The change of

solenoid ratings.

The change of

solenoid.

Yes

—

488

—

Current

New

Page

Main changes

Mtg. Inter-

changeability

Solenoid

■ Solenoid connector (DIN connector)

The solenoid connector is in accordance with the

international standard ISO 4400 (Fluidpower System

and components-Three-Pin electrical plug connectors-

Characteristics and requirements.).

■ AC Solenoid

50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require re-

wiring when the applied frequency is changed.

■ DC Solenoid ( -series Solenoid)

-series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for

excellent DC control is employed.

1. The spark between the relay contacts has been

eliminated and therefore the valve can be operated

by miniature relays.

2. The surge voltage is approximately 10 % of that

normally experienced.

3. Time lag on de-exercitation is reduced by

approximately 50 %.

■

R Type Models with Current Rectifier and DC Solenoid

Specially designed DC solenoids and receptacle (or

connector) containing AC-DC rectifier and transient

peak suppressor are provided. Connection to be made

to AC power source as with conventional AC solenoid.

Remarkably high reliability and long life and other

advantages including quiet valve operation. No over-

heating of coil due to the spool sticking and protection

against transient voltage peaks are assured.

Model Numbers Insulation Class

DSLG-01

DSLHG-04/06/10

CDSC-01

CDS -03

DSP -01/03

Class H

■ Insulation Class of Solenoid

453

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

E

Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

1

2

1.

2.

Model Numbers

DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11

DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11

DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11

Max.

Flow

L /min

(U.S.GPM)

Max.

Operating

Pressure

MPa

(PSI)

Max. T-

Line Back

Pressure

MPa

(PSI)

Max.

Changeover

Frequency

16

(4.2)

31.5

(4570)

16

(2320)

240

Graphic

Symbols

Approx.

Mass

kg

(lbs.)

1.9

(4.2)

3.7

(8.2)

Internal leakage

3

cm /min

(cu. in./min)

Or Less

0.5

(.03)

Or Less

1

(.06)

Electric

Source

Coil

Type

Frequency

(Hz)

Source

Rating

Serviceable

Range

Holding

(A)

Power

(W)

Voltage (V)

Current & Power

at Rated Voltage

DC

(K Series)

AC DC

Rectified

D12

D24

R100

R200

50/60

12

24

100

200

10.8 - 13.2

21.6 - 26.4

90 - 110

180 - 220

2.45

1.23

0.33

0.16

29

-1

min

{Cycles/Min}

A

PT

a

A

P

T

b

A

B

P

T

b

a

Specifications

High Response High Reliability

Because these valves are of poppet type, there is no overlap, high

response can be achieved. At the same time, hydraulic lock is elimi-

nated.

No Leak

Sheet type seal has been adopted and internal leak is greatly reduced.

ISO Comformant Mounting Surface

Because the mounting surface conforms to ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A, there

is an interchangeability with the conventional valves. This makes it

possible to use these valves in combination with 01 Series Modular

Valves.

This is the leakage towards "T" port in A port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).

This is the leakage towards "T" port in A•B port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).

Solenoid Ratings

These are Solenoid Operated Directional Valves of No Leak Type developed with the aim of responding the demand of

the age including energy saving. Because these valves are of no leak type they allow the low viscosity hydraulic fluids to

be used as well as the circuit construction which cannot be used by the conventional spool type directional valves because

of too much internal leak of pressure oil. The use of the low viscosity hydraulic fluids reduces the pressure loss which can

arise from the passage resistance of the hydraulic fluids, leading to the system energy saving.

■ Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Poppet Type Directional Valves

■

Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

454

Model Number Designation

Special Seals

for Phosphate

Ester Type

Fluids

(Omit if not

required)

F:

DSLG

Poppet Type

Solenoid Operated

Directional Valve

(Sub-plate Mtg.)

F- DSLG -01

Va lve

Size

01

Special Seals Series Number

:

-11

Design

Number

Design

Standards

Refer to

11

-N

Type of Electrical

Conduit Connection

N :

Plug-in Connector

-4

Number

of Port

3:

3 Port

4:

4 Port

-O

Function

-D24

Coil Type

O:

Normally Open

C:

Normally Closed

O:

Normally Open

DC

D12, D24

AC DC

R100

R200

Piping

Size

Japanese Standard "JIS"

Sub-plate

Model No.

Thread

Size

DSGM-01-31

DSGM-01X-31

DSGM-01Y-31

Rc 1/8

Rc 1/4

Rc 3/8

European Design Std.

Sub-plate

Model No.

Thread

Size

Sub-plate

Model No.

N. American Design Std.

Thread

Size

0.8 (1.8)

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

1/8

1/4

3/8

DSGM-01-3180

DSGM-01X-3180

1/8 BSP.F

1/4 BSP.F

DSGM-01-3190

DSGM-01X-3190

DSGM-01Y-3190

1/8 NPT

1/4 NPT

3/8 NPT

M5 45 Lg.

No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

Descriptions Socket Head Cap Screw (4 pcs.) Tightening Torque

Japanese Standard "JIS"

European Design Standard

N. American Design Standard

5-7 Nm (44-62 in. lbs.)

[Applicable to working pressure more than

25 MPa (3630 PSI) : 6-7 Nm (53-62 in. lbs.)]

Design Standards: None

90

Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard

N. American Design Standard

...........

...............

Sub-plate

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should

have a good machined finish.

Mounting Bolts

Four socket head cap screws in the table below are included.

0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0

Operating Force by Manual Actuator

0 100 200 300 400 500

Tank Line Back Pressure

Operating force

0

50

100

150

N

0

10

20

30

lbs.

Instructions

Mounting

No mounting restrictions for any models.

Solenoid Shifting

On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the

same time.

Valve Tank Port

Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with

possible surge pressure.

Operating Force by Manual Actuator

Take care as the operating force by the manual actuator

increases in proportion to the tank line back pressure.

(See the graph right.)

MPa

PSI

455

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

E

Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Viscosity

2

mm /s

SSU

Factor

15

77

0.81

20

98

0.87

30

141

0.96

40

186

1.03

50

232

1.09

60

278

1.14

70

324

1.19

80

371

1.23

90

417

1.27

100

464

1.30

Solenoid

Type

skrameRsrebmuN ledoM

Time (ms)

DC

AC DC

Rectified

T

1

T

2

DSLG-01-4-O-D

DSLG-01-3-O-D

DSLG-01-3-C-D

DSLG-01-4-O-R

DSLG-01-3-O-R

DSLG-01-3-C-R

55

70

55

70

30

25

150

4 port valve, normally open

3 port valve, normally open

3 port valve, normally closed

4 port valve, normally open

3 port valve, normally open

3 port valve, normally closed

b

a

AB

P

T

b

a

A

PT

a

A

P

T

b

MPa

2.5

PSI

350

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0

Pressure Drop P

300

200

100

0

P A

P B

A T

B T

0 5 10 15 16

01234

Flow rate

P A

A T

MPa

2.5

PSI

350

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0

Pressure Drop P

300

200

100

0

0 5 10 1516

01234

Flow rate

Presssure Detector

T

1

T

2

Current

Waveform

Pressure Waveform

ON

OFF

Current

Wavefo rm

Pressure Waveform

ON

OFF

T

1

T

2

Pressure Drop

2

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm /s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850

Changeover Time

Changeover time varies according to hydraulic circuit of the model actually used and conditions. An example of

measurement is given in the figure below.

Test Circuit and Conditions

evlaV troP 3evlaV troP 4

For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.

For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be

obtained from the formula below.

P'= P (G'/0.850)

Result of Measurement

(DC Solenoid)

(AC DC Rectified)

Pressure: 21 MPa (3050 PSI)

Flow Rate: 16 L/min (4.2 U.S.GPM)

Voltage: Rated voltage

Note: Alternate long and short dash lines in the pressure waveform figures indicate the

waveforms for Normally Closed Type 3 Port Valves.

L /min

MPG.S.U

L /min

MPG.S.

U

Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

456

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Dimensions mm (Inches)

CDEF

108

(4.25)

111

(4.37)

57.2

(2.25)

51

(2.01)

34

(1.34)

64

(2.52)

39

(1.54)

27.5

(1.08)

Model Numbers

DSLG-01-4-O-D -N

DSLG-01-4-O-R -N

SOL b

SOL a

5.5(.22)

Dia. Through

9.5(.37)

C' bore

4 Places

Tank Port "

T

"

Cylinder Port "

A

"

Four positions of cable

departure are available in 90˚

increments.

31

(1.22)

0.75

(.03)

32.5

(1.28)

263

(10.35)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Manual Actuator

6 (.24)

Dia.

The connector can be moved to various

positions by loosening the "Lock Nut".

After location tighten "Lock Nut".

62.3

(2.45)

53.5

(2.11)

E

96.5

(3.80)

38

(1.50)

37.5

(1.48)

118

(4.65)

Lock Nut

Tightening Torque:

10.3 - 11.3 Nm

(90 - 100 IN. lbs.)

48

(1.89)

F

D

C

32

(1.26)

60

(2.36)

22

(.87)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia. 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)

2

Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5 mm

(.0023 Sq. in.)

......

...

4 Port Valve

Normally Open: DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11/1190

The information on 3 Port Valves is provided in the following page.

110

(4.33)

40.5

(1.59)

Cylinder Port "

B

"

Pressure Port "

P

"

Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 356.

457

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

E

Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Dimensions mm (Inches)

C

104

(4.09)

107

(4.21)

Model Numbers

DSLG-01-3- -D -N

DSLG-01-3- -R -N

D

64

(2.52)

57.2

(2.25)

E

39

(1.54)

51

(2.01)

SOL b

SOL a

5.5(.22) Dia. Through

9.5(.37) C' bore

4 Places

Pressure Port "

P"

Tank Port "

T"

Cylinder Port "

A"

32.5

(1.28)

0.75

(.03)

(1.22)

40.5

(1.59)

31

86

(3.39)

151.5

(5.96)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Cable Departure

29.5

(1.16)

E

28

(1.10)

13.5

(.53)

70

(2.76)

D

C

55.1

(2.17)

52

(2.05)

38

(1.50)

0.75

(.03)

(1.22)

31

32.5

(1.28)

Pressure Port "P"

Cylinder Port "

A"

5.5(.22) Dia. Through

9.5(.37) C' bore

4 Places

Tank Port "

T"

40.5

(1.59)

22.5

(.89)

Cable Departure

D

C

28

(1.10)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

13.5

(.53)

70

(2.76)

38

(1.50)

52

(2.05)

55.1

(2.17)

151.5

(5.96)

E

72.5

(2.85)

3 Port Valves

:epyT nepO yllamroN

DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11/1190

:epyT desolC yllamroN

DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11/1190

Cable departure position can be changed. See "4 Port Valves" in the previous page for the details.

Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 356.

Poppet Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

458

■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y and Connectors

Item Name of Parts

O-Ring

Back Up Ring

O-Ring

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

25

Valve Model Number s Seal Kit Numbers

DSLG-01-3-O-

-N-11

DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11

DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11

KS-DSLG-01-3-N-11

SO-NB-P18

SO-NB-P14

SO-NB-P12

SO-NB-P11

SO-NB-P9

SO-NA-P5

2705-VK414322-8

SO-NB-P18

4 Port Valve

1

3

1

Quantity

Part Numbers

2

4

2

3 Port Valve

25

21

KS-DSLG-01-4-N-11

27 18 42 40 41 1 28

2524

23

21

20

24 21 23 25 11 12 13 4 5 14 16 15 19 2 3 6 7

4 Port Valve

3 Port Valve

8 9 10 5 25 28

List of Seals

List of Seal Kits

Note O-Ring of item are included in solenoid assembly.

When ordering the seals, specify the seal kit number from the table

right.

1:

2:

Change of supply voltage

The supply voltage can be changed by replacing the

coil only.

Valve Model No . Solenoid Ass'y No.

DSLG-01-

- -D12-N-11

DSLG-01- - -D24-N-11

DSLG-01-

- -R100-N-11

DSLG-01- - -R200-N-11

SD1L-12-N-20

SD1L-24-N-20

SD1L-100-N-20

SD1L-200-N-20

20

C-SD1-12-N-60

C-SD1-24-N-60

C-SR1-100-N-60

C-SR1-200-N-60

Connector No.

27

Connector No.

28

Coil No.

21

GDM-211-A-11

GDME-211-R-A-10

GDM-211-B-11

GDME-211-R-B-10

List of Solenoid Ass'y and Connectors

459

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Multi Purpose Control Valves

E

Multi Purpose Control Valves

Section X-X

Section Y-Y

X

Y

T

B

P

A

T

Solenoid Operated Directional Valve for Pilot

Pilot Selector Valve

Orifice

By selecting proper diameter of orifice

for pilot, the open/close timing of the

flow passage can be set freely.

Flow Adjustment Screw

Spring

Shockless Type Poppet

Seat

Main Valve

Multi-purpose control valves

The valves combine three functions of directional control, flow control

and of pilot operated check valve (or counterbalance valve). The valves

contribute for reducing a number of valves in applications and space for

installation and then eventually leads to reduction in size and cost of your

machines.

Quick response, High reliability

Changeover response time is very quick as the valves are poppet type,

there is no over-lap.

No hydraulic lock occurs as there is no leakage of pressurised oil from

the seat parts.

Easy to reduce shock in your hydraulic system

By selecting proper diameter of orifice for pilot, the open/close timing

of the flow passage can be set freely. Therefore, smooth starting and

stopping of actuator can be done combined with using shockless type

poppet. Noise of ON/OFF and vibration of piping in hydraulic system

can be also reduced.

Features

For regenerative circuit

4 position-4 way type, which is to compose regenerative circuit, is

available. By adopting regenerative circuit, gaining fast feed speed by

using smaller volume pump is possible. Therefore saving electric power

of system is possible.

The mounting dimensions are conformed with ISO standard

The valves are interchangeable with our conventional valves in

mounting.

YUKEN's Multi Purpose Control Valve s are compound valves composed of the main valve having four poppets, 1/8

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves for pilot and Pilot Selector Valves. This valve is multifunctionalized by having

individual poppet had functions such as directional control, flow control or pressure control according to the combination

of the main valve and pilot selector valve.

The Yuken Multi-Purpose Control Valves Comply with The Needs of Reducing Cost and

Size of Your Machine

■ Multi Purpose Control Valves

Multi Purpose Control Valves

460

Specifications

Model Numbers

Max. Flow

L/min

(U.S.GPM)

Max.

Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Max. Pilot

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Max. T-Line

Back Pres.

MPa (PSI)

Pressure Adj.

Range of

Counterbalance

MPa (PSI)

Ratio of Poppet Area

(Seat Area: Annular Area)

Direction &

Flow Control

Pressure

Control

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

DSLHG-04-1-

-13

DSLHG-04-2- -13

DSLHG-04-3- -13

DSLHG-04-4 - - -13

DSLHG-04-5 - - -13

DSLHG-06-1- -13

DSLHG-06-2- -13

DSLHG-06-3- -13

DSLHG-06-4 - -13

DSLHG-06-5 - -13

DSLHG-10-1- -13

DSLHG-10-2- -13

DSLHG-10-3- -13

DSLHG-10-4 - -13

DSLHG-10-5 - -13

150 (39.6)

150 {100}

(39.6 {26.4})

300 (79.3)

300 {200}

(79.3 {52.8})

500 (132)

500 {300}

(132 {79.3})

25 (3630) 25 (3630) 16 (2320)

25 (3630) 25 (3630)

16 (2320)

Refer to Model

No. Designation

Refer to Model

No. Designation

Refer to Model

No. Designation

1:1

1:1 24:1

1:1

1:1 24:1

1:1

1:1 24:1

15

19

20

22.5

26.5

28

31

34.5

59

62

63.5

67

(33)

(42)

(44)

(50)

(59)

(62)

(68)

(76)

(130)

(137)

(140)

(148)

In case of counterbalance function line, maximum flow is limited to the values in brackets.

Solenoid Ratings

Refer to Pilot Valve (DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valve) Solenoid Ratings on page 345.

- 7 ( - 1020)

- 25 ( - 3630)

1

1 1

11

1.

For phosphate

ester type fluids

(Omit if not

required)

F:

DSLH:

Multi-Purpose

Control Valve

DSLH

Special

Seals

Series

Number

A

W

:

AT Line

AT & BT Lines

F-

04

06

10

G

Type of

Mounting

G:

Sub-plate

Mounting

-04

Va lve

Size

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

-4

Type of

Pilot

Control

A

Counterbalance

Function

-B

Pressure Adj. Range

of Counterbalance

MPa (PSI)

See page 462 for functions

and purpose of use.

A

W

:

AT Line

AT & BT Lines

B

H

:

6 - 25 (870 - 3630)

None:

A

W

:

AT Line

AT & BT Lines

None:

See "Min. Ad

j

ustment Pressure", page 464, for information on minimum ad

j

ustment pressure.

Model Number Designation

461

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Multi Purpose Control Valves

E

Multi Purpose Control Valves

Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N. American Design Standard

M12 60 Lg.

1/2-13 UNC 2-1/2 Lg.

Socket Head Cap Screw

Valve

Model

Numbers

Sub-plate

Model

Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

Sub-plate

Model

Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

Sub-plate

Model

Numbers

Thread

Size

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

DSLHG-04

DSLHG-06

DSLHG-10

DHGM-04-20

DHGM-04X-20

DHGM-06-50

DHGM-06X-50

DHGM-10-40

DHGM-10X-40

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

4.4

4.1

(9.7)

(9.0)

Rc 3/4

Rc 1

7.4

(16.3)

Rc 1-1/4

Rc 1-1/2

21.5

(47.4)

DHGM-04-2080

DHGM-04X-2080

DHGM-06-5080

DHGM-06X-5080

DHGM-10-4080

DHGM-10X-4080

1/2 BSP.F

3/4 BSP.F

4.4

4.1

(9.7)

(9.0)

8.5

(18.7)

21.5

(47.4)

3/4 BSP.F

1 BSP.F

1-1/4 BSP.F

1-1/2 BSP.F

DHGM-04-2090

DHGM-04X-2090

DHGM-06-5090

DHGM-06X-5090

DHGM-10-4090

DHGM-10X-4090

1/2 NPT

3/4 NPT

4.4

4.1

(9.7)

(9.0)

7.4

(16.3)

21.5

(47.4)

3/4 NPT

1 NPT

1-1/4 NPT

1-1/2 NPT

Japanese Standard "JIS" and

European Design Standard

Model

Numbers

N. American

Design Standar d Qty.

Tightening Torque

Nm (In. lbs.)

M20 75 Lg.

M6 40 Lg.

M10 45 Lg.

1/4-20 UNC 1-1/2 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

3/4-10 UNC 3 Lg.

DSLHG-04

DSLHG-06

DSLHG-10

2

4

6

12-15 (106-133)

58-72 (513-637)

100-123 (885-1089)

473-585 (4186-5177)

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.

These sub-plates are sharable with those for DSHG Series Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valve. For dimensions,

see

pages 401 to 403.

When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.

Mounting Bolts

Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.

Sub-plate

The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.

In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of

delivery with us before ordering.

2

2.

None:

Internal Pilot

T

Pilot

Connection

Drain

-E

13

-A100

Coil

Type

N:

Plug-in

Connector

Type

-C

Manual

Override

-N

Electrical

Conduit

Connection

-13

Design

Number

Design Standards

E:

External Pilot

None:

External

Drain

T:

Internal

Drain

None:

Japanese Std. "JIS"

13

A100

A120

A200

A240

AC:

D12

D24

D48

DC:

R100

R200

R:

(AC DC)

None:

Manual

Override

C:

Push

Button &

Lock Nut

(Options)

None:

Terminal

Box Type

A

W

90:

N.American Design Std.

None:

Japanese Std. "JIS" &

European Design Std.

90:

N.American Design Std.

A

W

In case of lines with counterbalance function (-4 , -5 ), External Drain must be selected for Drain Connection.

Multi Purpose Control Valves

462

Model

No.

Type "1"

Type of

Pilot

Control

DSLHG- -1

Type "2"

DSLHG- -2

Type "3"

DSLHG- -3

Type "4"

DSLHG- -4A

DSLHG- -4W

Type "5"

DSLHG- -5ADSLHG- -5W

Graphic Symbols

Function

Directional Control Flow Control

Pilot Operated

Check Valve

Pressure

Control

Purpose of Use

Functions as Three Position

Four-Way Valve (Spring

Centred Model).

Functions as Three Position

Four-Way Valve (Spring

Centred Model) as well as

Two Position Valve which

uses positions #1 and #3.

Effective especially when

the actuator has inertia

force.

Functions as Four Position

Four-Way Valve.

Regenerative circuit can be

constructed at the Position

#3.

Pressure control function

(counterbalance valve) has

been added to Type "2" to

make this type.

Used to control the back

pressure of the actuator.

Pressure control function

(counterbalance valve) has

been added to Type "3" to

make this type.

Used to control the back

pressure of the actuator.

To get a function of pilot operated

check valve, the following conditions

should be fulfilled.

Internal pilot type

("

P" port pressure)

("

A""B" ports pressure)

External pilot type

(Pilot pressure)

("

A""B" ports pressure)

>

=

>

=

A

B

PT

Directional

Control

A B

PT

Directional

Control

A

B

PT

Directional

Control

A

B

PT

Directional

Control

A

B

PT

Directional

Control

A

B

Both Metre-in

and Metre-out

are possible

P

T

Directional

Control

Directional

Control

Directional

Control

Directional

Control

Directional

Control

A

B

P

T

A

B

P

T

A

B

P

T

A

B

P

T

AB

PT

#1

SOL a

SOL b

ON

ONOFF

OFF OFF

OFF

#2 #3

AB

PT

#1

SOL a

SOL b

ON

OFF

#2

OFF

#3

ON

#4

OFF

ON

Position

#2 #3 #4

AB

PT

#1

SOL a

SOL b

ON

OFF

#2

OFF

#3

ON

#4

OFF

ON

Position

#2 #3 #4

Position #1 #2 #3

AB

PT

#1

SOL a

SOL b

ON

ONOFF

OFF OFF

OFF

#2 #3

Position #1 #2 #3

ba

PATB

Y

b

a

PATB

Y

ba

PATB

Y

ba

PATB

Y

ba

PATB

Y

ba

PATB

Y

b

a

PATB

Y

Function and Purpose of Use

463

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Multi Purpose Control Valves

E

Multi Purpose Control Valves

aPM0

Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control

0 1000 2000 3000

Differential Pressure

PSI

Min. Flow Rate

0

5

L/min

4 8 12 16 20 24

3500

0

1

2

3

4

10

15

U.S.GPM

DSLHG-10-2

DSLHG-06-2

06

10

DSLHG-04-2, DSLHG- -4A

DSLHG-04-4A

Instructions

Pilot Pressure

Pilot pressure of external pilot drain models must always exceed the pressure of the main pressure port "P ".

Pilot Drain Port

Avoid connecting the pilot drain port to a line with possible surge pressure.

Drain Connection when with Counterbalance Function

When a valve having counterbalance function is used with internal drain type, the counterbalance pilot valve is subjected

to pressure fluctuation and the pressure setting becomes unstable. For this reason, be sure to use external drain type

valve.

Flow Adjustment

To perform the flow adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise to decrease the

flow. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.

Pressure Adjustment

To perform the pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise to increase

the pressure. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.

Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control

Minimum controlled flow at the time of metre-out control is limited (this does not happen during metre-in control) as

shown in the figure below only in the case of pilot control types "2" (DSLHG- -2) and "4A" (DSLHG- -4A).

Multi Purpose Control Valves

464

Viscosity

2

mm /s

SSU

Factor

15

77

0.81

20

98

0.87

30

141

0.96

40

186

1.03

50

232

1.09

60

278

1.14

70

324

1.19

80

371

1.23

90

417

1.27

100

464

1.30

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

MPa

PSI

0

Pressure Drop P

0

25

50

75

100

125

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 150

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

A T, B T

P A, P B

MPa

PSI

Pressure Drop P

0

25

50

75

100

125

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

0

0 1020304050607080

50 100 150 200 250 300

P A

P B

A T

B T

MPa

PSI

Pressure Drop P

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

0

25

50

75

100

125

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

0

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 130

100 200 300 400 500

A T

B T

P A, P B

L /min

U.S.GPM

P: Differential Pres.

01-GHLSD60-GHLSD40-GHLSD

150

0

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

Flow Rate

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

Adj. Screw Position

(Number of Turns)

Fully

Closed

0123456

P=MPa(PSI)

P=21(3050)

P=14(2030)

P=7(1020)

P=3(440)

P=1.0(145)

P: Differential Pres. P: Differential Pres.

Adj. Screw Position

(Number of Turns)

Fully

Closed

0123456

L /min

U.S.GPM

300

0

Flow Rate

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

50

100

150

200

250

P=MPa(PSI)

P=21(3050)

P=14(2030)

P=7(1020)

P=3(440)

P=1.0(145)

L /min

500

Flow Rate

130

U.S.GPM

400

300

200

100

0

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

Adj. Screw Position

(Number of Turns)

Fully

Closed

012345678

P=MPa(PSI)

P=7(1020)

P=3(440)

P=1.0(145)

P=21

(3050)

P=14

(2030)

4

5

DSLHG-04-

4

5

DSLHG-06-

4

5

DSLHG-10-

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

025 50 75 100

0 5 10 15 20 25

MPa

PSI

0

Min. Adj. Pressure

0

50

100

150

200

0.5

1.0

1.5

MPa

PSI

0

Min. Adj. Pressure

0

50

100

150

200

0.5

1.0

1.5

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

0 50 100 150 200

0 1020304050

MPa

PSI

0

Min. Adj. Pressure

0

50

100

150

200

0.5

1.0

1.5

L /min

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

0 100 200 300

0 20406080

Pressure Drop

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity

2

35 m m /s (164 SSU)

, Specific Gravity

0.850

For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.

For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be

obtained from the formula below.

P'= P (G'/0.850)

Flow vs. Adjustment Revolutions

Minimum Adjustment Pressure

Because the minimum adjustment pressure varies with the tank line back pressure, add the tank line back pressure

to the value on the following lines.

465

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Multi Purpose Control Valves

E

Multi Purpose Control Valves

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

Terminal Box Type

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Model Numbers "

C

" Thd.

DSLHG-04- - -13

DSLHG-04- - -1390

G 1/2

1/2 NPT

a LOSb LOS

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL

b

SOL

a

69.9

(2.75)

35(1.38)

69.9

(2.75)

90

(3.54)

1.6

(.06)

Pressure Port "

P

"

277(10.91)

Fully Extended

101.6(4.00)

96(3.78)

34.1(1.34)

Tank Port "

T

"

50

(1.97)

27

(1.06)

11(.43)

Dia. Through

17.5(.69)

Dia. Spotface

4 Places

Cylinder Port "

A

"

7(.28)

Dia. Through

11(.43)

Dia. Spotface 2 Places

Cylinder Port "

B

"

Pilot Drain Port "

Y

"

(For External Drain Type only)

95(3.74)

DC/R : 204.4(8.05)

AC

: 196.4(7.73)

DC/R : 54.7(2.15)

AC

: 50.7(2.00)

Electrical Conduit Connection

"

C

" Thd. (Both Ends)

Manual

Actuator

6(.24)

Dia.

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

Lock Nut

17(.67)

Hex.

DEC.

Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20)

Hex. Soc.

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

41

(1.61

)

46

(1.81)

73

(2.87)

73

(2.87)

193.5 (7.62)

240.5 (9.46)

258.8 (10.19)

3(.12)

Dia.

Two Locating Pins

4

(.16)

31

(1.22)

Electrical Conduit Connection

"

C

" Thd. (Both Ends)

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

216.5 (8.52)

263.5 (10.37)

281.8 (11.09)

99(3.90)

3

"AT"

(.12)

"PA"

"BT"

Fully Extended

283.3(11.15)

96(3.78)

"PB"

Lock Nut

14(.55)

Hex.

DEC.

Lock Nut

17(.67)

Hex.

INC.

Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20)

Hex. Soc.

Counterbalance Pressure

Adj. Screw

5(.20)

Hex. Soc.

140 (5.51)

213.5 (8.41)

260.5 (10.26)

278.8 (10.98)

Fully Extended

277(10.91)

Fully Extended

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

Lock Nut

14(.55)

Hex.

DEC.

Lock Nut

17(.67)

Hex.

INC.

Counterbalance Pressure

Adj. Screw

5(.20)

Hex. Soc.

99(3.90)

53

(2.09)

3

(.12)

283.3(11.15)

Fully Extended

136(5.35)

261.5 (10.30)

308.5 (12.15)

326.8 (12.87)

"BT"

"PB"

"AT"

"PA"

277(10.91)

Fully Extended

1

2

DSLHG-04- - -13/1390

DSLHG-04-3- -13/1390

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04-4W"

drawing left.

DSLHG-04-4A- - -13/1390

DSLHG-04-4W- - -13/1390

DSLHG-04-5W- - -13/1390

DSLHG-04-5A- - -13/1390

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- " drawing left.

1

2

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- " drawing above.

1

2

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- " drawing above.

1

2

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04-5W"

drawing left.

Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20)

Hex. Soc.

Pilot Pressure Port "

X

"

(For External Pilot Type only)

53

(2.09)

96(3.78)

Fully Extended

Multi Purpose Control Valves

466

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

Plug-in Connector Type

DSLHG-04- -A -N

DSLHG-04-

-D -N

DSLHG-04- -R -N

Model Numbers

Dimensions mm (Inches)

CD E F

39 (1.54)

53 (2.09)

64 (2.52)

57.2 (2.25)

27.5 (1.08)

34 (1.34)

DSLHG-04-3-A -N

DSLHG-04-3-D -N

DSLHG-04-3-R -N

Model Numbers

Dimensions mm (Inches)

DE

53 (2.09)

64 (2.52)

57.2 (2.25)

SOL b

SOL a

69.9

(2.75)

1.6

(.06)

35(1.38)

71.5

(2.81)

90(3.54)

Pressure Port "

P

"

Pilot Pressure Port "

X

"

(For External Pilot Type only)

Tank Port "

T

"

277(10.91)

Fully Extended

101.6(4.00)

96(3.78)

Fully Extended

50

(1.97)

11(.43)

Dia. Through

17.5(.69)

Dia. Spotface

4 Places

Cylinder Port "

A

"

7(.28)

Dia. Through

11(.43)

Dia. Spotface 2 Places

Cylinder Port "

B

"

Pilot Drain Port "

Y

"

(For External Drain Type only)

102

(4.02)

DC/R : 204.4(8.05)

AC : 196.4(7.73)

DC/R : 54.7(2.15)

AC : 50.7(2.00)

C

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

Lock Nut

17(.67)

Hex.

DEC.

Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20)

Hex. Soc.

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Manual Actuator

6(.24)

Dia.

E

D

F

3(.12)

Dia.

Two Locating Pins

4

(.16)

31

(1.22)

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

E

D

73(2.87)

193.5(7.62)

41

(1.61)

216.5

(8.52)

53

(2.09)

99(3.90)

3

(.12)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia.

.........

8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)

Conductor Area

....

Not Exceeding 1.5mm

2

(.0023 sq. In)

The position of the Plug-in connector

can be changed as illustrated left by

loosening the lock nut. After com-

pletion of the change, be sure to tighten

the lock nut with the torque as specified

left.

1

2

DSLHG-04- - -N-13/1390

DSLHG-04-3- -N-13/1390

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- - -N" drawing above.

1

2

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

258.5(10.18)

269.5(10.61)

272.5(10.73)

281.5 (11.08)

292.5 (11.52)

299.5 (11.63)

SOL b

SOL a

34.1

(1.34)

467

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Multi Purpose Control Valves

E

Multi Purpose Control Valves

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A

Plug-in Connector Type

DSLHG-04-4W- -A -N

DSLHG-04-4W- -D -N

DSLHG-04-4W- -R -N

Model Numbers

Dimensions mm (Inches)

DE

53 (2.09)

64 (2.52)

57.2 (2.25)

278.5 (10.96)

289.5 (11.40)

292.5 (11.52)

DSLHG-04-5W- -A -N

DSLHG-04-5W- -D -N

DSLHG-04-5W- -R -N

Model Numbers

Dimensions mm (Inches)

DE

53 (2.09)

64 (2.52)

57.2 (2.25)

SOL b SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

283.3(11.15)

Fully Extended

96(3.78)

"PB"

Lock Nut

14(.55)

Hex.

DEC.

Lock Nut

17(.67)

Hex.

INC.

Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20)

Hex. Soc.

Counterbalance Pressure

Adj. Screw

5(.20)

Hex. Soc.

Fully Extended

277(10.91)

Fully Extended

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

E

D

213.5

(8.41)

140

(5.51)

73

(2.87)

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

283.3(11.15)

Fully Extended

96(3.78)

Lock Nut

14(.55)

Hex.

DEC.

Lock Nut

17(.67)

Hex.

INC.

Flow Adj. Screw

5(.20)

Hex. Soc.

Counterbalance Pressure

Adj. Screw

5(.20)

Hex. Soc.

Fully Extended

"PB"

E

D

261.5

(10.30)

136

(5.35)

3

(.12)

99(3.90)

53

(2.09)

277(10.91)

Fully Extended

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

DSLHG-04-4W- - -N-13/1390 DSLHG-04-4A- - -N-13/1390

DSLHG-04-5W- - -N-13/1390

DSLHG-04-5A- - -N-13/1390

For other dimensions, see

"DSLHG-04-4W- - -N" drawing left.

For other dimensions, see

"DSLHG-04-5W- - -N" drawing left.

For other dimensions, see DSLHG-04- - -N on the previous page.

1

2

For other dimensions, see DSLHG-04- - -N on the previous page.

1

2

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

326.5 (12.85)

337.5 (13.28)

340.5 (13.41)

Multi Purpose Control Valves

468

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A

Terminal Box Type

Model Numbers "

C

" Thd.

DSLHG-06- - -13

DSLHG-06- - -1390

G 1/2

1/2 NPT

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b SOL a

46.1

(1.81)

92.1

(3.63)

118

(4.65)

Pressure Port "

P

"

Pilot Pressure Port "

X"

(For External Pilot

Type only)

350(13.78)

Fully Extended

130.2

(5.13)

97.8(3.85)

77

(3.03)

Cylinder Port "

B

"

Cylinder Port "

A

"

Pilot Drain Port "

Y

"

(For External Drain Type only)

95(3.74)

DC/R : 204.4(8.05)

AC : 196.4(7.73)

DC/R : 54.7(2.15)

AC

: 50.7(2.00)

Electrical Conduit Connection

"

C

" Thd. (Both Ends)

27

(1.06)

46

(1.81)

Manual

Actuator

6(.24)

Dia.

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

Lock Nut

19(.75)

Hex.

DEC.

Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24)

Hex. Soc.

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

41

(1.61)

50

(1.97)

218.5 (8.60)

265.5 (10.45)

283.8 (11.17)

6(.24)

Dia.

Two Locating Pins

6

(.24)

Electrical Conduit Connection

"

C

" Thd. (Both Ends)

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

241.5 (9.51)

288.5 (11.36)

306.8 (12.08)

99(3.90)

53

(2.09)

3

(.12)

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

Fully Extended 309(12.17)

"PB"

Lock Nut

14(.55)

Hex.

DEC.

Lock Nut

19(.75)

Hex.

INC.

Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24)

Hex. Soc.

Counterbalance Pressure

Adj. Screw

14(.55)

Hex.

165 (6.50)

241.5 (9.51)

288.5 (11.36)

306.8 (12.08)

154.5(6.08)

Fully Extended

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

Lock Nut

14(.55)

Hex.

DEC.

Lock Nut

19(.75)

Hex.

INC.

Counterbalance Pressure

Adj. Screw

14(.55)

Hex.

99(3.90)

53

(2.09)

3

(.12)

165(6.50)

296.5 (11.67)

343.5 (13.52)

361.8 (14.24)

"BT"

"PB"

"AT"

"PA"

154.5(6.08)

Fully Extended

13.5(.53)

Dia. Through

20(.79)

Dia. Spotface

6 Places

Tank Port "

T

"

53.2

(2.09)

309(12.17)

Fully Extended

Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24)

Hex. Soc.

90(3.54)

1

2

DSLHG-06- - -13/1390 DSLHG-06-3- -13/1390

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-4W"

drawing left.

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-5W"

drawing left.

DSLHG-06-4A- -13/1390

DSLHG-06-4W- -13/1390

DSLHG-06-5W- -13/1390

DSLHG-06-5A- -13/1390

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- " drawing above.

1

2

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- " drawing above.

1

2

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- "

drawing left.

1

2

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

469

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Multi Purpose Control Valves

E

Multi Purpose Control Valves

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A

Plug-in Connector Type

DSLHG-06- -A -N

DSLHG-06- -D -N

DSLHG-06-

-R -N

Model Numbers

Dimensions mm (Inches)

CD E F

39 (1.54)

53 (2.09)

64 (2.52)

57.2 (2.25)

283.5 (11.16)

294.5 (11.59)

297.5 (11.71)

27.5 (1.08)

34 (1.34)

DSLHG-06-3-A -N

DSLHG-06-3-D -N

DSLHG-06-3-R -N

Model Numbers

Dimensions mm (Inches)

DE

53 (2.09)

64 (2.52)

57.2

(2.25)

SOL b

SOL a

Pressure Port "

P

"

Pilot Pressure Port "

X

"

(For External Pilot Type only)

Tank Port "

T

"

53.2

(2.09)

350(13.78)

Fully Extended

130.2(5.13)

77

(3.03)

13.5(.53)

20(.79)

Dia. Spotface

Dia. Through

6 Places

Cylinder Port "

A

"

Cylinder Port "

B

"

Pilot Drain Port "

Y

"

(For External Drain Type only)

102

(4.02)

DC/R :204.4(8.05)

AC : 196.4(7.73)

DC/R : 54.7(2.15)

AC : 50.7(2.00)

C

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

Lock Nut

19(.75)

Hex.

DEC.

Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24)

Hex. Soc.

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Manual Actuator

6(.24)

Dia.

E

D

F

6(.24)

Dia.

Two Locating Pins

6

(.24)

90(3.54)

218.5 (8.60)

50

(1.97)

46.1

(1.81)

92.1(3.63)

41

(1.61)

27

(1.06)

Cable Departure

1

2

DSLHG-06- - -N-13/1390

Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 466.

DSLHG-06-3- -N-13/1390

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- - -N" drawing above.

1

2

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

306.5 (12.07)

317.5 (12.50)

320.5 (12.62)

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia.

.........

8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)

Conductor Area

....

Not Exceeding 1.5mm

2

(.0023 sq. In)

SOL b SOL a

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

D

241.5(9.51)

E

53

(2.09)

99(3.90)

3

(.12)

Fully Extended

97.8(3.85)

Multi Purpose Control Valves

470

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A

Plug-in Connector Type

DSLHG-06-4W-A -N

DSLHG-06-4W-D -N

DSLHG-06-4W-R -N

Model Numbers

Dimensions mm (Inches)

DE

53 (2.09)

64 (2.52)

57.2 (2.25)

DSLHG-06-5W-A -N

DSLHG-06-5W-D -N

DSLHG-06-5W-R -N

Model Numbers

Dimensions mm (Inches)

DE

53 (2.09)

64 (2.52)

57.2 (2.25)

SOL b SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

309(12.17)

Fully Extended

"PB"

Lock Nut

14(.55)

Hex.

DEC.

Lock Nut

19(.75)

Hex.

INC.

Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24)

Hex. Soc.

Counterbalance Pressure

Adj. Screw

14(.55)

Hex.

154.5(6.08)

Fully Extended

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

E

D

241.5

(9.51)

165

(6.50)

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

309(12.17)

Fully Extended

Lock Nut

14(.55)

Hex.

DEC.

Lock Nut

19(.75)

Hex.

INC.

Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24)

Hex. Soc.

Counterbalance Pressure

Adj. Screw

14(.55)

Hex.

"PB"

E

D

296.5

(11.67)

165

(6.50)

3

(.12)

99(3.90)

53

(2.09)

154.5(6.08)

Fully Extended

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

DSLHG-06-4W- -N-13/1390

DSLHG-06-4A- -N-13/1390

DSLHG-06-5W- -N-13/1390 DSLHG-06-5A- -N-13/1390

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-4W- -N"

drawing left.

For other dimensions, see DSLHG-06- - -N on the previous page.

1

2

For other dimensions, see DSLHG-06- - -N on the previous page.

1

2

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-5W- -N"

drawing left.

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

306.5 (12.07)

317.5 (12.50)

320.5 (12.62)

361.5 (14.23)

372.5 (14.67)

375.5 (14.78)

471

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Multi Purpose Control Valves

E

Multi Purpose Control Valves

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A

Terminal Box Type

Model Numbers "

C

" Thd.

DSLHG-10- --13

DSLHG-10-

--1390

G 1/2

1/2 NPT

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

SOL aSOL b

SOL a SOL b

79.4

(3.23)

158.8(6.25)

Pressure Port "

P

"

Pilot Pressure Port "

X

"

(For External Pilot Type only)

190.5(7.50)

76.2(3.00)

Tank Port "

T

"

114.3

(4.50)

21.5(.85)

Dia. Through

32(1.26)

Dia. Spotface

6 Places

Cylinder Port "

B

"

Cylinder Port "

A

"

Pilot Drain Port "

Y

"

(For External Drain Type only)

95(3.74)

46

(1.81)

27

(1.06)

Electrical Conduit Connection

"

C

" Thd. (Both Ends)

Manual Actuator

6(.24)

Dia.

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

Lock Nut

19(.75)

Hex.

DEC.

Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24)

Hex. Soc.

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

72

(2.83)

285.5 (11.24)

332.5 (13.09)

350.8 (13.81)

6(.24)

Dia.

Two Locating Pins

6

(.24)

45

(1.77)

Electrical Conduit Connection

"

C

" Thd. (Both Ends)

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

308.5 (12.15)

355.5 (14.00)

373.8 (14.72)

99(3.90)

53(2.09)

3

(.12)

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

Fully Extended

309(12.17)

"PB"

Lock Nut

14(.55)

Hex.

DEC.

Lock Nut

19(.75)

Hex.

INC.

Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24)

Hex. Soc.

Counterbalance Pressure

Adj. Screw

14(.55)

Hex.

232 (9.13)

308.5 (12.15)

355.5 (14.00)

373.8 (14.72)

154.5(6.08)

Fully Extended

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

99(3.90)

53(2.09)

3

(.12)

309(12.17)

Fully Extended

232(9.13)

363.5 (14.31)

410.5 (16.16)

428.8 (16.88)

"BT"

"PB"

"AT"

"PA"

440(17.32)

Fully Extended

106.7(4.20)

DC/R : 204.4(8.05)

AC : 196.4(7.73)

DC/R : 54.7(2.15)

AC : 50.7(2.00)

198(7.80)

132(5.20)

Lock Nut

14(.55)

Hex.

DEC.

Lock Nut

19(.75)

Hex.

INC.

Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24)

Hex. Soc.

Counterbalance Pressure

Adj. Screw

14(.55)

Hex.

1

2

DSLHG-10- - -13/1390

DSLHG-10-3- -13/1390

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-4W"

drawing left.

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-5W"

drawing left.

DSLHG-10-4A- -13/1390

DSLHG-10-5A- -13/1390

DSLHG-10-4W- -13/1390

DSLHG-10-5W- -13/1390

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10- "

drawing left

1

2

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10- " drawing above.

1

2

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10- " drawing above.

1

2

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Multi Purpose Control Valves

472

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A

Plug-in Connector Type

DSLHG-10- -A -N

DSLHG-10- -D -N

DSLHG-10-

-R -N

Model Numbers

Dimensions mm (Inches)

CD E F

39 (1.54)

53 (2.09)

64 (2.52)

57.2 (2.25)

27.5 (1.08)

34 (1.34)

DSLHG-10-3-A -N

DSLHG-10-3-D -N

DSLHG-10-3-R -N

Model Numbers

Dimensions mm (Inches)

DE

53 (2.09)

64 (2.52)

57.2

(2.25)

SOL a

SOL b

SOL bSOL a

Pressure Port "

P

"

Pilot Pressure Port "

X

"

(For External Pilot Type only)

Tank Port "

T

"

76.2

(3.00)

Fully Extended

440(17.32)

106.7(4.20)

Fully Extended

114.3

(4.50)

21.5(.85)

Dia. Through

32(1.26)

Dia. Spotface

6 Places

Cylinder Port "

B

"

Cylinder Port "

A

"

Pilot Drain Port "

Y

"

(For External Drain Type only)

102

(4.02)

C

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

Lock Nut

19(.75)

Hex.

DEC.

Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24)

Hex. Soc.

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Manual Actuator

6(.24)

Dia.

E

D

F

6(.24)

Dia.

Two Locating Pins

6

(.24)

45

(1.77)

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

E

D

132(5.20)

72

(2.83)

308.5 (12.15)

53

(2.09)

3

(.12)

79.4

(3.23)

158.8

(6.25)

190.5 (7.50)

DC/R : 204.4(8.05)

AC : 196.4(7.73)

DC/R : 54.7(2.15)

AC : 50.7(2.00)

99

(3.90)

198

(7.80)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia. 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)

Conductor Area Not Exceeding 1.5 mm

2

(.0023 sq. in.)

......

...

285.5(11.24)

1

2

DSLHG-10- - -N-13/1390

Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 466.

DSLHG-10-3- -N-13/1390

For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10- - -N" drawing above.

1

2

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

350.5 (13.80)

361.5 (14.23)

364.5 (14.35)

373.5 (14.70)

384.5 (15.14)

387.5 (15.26)

27

(1.06)

473

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Multi Purpose Control Valves

E

Multi Purpose Control Valves

Mounting Surface:

ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A

Plug-in Connector Type

DSLHG-10-4W-A -N

DSLHG-10-4W-D -N

DSLHG-10-4W-R -N

Model Numbers

Dimensions mm (Inches)

DE

53 (2.09)

64 (2.52)

57.2 (2.25)

DSLHG-10-5W-A -N

DSLHG-10-5W-D -N

DSLHG-10-5W-R -N

Model Numbers

Dimensions mm (Inches)

DE

53 (2.09)

64 (2.52)

57.2

(2.25)

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

SOL bSOL a

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

309(12.17)

Fully Extended

"PB"

Lock Nut

14(.55)

Hex.

DEC.

Lock Nut

19(.75)

Hex.

INC.

Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24)

Hex. Soc.

Counterbalance Pressure

Adj. Screw

14(.55)

Hex.

154.5(6.08)

Fully Extended

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

E

308.5 (12.15)

232 (9.13)

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

309(12.17)

Fully Extended

"PB"

E

363.5 (14.31)

232 (9.13)

3

(.12)

99

(3.90)

53

(2.09)

154.5(6.08)

Fully Extended

"AT"

"PA"

"BT"

"PB"

D

Lock Nut

14(.55)

Hex.

DEC.

Lock Nut

19(.75)

Hex.

INC.

Flow Adj. Screw

6(.24)

Hex. Soc.

Counterbalance Pressure

Adj. Screw

14(.55)

Hex.

D

DSLHG-10-4W- -N-13/1390

DSLHG-10-4A- -N-13/1390

DSLHG-10-5W- -N-13/1390

DSLHG-10-5A- -N-13/1390

For other dimensions, see

"DSLHG-10-4W- -N" drawing left.

For other dimensions, see

"DSLHG-10-5W- -N" drawing left.

For other dimensions, see DSLHG-10- - -N on the previous page.

1

2

For other dimensions, see DSLHG-10- - -N on the previous page.

1

2

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

373.5 (14.70)

384.5 (15.14)

387.5 (15.26)

428.5 (16.87)

439.5 (17.30)

442.5 (17.42)

Multi Purpose Control Valves

474

Item Name of Parts

DSLHG-04 DSLHG-06 DSLHG-10

Part Numbers

Qty.

15

16

17

18

19

20

O-Ring

Back Up Ring

SO-NB-P22

SO-NB-P9

SO-NA-P8

SO-NB-P8

SO-BB-P8

SO-NB-G30

SO-NB-P30

SO-NB-P14

SO-NA-P10

SO-NB-P9

SO-BB-P10

SO-NB-G40

SO-NB-P42

SO-NB-P14

SO-NA-P16

SO-NB-P11

SO-BB-P16

4

2

4

Multi-Purpose

Control Valve

Model Numbers

Pilot Selector Valve

Model Numbers

DSLHG-04-1

DSLHG-04-2

DSLHG-04-3

DSLHG-06-1

DSLHG-06-2

DSLHG-06-3

DSLHG-10-1

DSLHG-10-2

DSLHG-10-3

CG-04-1-10

CG-04-2-10

CG-04-3-10

CG-06-1-10

CG-06-2-10

CG-06-3-10

CG-06-1-10

CG-06-2-10

CG-06-3-10

Orifice Type

Model Numbers

TP-OPT-1/16 x d

Orifice Diameter "

d

" mm

Standard

Built-in

Selectable

Max. Dia. at Pressure

over 20 MPa(2900 PSI)

DSLHG-04

DSLHG-06

DSLHG-10

1.0

1.2

1.4

0.5, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0

1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8

2.0, 2.5

1.4

1.2

SOL b

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

24

26

7

21

23

10

9

20

18 15

65

4

16 11 17 1

6

7

8

2

19

23

22

24

14

25142726

13 13

12

13 13

O

r

i

f

i

c

e

f

o

r

A

T

O

r

i

f

i

c

e

f

o

r

P

A

O

r

i

f

i

c

e

f

o

r

B

T

O

r

i

f

i

c

e

f

o

r

P

B

Z

Y

1

2

DSLHG-04/06/10- - -13/1390

DSLHG-04/06/10-3- -13/1390

Note) Main valve is same as above drawings.

List of Seals for Main Valves

Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed on

page 478

.

Item Pilot Selector Valve List

24

Note: For details of Pilot Selector Valve, see page 476.

Pilot Valve

Refer to page 478 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers.

Item Orifice

13

The timing of flow path opening/closing can be adjusted as required by

selecting the appropriate pilot orifice diameter. When the diameter of

the orifice is to be changed, another orifice should be ordered. Standard

built-in orifice diameters and selectable orifice diameters are listed in

the table below.

Section Z-ZSection Y-Y

■ List of Seals for Main Valve, Pilot Selector Valve and Orifice

3

475

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Multi Purpose Control Valves

E

Multi Purpose Control Valves

CG-04-4A- -10

CG-04-4W- -10

CG-04-5A- -10

CG-04-5W- -10

in section marked with .

Item Name of Parts

DSLHG-04 DSLHG-06 DSLHG-10

Part Numbers

Qty.

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

O-Ring

Back Up Ring

SO-NB-P22

SO-NB-P16

SO-NB-P14

SO-NB-P9

SO-NA-P8

SO-NB-P8

SO-BB-P8

SO-NB-G30

SO-NB-P30

SO-NB-P22

SO-NB-P20

SO-NB-P14

SO-NA-P10

SO-NB-P9

SO-BB-P10

SO-NB-G40

SO-NB-P42

SO-NB-P30

SO-NB-A122

SO-NB-P14

SO-NA-P16

SO-NB-P11

SO-BB-P16

4

2(1)

2

2(3)

4

2(3)

Multi-Purpose

Control Valve

Model Numbers

Pilot Selector Valve

Model Numbers

DSLHG-04-4A-

DSLHG-04-4W-

DSLHG-04-5A-

DSLHG-04-5W-

DSLHG-06-4A

DSLHG-06-4W

DSLHG-06-5A

DSLHG-06-5W

DSLHG-10-4A

DSLHG-10-4W

DSLHG-10-5A

DSLHG-10-5W

CG-06-4A-10

CG-06-4W-10

CG-06-5A-10

CG-06-5W-10

CG-06-4A-10

CG-06-4W-10

CG-06-5A-10

CG-06-5W-10

Item

CG-04-3-10

CG-06-3-10

36

3

4

3

5

3

2

36 37 33 32

31

19 24 26 3

11

12

29

30

6 5 8 720 27 2310321

19

16

30

28

15 18 17 14 22

13

31

25 1

13 13 13

Section Z-Z

Section W-W

4

262432

2 6 5 9 19 7 11 12

W

Z

O

r

i

f

i

c

e

f

o

r

A

T

O

r

i

f

i

c

e

f

o

r

P

A

O

r

i

f

i

c

e

f

o

r

B

T

O

r

i

f

i

c

e

f

o

r

P

B

DSLHG-04/06/10-4W- -12/1290

4A

5A

DSLHG-04/06/10- - -12/1290

Note) Main valve is the same as above drawings.

List of Seals for Main Valves

Note 1:

Note 2:

The figures in ( ) indicate the quantity of seals used for 4A and

5A.

When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed

on

page 478.

Pilot Selector Valve List

Note: Fill "B" or "H" representing the pressure adjustment range

See page 477 for the details of the pilot selector valves.

Pilot Valve

Refer to page 478 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers.

See the previous page for Item Orifice.

13

3432

DSLHG-04/06/10-5W- -12/1290

■ List of Seals for Main Valves and Pilot Selector Valve

Multi Purpose Control Valves

476

Item Name of Parts

CG-04

Part Numbers

Quantity

CG-04-1 CG-04-2 CG-04-3

14

15

16

17

O-Ring

SO-NB-P10

SO-NB-P8

3

7

1

5

7

2

1

5

8

2

CG-06

Part Nmbers

Quantity

CG-06-1 CG-06-2 CG-06-3

SO-NB-P10

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-P8

SO-NB-A014

3

7

1

5

7

2

1

5

8

2

Section X-X

X

12 115 5 2 7 614 8131017 9

31611 412 115 5 2 714 8 6131017 9

Section X-X

X

41116 314 813101812 115 5 2 7 9 614 8

Section X-X

X

List of Seals

CG-04/06-1-10

Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specif

y

the seal kit number listed in page 478.

CG-04/06-2-10

CG-04/06-3-10

■ List of Seals (Pilot Selector Valves)

477

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Multi Purpose Control Valves

E

Multi Purpose Control Valves

Item Name of Parts

CG-04

Part Numbers

Quantity

24

25

26

27

O-Ring

SO-NB-P12

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-P10

SO-NB-P8

-4W- -4A- -5W- -5A-

SO-NA-P6

SO-NB-P8

SO-BB-P6

O-Ring

Back Up Ring

28

29

30

2

3

2

8

2

1

4

2

1

8

1

2

8

2

1

8

1

Part Nmbers

Quantity

SO-NB-P16

SO-NB-P11

SO-NB-P10

SO-NB-P8

-4W- -4A- -5W- -5A-

SO-NA-P9

SO-NB-P9

SO-BB-P9

2

3

2

8

2

1

4

2

1

8

1

2

8

2

1

8

1

CG-06

32 31

Section Y-Y

34230281920246251

9

8

7

5

10 12 26 27 22 11 32 31

13 12 17 29 23

26 16 14 18 21 15

Y

121326161415211

1

3 2 30 28 19 20 24 6 25 18 17 1

9

8

7

5

YY

29 23

Section Y-Y

CG-04/06-4W-10

List of Seals

Note: When ordering the seals, please specif

y

the seal kit number listed in page 478.

CG-04/06-5A-10

CG-04/06-4A-10

CG-04/06-5W-10

4

■ List of Seals (Pilot Selector Valves)

Multi Purpose Control Valves

478

Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol

KS-DSG-01- -70

KS-DSLHG-06-5W- -13

KS-DSLHG-10-4W- -13

KS-DSLHG-10-5W- -13

KS-DSLHG-10-4A- -13

KS-DSLHG-10-5A- -13

KS-DSLHG-10-1- -13

KS-DSLHG-10-2- -13

KS-DSLHG-10-3- -13

KS-DSG-01- -70

DSG-01-3C9- - -70

DSG-01-3C9- - -7090

DSG-01-3C9- - -70

DSG-01-3C9- - -7090

DSG-01-2B2- - -70

DSG-01-2B2- - -7090

DSG-01-3C9- - -70

DSG-01-3C9- - -7090

DSG-01-3C9- - -70

DSG-01-3C9- - -7090

DSG-01-2B2- - -70

DSG-01-2B2- - -7090

DSG-01-2B2- - -70

DSG-01-2B2- - -7090

DSLHG-06-3- - -1390

DSLHG-06-2- - -1390

DSLHG-06-3- - -13

DSLHG-06-4A- - -13

DSLHG-06-4A- - -1390

DSLHG-06-4W- - -13

DSLHG-06-4W- - -1390

DSLHG-06-5A- - -13

DSLHG-06-5A- - -1390

DSLHG-06-5W- - -13

DSLHG-06-5W- - -1390

DSLHG-10-1- - -13

DSLHG-10-1- - -1390

DSLHG-10-2- - -13

DSLHG-10-2- - -1390

DSLHG-10-3- - -13

DSLHG-10-3- - -1390

DSLHG-10-4A- - -13

DSLHG-10-4A- - -1390

DSLHG-10-4W- - -13

DSLHG-10-4W- - -1390

DSLHG-10-5A- - -13

DSLHG-10-5A- - -1390

DSLHG-10-5W- - -13

DSLHG-10-5W- - -1390

DSLHG-04-1- - -13

DSLHG-04-1- - -1390

DSLHG-04-2- - -13

DSLHG-04-2- - -1390

DSLHG-04-3- - -13

DSLHG-04-3- - -1390

- - -13

- - -1390

- - -13

- - -1390

- - -13

- - -1390

- - -13

- - -1390

DSLHG-06-1- - -13

DSLHG-06-1- - -1390

DSLHG-06-2- - -13

DSG-01-3C9- - -70

DSG-01-3C9- - -7090

DSG-01-3C9- - -70

DSG-01-3C9- - -7090

DSG-01-2B2- - -70

DSG-01-2B2- - -7090

DSG-01-3C9- - -70

DSG-01-3C9- - -7090

DSG-01-3C9- - -70

DSG-01-3C9- - -7090

DSG-01-2B2- - -70

DSG-01-2B2- - -7090

DSG-01-2B2- - -70

DSG-01-2B2- - -7090

DSG-01-3C9- - -70

DSG-01-3C9- - -7090

DSG-01-3C9- - -70

DSG-01-3C9- - -7090

DSG-01-2B2- - -70

DSG-01-2B2- - -7090

DSG-01-3C9- - -70

DSG-01-3C9- - -7090

DSG-01-3C9- - -70

DSG-01-3C9- - -7090

DSG-01-2B2- - -70

DSG-01-2B2- - -7090

DSG-01-2B2- - -70

DSG-01-2B2- - -7090

KS-DSLHG-04-4W- -13

KS-DSLHG-04-5W- -13

KS-DSLHG-04-4A- -13

KS-DSLHG-04-5A- -13

KS-DSLHG-04-1- -13

KS-DSLHG-04-2- -13

KS-DSLHG-04-3- -13

KS-DSLHG-06-4W

- -13

KS-DSLHG-06-4A- -13

KS-DSLHG-06-5A- -13

KS-DSLHG-06-1- -13

KS-DSLHG-06-2- -13

KS-DSLHG-06-3- -13

KS-DSG-01- -70

Model Numbers Pilot Valve Model Numbers

Seal Kit Numbers

Complete Kit

For Pilot

Selector Valves

For Pilot Valves

DSLHG-04-4A-

DSLHG-04-4W-

DSLHG-04-5A-

DSLHG-04-5W-

KS-CG-04-1-10

KS-CG-04-2-10

KS-CG-04-4A-10

KS-CG-04-4W-10

KS-CG-04-5A-10

KS-CG-04-5W-10

KS-CG-06-1-10

KS-CG-06-4A-10

KS-CG-06-4W-10

KS-CG-06-5A-10

KS-CG-06-5W-10

KS-CG-06-2-10

KS-CG-06-3-10

KS-CG-06-1-10

KS-CG-06-4A-10

KS-CG-06-4W-10

KS-CG-06-5A-10

KS-CG-06-5W-10

KS-CG-06-2-10

KS-CG-06-3-10

(2 Set Req'd)

(1 Set Req'd)

(2 Set Req'd)

(1 Set Req'd)

(2 Set Req'd)

(1 Set Req'd)

(2 Set Req'd)

Note 1:

2:

3:

representing the

type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).

A complete seal kit is composed of seal kit for pilot selector valve, seal kit for pilot valve and seal for main valve.

See

pages 474 and 475 for information on the seals for main valve.

See page 344

for the detailed information on the pilot valves.

■ List of Seal Kits and Pilot Valves

479

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Multi Purpose Control Valves

E

Multi Purpose Control Valves

SOL a

SOL b

SOL a

D

E

D

Section E-E Section D-D

D

E

E D Section E-E Section D-D

Pilot Connection

Selection

Drain Connection Selection

Thread "Y"

Drain Connection Selection

Pilot Connection Selection

Pipe Plug for 4

Pipe Plug for

2

Pipe Plug

1

External Pilot toliP lanretnI

(See Section E-E)

Pilot Connectio n and Drain Connectio n can be changed easily with a disconnection/connectio n of pilot plug. The

following drawings give illustrations of External Pilot-External Drain Type, When changing to Internal Pilot-Internal

Drain Type, the following procedure may be followed.

1)

2)

3)

Remove pipe plug .

Wind a sealing tape around the pipe plug , then fit the plug into

the port.

1

2

1

External Drain niarD lanretnI

(See Section D-D)

1)

2)

3)

4)

Remove pipe plug .

Wind a sealing tape around the pipe plug , then fit the plug into

the port.

In case of DSLHG-04, fit the plug into the port "Y" on the

sub-plate. In case of DSLHG-06/10, wind a sealing tape around

the plug and then thread it into the port "Y".

3

4

3

4

DSLHG-04

Pipe Plug

3

DSLHG-06/10

Pipe Plug

3

Pipe Plug

1

Pipe Plug for 2

Pipe Plug for 4

How to Change Pilot & Drain Connection

480

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

Model Numbers

Max. Flow

L /min

(U.S.GPM)

Max. Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Internal leakage

3

cm /min

(cu.in./min)

Max. Changeover

Frequency

-1

min

(Cycles/Min)

Approx.

Mass

kg(1bs.)

CDSC-01-C-D24-10

CDSC-03-C- -21

CDSG-03-C- -21

03W

03

CDST- -C- -21

15 (4.0)

50 (13.2)

14 (2030)

21 (3050)

or less

0.25 (.015)

or less

0.25 (.015)

AC: 300

DC: 240

240

R: 120

0.5 (1.1)

0.35 (.8)

0.85 (1.9)

Solenoid Ratings

Electric

Source

Coil Type

Frequency

(Hz)

Source

Rating

Serviceable

Range

Voltage (V)

Holding

(A)

Power

(W)

Inrush

(A)

Current & Power at Rated Voltage

0.55

0.40

0.36

0.46

0.33

0.28

0.20

0.18

0.23

0.17

2.20

1.10

0.55

0.30

0.15

1.12

0.95

0.86

0.93

0.79

0.56

0.48

0.43

0.47

0.40

80 - 100

90 - 120

96 - 132

108 - 144

160 - 220

180 - 240

192 - 264

216 - 288

10.8 - 13.2

21.6 - 26.4

43.2 - 52.8

90 - 110

180 - 220

100

110

120

200

220

240

12

24

48

100

200

50

60

50

60

50

60

50

60

50/60

A100

A120

A200

A240

D12

D24

D48

R100

R200

AC

DC

(K Series)

AC DC

Rectified

26

Graphic Symbol

Instructions

X

Y

Direction of flow when the

solenoid is energised

These valves do not allow flow from

Y to X when the solenoid is energised.

At the time of test run

At the time of test run, there is a

possibility that the oil may not flow

even after the solenoid is energised

because of the residual air in the

valve.

Specifications

Mounting

There are no mounting restrictions

for any models.

2

1

These valves are used for opening/closing the oil path by having the poppet valve

operated with an electric signal via solenoid. Because these are of poppet type, the

internal leakage is quite small and there is no worry about hydraulic lock.

The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation

(changeover) of the valve.

When the valve is operated at 18.5 Mpa (2680 PSI) or higher pressure, continuous energies time is

restricted with Max. 30 min., and also the energies ratio less than 90 %.

1.

2.

CDSC-01 is available with coil type “D24” only.

Because both AC and DC solenoids employ the plug-in type electrical wiring, the valve can be

removed without removing the wiring. (Coil type of CDSC-01 is flying lead wire only.)

Being 50-60 Hz common service AC solenoids, do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is

changed.

K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed.

(Coil type of CDSC-01 is with Surge Suppressor.)

F:

Special seals

for phosphate

ester type

fluids

(Omit if not

required)

Special Seals

F-

None:

Japanese Std.

"JIS"

80:

European Design Std.

90:

N. American Design Std.

Model Number Designation

Series Number

None:

Japanese Std.

"JIS" &

European Design Std.

90:

N. American

Design Std.

None:

Japanese Std.

"JIS" &

European Design Std.

90:

N. American

Design Std.

CDS T -03 -C -D1 2 -21

Type of Connection

Valv e S i z e

Valv e Typ e

Coil Type

Design Number

Design Standard

CDS:

Solenoid

Operated

Poppet

Type

Two-Way

Va lve s

T: Threaded

Connection

C: Cartridge

Type

G: Gasket

Mounting

01

03

03W

(Piping Size 1/4)

03 (Piping Size 3/8)

C:

Normally

Closed

AC

A100, A120

A200, A240

DC D24

DC

D12, D24, D100

AC DC Rectified

R100, R200

10

21

Valve Model Numbers

CDSG-03

M6 60 Lg.

1/4-20 UNC 2-1/4Lg.

Japanese Standard "JIS

European Design Standard

N. American Design Standard

Socket Head Cap Screws (2pcs.)

Mounting Bolts

Mounting bolt in the table below is attached only for Gasket mounting type valve (CDSG-03).

■ Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

481

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

E

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

Viscosity

SSU

Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30

77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

2

mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

Condition

Pressure "P"

MPa (PSI)

Flow Rate

L/min

(U.S.GPM)

SOL "OFF"(Open→Close)SOL "ON"(Open→Close)

T1 T2 (ex.)

38.4

44.0

54.0

66.0

73.0

146.0

142.0

29.0

27.0

20.0

12.0

44.0

41.0

114.0

108.0

44.0

47.0

86.0

43.0

104.0

60.0

100.0

66.0

21.4

30.6

10.0

11.0

22.0

24.0

27.0

32.0

T

3

T4 (ex.)

Shifting time (ms)

15 (4.0)

50 (13.2)

10 (1450)

21 (3050)

7 (1020)

14 (2030)

7 (1020)

14 (2030)

7 (1020)

14 (2030)

Solenoid

Types

Model

Number

AC

DC

CDSC-01

CDS -03

AC DC

Rectified

Flow Rate

Pressure Drop P

PSI MPa

L /min

U.S.GPM

X

Y

X

Y

0.4

0.8

1.2

1.6

0

50

100

150

200

0

01020 304050

02468101213

Flow Rate

X

Y

X

Y

X

L /min

U.S.GPM

010

20

30 40 50

02468

10

12 13

PSI MPa

0.4

0.8

1.2

1.6

0

50

100

150

200

0

Pressure Detector

ON

OFF

SOL

P

T

4

T

3

T

2

T

1

Time

Pressure Drop

Changeover Time

For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.

For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from the

formula below.

P' = P (G'/0.850)

Test Circuit

● CDSC-03

● CDST-03

● CDSG-03

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm

2

(164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm

2

(141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850

● CDST-03W

● CDSC-01

Note: Measuring has been made for the CDSC-03 (Cartridge type) when it is equipped with the same body

as the threaded connections and the gasket mounting type.

Changeover time, T2 and T4, in particular, varies according to the hydraulic circuit and operating conditions. As an

example, the following figures show how the measurement is made.

Result of measurement

Viscosity

SSU

Factor 0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35

77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

2

mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.

from the formula below.

P' = P (G'/0.850)

For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained

YX

XY

X

Y

PSI MPa

Flow Rate

U.S.GPM

L/min

Pressure Drop P

50

0.5

0

1.5

1.0

100

150

200

0

01

5

10 15

23

4

482

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

CDSC-01-C-D24-10/1090

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

0.3(.012)

0.2(.008)

19.6(.772)

19.4(.764)

Min. 27(1.063)

Min.

12(.472)

1.5(.059)

15°

20°

45°

2.9(.114)

2.5(.098)

16

(.630)

22.7(.893)

22.6(.890)

12.027(.4735)

12.000(.4724)

1.6

30(1.18) Dia.

6.2(.244)

6.0(.236) Dia.

19(.75)

Dia.

6.2(.244)

6.0(.236)

Dia.

R0.1 - 0.3(R.004 - .012)

Port "X"

Port "Y"

M20 × 1 Thd.

0.1(.004)

Dia.

1.6

3.2

Note: The fitting portion of o-rings should have a good machined finish.

140

(5.51)

55

(2.17)

5

(.20)

24

(.94)

30

(1.18)

24(.94) Dia.

24(.94)

Dia.

38(1.50) Dia.

25

(.98)

MODEL

VOLTAGE

YUKEN KOGYO CO., LTD. JAPAN

CDSC-01-C-D24-10

DC24V

R

0.1

(.004)

14

(.55)

10(.39)

14.5(.57)

Across Flats

48

(1.89)

19(.75)

25.5(1.00)65 (2.56)

AWG 18

Flying Lead Wire

Core Tightening End

Tightening torque

: 25.5 - 30.6 Nm (230 - 270 IN. lbs)

12(.47) Dia.

Coil

Free Flow Outlet

Port "X"

Free Flow Inlet

Port "Y"

M20 × 1 Thd.

Nut

Tightening torque

: 3.9 - 5.9 Nm (35 - 52 IN. lbs)

How to Mount

When mounting, the following steps must be followed:

1. Loosen the nut , then remove the coil.

2. Thread the cartridge, making sure that the collar 24 (.94) Dia. of

the cartridge is well fitted to the component surface ( surface

in the left drawing).

3. Attach the coil and secure it with a nut.

Details of Mounting Holes

483

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

E

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

loosening the nut . Be sure to

Loosen the nut , then remove the coil.

27

(1.06)

44

(1.73)

27.5

(1.08)

The position can be changed by

retighten the nut after changing

the position.

29(1.14)

Dia.

40

(1.57)

Three positions of cable departure

are available in 90 increments.

O-Ring

SO-NB-P26

O-Ring

SO-NB-P12

Free Flow Outlet

Port

"X"

Free Flow Inlet Port "Y"

Nut

Tightening Torque

: 6.0-7.5Nm (53-66 in. 1bs.)

39

(1.54)

17.7

(.70)

24

(.94)

88.2

(3.47)

69

(2.72)

31.5

(1.24)

48

(1.89)

Space Needed to Remove Coil

Coil

M30 1.5 Thd.

16(.63) Dia.

35(1.38)

Dia.

19

(.75)

54

(2.13)

20

(.79)

86

(3.39)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia

................

8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.

Conductor Area

..........

Not Exceeding 1.5mm

2

(.0023 Sq. in.)

Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge

Tightening Torque

: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)

45˚

20˚

A

R 0.2

(R .008)

"Y"

1

5

28.4 (1.12)

Dia.

18

(.71)

Max.

14 (.55)

Dia.

"X"

1

(.04)

3.5

(.14)

14

(.55)

24.6(.969)

24.4(.961)

M30 1.5 Thd.

32.9(1.295)

32.7(1.287)

Dia.

16.027(.6310)

16.000(.6299)

Dia.

Models with AC Solenoids

CDSC-03-C-A -21/2190

Details of Mounting Holes

Note: The fitting portion of O-rings should have a good machined finish.

How to Mount

When mounting, the following steps must be followed:

Thread the cartridge, making sure that the collar 35 (1.38) Dia.

of the cartridge is well fitted to the component surface (

surface in the left drawing).

Attach the coil and secure it with a nut.

1.

2.

3.

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

A

484

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

22

(.87)

47.5

(1.87)

27.5

(1.08)

Three positions of cable departure

are available in 90 increments.

39

(1.54)

18.7

(.74)

100.5

(3.96)

15

(.59)

64

(2.52)

24.5

(.96)

52

(2.05)

75.2

(2.96)

31.5

(1.24)

47(1.85)

Dia.

Space Needed to Remove Coil

Coil

Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge

Tightening Torque

: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)

Nut

Tightening Torque

: 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)

34

(1.34)

47(1.85)

Dia.

53

(2.09)

18.7

(.74)

103.5

(4.07)

15

(.59)

57.2

(2.25)

24.5

(.96)

52

(2.05)

75.2

(2.96)

31.5

(1.24)

Space Needed to Remove Coil

Coil

Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge

Tightening Torque

: 30-49 Nm (266-434 in. 1bs.)

Nut

Tightening Torque

: 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)

CDSC-03-C-D -21/2190

Models with DC Solenoids

CDSC-03-C-R -21/2190

Models with R Type Solenoids

For other dimensions, refer to the "Models with AC Solenoids".

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

485

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

E

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

Model Numbers

CDST-03W-C- -21

CDST-03-C- -21

CDST-03W-C- -2180

CDST-03-C- -2180

CDST-03W-C- -2190

CDST-03-C- -2190

"A"

Thd.

Rc 1/4

Rc 3/8

1/4 BSP.F

3/8 BSP.F

1/4 NPT

3/8 NPT

Mounting Surface

45

(1.77)

Three positions of cable departure

are available in 90 increments.

60

(2.36)

7.5

(.30)

19

(.75)

18.5

(.73)

49.5

(1.95)

7(.28) Dia. Through

11(.43) Dia. Spotface

2 Places

Free Flow Outlet Port "X"

"A"

Thd.

Free Flow Inlet Port "Y"

"A"

Thd. (Opposite Side)

25

(.98)

49

(1.93)

50

(1.97)

18

(.71)

37

(1.46)

69

(2.72)

48

(1.89)

118.5

(4.67)

25

(.98)

54

(2.13)

91

(3.58)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia

..............

8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.

Conductor Area

........

Not Exceeding 1.5mm

2

(.0023 Sq. in.)

Space Needed to Remove Coil

39

(1.54)

36.2

(1.43)

106.2

(4.18)

64

(2.52)

25

(.98)

101

(3.98)

52

(2.05)

75.2

(2.96)

39

(1.54)

37.2

(1.46)

Space Needed to Remove Coil

57.2

(2.25)

25

(.98)

104

(4.09)

52

(2.05)

53

(2.09)

37.2

(1.46)

75.2

(2.96)

Three positions of cable departure

are available in 90 increments.

Free Flow

Outlet Port "X"

7(.28) Dia. Through

11(.43) Dia. Spotface

2 Places

Free Flow

Inlet Port "Y"

45

(1.77)

7.5

(.30)

60

(2.36)

1

(.04)

19

(.75)

18.5

(.73)

49.5

(1.95)

25

(.98)

54

(2.13)

91

(3.58)

39

(1.54)

36.2

(1.43)

106.2

(4.18)

49

(1.93)

50

(1.97)

118.5

(4.67)

48

(1.89)

Space Needed to Remove Coil

Mounting surface should have

a good machined finish.

Max.

11(.43)

Dia.

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia

..............

8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.

Conductor Area

........

Not Exceeding 1.5mm

2

(.0023 Sq. in.)

Models with AC Solenoids

CDST-03, 03W-C- -21/2180/2190

Note: The position of cable departure

can be changed. For the detail,

refer to CDSC-03 on the

sdioneloS epyT R htiw sledoMsdioneloS CD htiw sledoM

For other dimensions, refer to the "Models with AC Solenoids".

Models with AC Solenoids

CDSG-03-C- -21/2190

Note For models with DC solenoids and models with R type solenoids, refer to CDST-03, 03W.

The position of cable departure can be changed. For the detail, refer to CDSC-03 on the

previous page.

1:

2:

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

486

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

Item Name of Parts Part Numbers

Qty.

Seal Kit Numbers

6

10

11

12

13

14

O-Ring

Coil Ass'y

O-Ring

2697-VK317470-3

TK280163-7

SO-NB-P18

SO-NB-P16

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-A014

1

KS-CDSC-01-10

Note: When ordering the seals, please specif

y

the seal kit number.

CDSC-01-C-D24-10/1090

■ List of Seals and Coil Ass'y

487

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

E

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

Solenoid assembly is composed of the parts marked with .

Item Name of Parts Part Numbers Qty. Remarks

9

10

11

14

O-Ring

SO-NB-P26

SO-NB-P20

SO-NB-P12

SO-NB-A014

1

2 only for CDSG

Valve Model No. Solenoid Ass'y No.

CDS -03 -C-A100

CDS -03 -C-A120

CDS -03 -C-A200

CDS -03 -C-A240

CDS -03 -C-D12

CDS -03 -C-D24

CDS -03 -C-D48

CDS

-03 -C-R100

CDS -03 -C-R200

CSA1-100-20

CSA1-120-20

CSA1-200-20

CSA1-240-20

CSD1-12-20

CSD1-24-20

CSD1-48-20

CSR1-100-20

CSR1-200-20

Coil No.

1

C-CSA1-100-20

C-CSA1-120-20

C-CSA1-200-20

C-CSA1-240-20

C-SD1-12-50

C-SD1-24-50

C-SD1-48-50

C-SR1-100-50

C-SR1-200-50

Connector Ass'y No.

GDM-211-B-11

GDME-211-R-B-10

12

Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers

CDSC-03-C- -21

CDST-03 -C- -21

CDSG-03-C- -21

KS-CDSC-03-20

KS-CDSG-03-20

12

5

1 4 3 2

9 13 11 6 8 7 10 14

List of Seals

Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number

from the table right.

Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y No.

List of Seal Kits

Change of supply voltage

The suppl

y

voltage can be changed b

y

replacing the coil.

CDST-03 -C- -21/2180/2190

CDSC-03-C- -21/2190

CDSG-03-C- -21/2190

■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y

488

Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves

Electric Source Coil Type

Frequency

(Hz)

Source

Rating

Serviceable

Range

New Current New New

Inrush (A) Holding (A) Power (W)

Current & Power at Rated VoltageVoltage (V)

0110805-100

100

110

120

200

220

240

12

24

48

100

60

50

60

50

60

50

60

50/60

A100

A120

A200

A240

D12

D24

D48

R100

R200

AC

DC

(K Series)

AC

DC Rectified

90 120-

96 132-

108 144-

160 220-

180 240-

216 288-

192 264-

10.8 13.2-

21.6 26.4-

43.2 52.8-

90 110-

180 220-200

0.55

0.40

0.36

0.46

0.33

0.28

0.20

0.18

0.23

0.17

2.20

1.10

0.55

0.30

0.15

0.52

0.39

0.47

0.45

0.33

0.27

0.20

0.24

0.23

0.17

2.40

1.20

0.60

0.32

0.17

1.12

0.95

0.86

0.93

0.79

0.56

0.48

0.43

0.47

0.40

1.30

1.08

1.19

1.08

0.98

0.65

0.54

0.59

0.55

0.45

26 29

26

29

A

R : 57.2(2.25)

: 99.4(3.91)

R : 103(4.06)

DC

A

DC

: 64(2.52)

R

: 57.2(2.25)

DC

:100.5(3.96)

R

:103.5(4.07)

DC

: 63.2(2.49)

48(1.89)

Dia.

24

(.94)

24.5

(.96)

Body

ydoB

18.7(.74)

75.2

(2.96)

52(2.05)

Space Needed to Remove Coil

Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge

Hex. 15(.59)

23.6

(.93)

52.2

(2.06)

88

(3.46)

Wrench Flats for Fixing Cartridge

Hex. 19(.75)

Space Needed to Remove Coil

48(1.89)

69

(2.72)

17.7(.70)

20

(.79)

86

(3.39)

54

(2.13)

Because of solenoid assembly improvements, CDS -03 has been model-changed (design 20 to design 21).

Specifications and Characteristics

There are no changes in the specifications and characteristics of the valves themselves.

Solenoid Ratings

There are changes in the inrush current, holding current and power as shown below. No other changes.

Interchangeability in Installation

AC Solenoids

Most items of mounting are interchangeable except the dimensions as shown below. In addition, the size of the spanner

(core end faces) for locking the CDSC cartridges has been changed to 15-19 mm across flats.

New: Design 21Current: Design 20

New: Design 21

Current: Design 20

DC/R Type Solenoids

Most items of mounting are interchangeable except the dimensions as shown below. The solenoid shape changed from

circular to hexagonal. No change in the size 15 mm of the spanner for locking cartridges.

Note: The above drawings give illustrations for the cartridge type. The dimension A at the mounting section remains

unchanged. In case of the Thread Connection Type and Gasket Mounting Type, a body is mounted to the hatched section.

The dimensions of the bod

y

remain unchanged.

Interchangeability between Current and New Design

Current Current

489

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Shut-off Type

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

E

Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

1

2

1.

2.

3.

4.

3

4

3

Specifications

Model Numbers

Graphic Symbol

Max. Flow

L/min

(U.S.GPM)

"1" to "2"

Flow

"2" to "1"

Flow

Port "1"

Port

"2"

Max. Operating Pressure

Max.

Changeover

Frequency

-1

min

(Cycles/Min)

Internal

leakage

3

cm /min

(cu.in./min)

AC DC

Approx.

Mass

kg(1bs.)

DSPC-01-C- -20

DSPG-01-C- -20

DSPC-03-C- -10

DSPG-03-C- -10

40

(10.6)

80

(21.1)

10 (1450) 16 (2320) 25 (3630)

300

240

or Less

0.25 (.015)

or Less

0.25 (.015)

0.45 (1.0)

1.45 (3.2)

0.9 (2.0)

3.8 (8.4)

0.6 (1.3)

1.6 (3.5)

1.0 (2.2)

3.9 (8.6)

1

2

Port

"2"

Port

"1"

Maximum flow rates depend on operating conditions. For details, see page 491.

Do not connect port "1" to a line subjected to surge pressures. In addition, if you use port "1" for tank line, be sure to keep the end of the

line in the oil.

Protections against dust and water conform to the international electric standard (IEC) PUBL 529 IP64.

In the case of "DSPC-01-C-D ", use iron material for installation body (cabity).

The shut-off type solenoid operated directional valves are poppet type

solenoid operated two-way directional valves developed to meet the

needs of this age such as energy and resources saving.

High-response

High response is provided by the poppet design.

Smallest internal leakage

Internal leakage are very small, less than 5 drips per min., which is

achieved by the poppet design.

Two mounting types: cartridge and sub-plate

Mounting dimensions for both types conform to ISO standard.

Water-proof type (conforming to JIS D 0203 Water Spray Test

32) is also available.

■ Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

490

Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

1

1.

2.

2

F:

Special Seals

for Phosphate

Ester Type

Fluids

(Omit if not

required)

Special Seals

F-

90:

N. American

Design Std.

Model Number Designation

Sub-plate

DSP

Series

Number

G

Type of

Connection

-01

Valve Size

-C

Valve Type

-D24

Coil Type

-20

Design

Number

Design Standard

20

10

01

03

DSP:

Shut-Off Type

Solenoid

Operated

Directional

Valves

C:

Cartridge Type

G:

Sub-plate

Mounting

C:

Normally

Closed

AC

A 100

A 200

DC

D12

D24

None:

Japanese Std.

"JIS" & European

Design Std.

Solenoid Ratings

Electric

Source

Coil Type

Frequency

(Hz)

Source

Rating

Serviceable

Range

01 03 01 03 01 03

Inrush (A) Holding (A) Power (W)

egatloV detaR ta rewoP & tnerruC)V( egatloV

2.42

2.14

2.35

1.21

1.07

1.18

5.37

4.57

5.03

2.69

2.29

2.52

0.51

0.37

0.44

0.25

0.19

0.22

0.90

0.63

0.77

0.45

0.31

0.38

2.45

1.23

3.16

1.57

29 38

-80 110

-90 120

-160 220

-180 240

-10.8 13.2

-21.6 26.4

100

110

200

220

12

24

50

60

50

60

A100

A200

D12

D24

DC

(K Series)

AC

Model

Numbers

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Japanese Standard "JIS"

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

European Design Standard

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

N.American Design Standard

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

Rc 1/8 F.PSB 8/113-10-MGSD DSGM-01-3180

1/8 NPT

DSGM-01-3190 0.8 (1.8)

DSGM-01X-31

DSGM-01Y-31

DSGM-03-40

DSGM-03X-40

DSGM-03Y-40

Rc 1/4

Rc 3/8

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

DSGM-01X-3180

DSGM-03-2180

DSGM-03X-2180

DSGM-03Y-2180

1/4 BSP.F

3/8 BSP.F

1/2 BSP.F

3/4 BSP.F

DSGM-01X-3190

DSGM-01Y-3190

DSGM-03-2190

DSGM-03X-2190

DSGM-03Y-2190

1/4 NPT

3/8 NPT

1/2 NPT

3/4 NPT

0.8 (1.8)

3.0 (6.6)

4.7 (10.4)

DSPG-01

DSPG-03

Mounting Bolts

Descriptions Soc. Hd. Cap Screw (4 pcs.) Tightening Torque

Japanese Standard "JIS" and

European Design Standard

N. American Design Standard

Japanese Standard "JIS" and

European Design Standard

N. American Design Standard

M5 50 Lg.

No. 10-24 UNC 2 Lg.

M6 80 Lg.

1/4-20 UNC 3-1/4 Lg.

5-7 Nm

(44 -62 in. 1bs.)

12-15 Nm

(106 -133 in. 1bs.)

Valve Model Numbers

DSPG-01

DSPG-03

Four socket head cap screws in the table below are included.

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should

have a good machined finish.

Inrush current in the above table show rms values at maximum stroke.

K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed.

491

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Shut-off Type

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

E

Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Typical Performance Characteristics at Viscosity 30 mm

2

/s (141 SSU) [ISO VG 46 oils, 50°C(122°F)]

Maximum Flow Rate

The zone under each shaded line denotes the flow rate ranges being free of

trouble in changeover.

DSPC/DSPG-01

PSI

MPa

Models with AC Solenoids

40

30

20

10

51015202

5

0

Direction

of flow

"2" "1"

0 1000 2000 300

0

2

0

4

6

8

10

L /min

U.S.GPM

100 %V

(50, 60 Hz)

80 %V

(50 Hz)

90 %V

(60 Hz)

Direction of flow

"1" "2"

Pressure

Flow Rate

40

30

20

10

0 5 10 15 20 25

PSI

MPa

Models with DC Solenoids

Direction

of flow

"2" "1"

0 1000 2000 300

0

2

0

4

6

8

10

L /min

U.S.GPM

100 %V

Direction of flow

"1" "2"

90 %V

Pressure

Flow Rate

DSPC/DSPG-03

20

40

60

80

100

0

510152025

Models with AC Solenoids

10

0

15

20

25

L /min

U.S.GPM

5

MPa

0 1000 2000 3000

PSI

Direction

of flow

"2" "1"

Direction of flow

"1" "2"

Pressure

Flow Rate

20

40

60

80

100

0

510152025

Models with DC Solenoids

10

0

15

20

25

L /min

U.S.GPM

5

MPa

0 1000 2000 3000

PSI

Direction of flow

"1" "2"

Direction of flow "2" "1"

Pressure

Flow Rate

Typical Changeover Time

[Test Conditions]

Pressure:

Flow Rate:

Viscosity:

Voltage:

Direction of Flow:

15 MPa (2180 PSI)

(01) 30 L/min (7.9 U.S.GPM)

(03) 63 L/min (16.6 U.S.GPM)

2

30 mm /s (141 SSU)

100 % V

"2" "1"

(After coil temperature rise and saturates)

ON

OFFOFF

0

Max.

Solenoid

Poppet Shift

T

1

T

2

Model Numbers

DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A

Shifting Time (ms)

22 30

69 14

22 20

60 80

DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D

DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A

DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D

T

1

T

2

Pressure Drop

DSPC/DSPG-01

DSPC/DSPG-03

4010 20 30

0

DSPG

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.

5

0

200

300

350

100

02468

10

DSPC

MPa

L /min

U.S.GPM

PSI

80

0

20 40 60

1.0

2.0

3.

0

300

400

100

MPaPSI

350

250

200

150

50

051015

L /min

20

U.S.GPM

DSPC

DSPG

Flow Rate

Pressure Drop P

Flow Rate

Pressure Drop P

Viscosity

SSU

Factor 0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30

77 98 141 186 232 278 324 371 417 464

2

mm /s 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

90 100

For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.

For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be

obtained from the formula below.

P' = P(G'/0.850)

492

Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Mounting Surface: ISO 7789 20-01-0-93

2

1

2

1.

2.

3.

4.

3

45

27.5

(1.08)

47

(1.85)

Three positions of cable

departure are available in

90 increments.

The position can be changed

by loosening the nut .

Be sure to retighten the nut

after changing the position.

Manual Actuator

6(.24) Dia.

22

(.87)

20

(.79)

53

(2.09)

85

(3.35)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia.

.....

8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.

Conductor Area

.....

Not Exceeding

2

1.5m m

(.0023 Sq. in.)

4.5

(.18)

10

(.39)

14.5

(.57)

16

(.63)

39

(1.54)

0.3

(.01)

93.7

(3.69)

30.2

(1.19)

M20 1.5 Thd.

Port "1"

16.85(.6634)

16.82(.6622)

Dia.

O-Ring

SO-NB-A015

O-Ring

SO-NB-P18

Port "2"

4

(.16)

Core Tightening End

15(.59) Across Flats

Nut

72.5

(2.85)

103

(4.06)

47.5

(1.87)

64

(2.52)

24

(.94)

100

(3.94)

48(1.89) Dia.

1

.

6

1

5

6.3

30˚

3

.

2

1.6

A

0.1(.004)

Dia.

Max.

20.5(.807)

M20 1.5 Thd.

Port "2"

3

A

17.027(.6703)

17.000(.6693)

Dia.

Port "1"

6.2(.244)

6.0(.236)

Dia.

2.9(.114)

2.5(.098)

Min.

14.5(.571)

21.4(.842)

21.0(.827)

22.7(.893)

22.3(.878)

Min.

30.5(1.201)

R 0.1-0.3

22.7(.893)

22.6(.890)

33(1.30)

Dia.

Min.

14.5(.571)

18.6(.732)

18.5(.728)

Dia.

0.3(.012)

0.2(.008)

Models with AC Solenoids

DSPC-01-C- -20/2090

Tightening torque for iron core assembly: 30 - 50 Nm (266-443 IN. lbs.)

Tightening torque for nuts: 10.3 - 11.3 Nm (91-100 IN. lbs.)

Models with DC Solenoids

For other dimensions, refer to the "Models with AC Solenoids".

Details of Mounting Holes

Port diameter of 6.2 (.244) Dia. recommended.

Use iron materials for the mounting section.

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

(R .004-.012)

How to Mount

Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.

Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.

1.

2.

3.

When mounting, the following steps must be followed.

Making use of the core tightening end, screw the

cartridge in.

493

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Shut-off Type

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

E

Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Mounting Surface: ISO 7789 27-01-0-93

1

2

1.

2.

3

3.

4.

2

27.5

(1.08)

69.5

(2.74)

61.8

(2.43)

27

(1.06)

100.8

(3.97)

32

(1.26)

Manual Actuator

6.3(.25) Dia.

5

(.20)

39

(1.54)

16

(.63)

0.3

(.01)

46

(1.81)

118.3

(4.66)

22

(.87)

19.5

(.77)

24.95(.98)

Dia.

22.85(.8996)

22.82(.8984)

Dia.

4

(.16)

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia.

.....

8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.

Conductor Area

.....

Not Exceeding

2

1.5mm (.0023 Sq. in.)

Core Tightening End

22(.87) Across Flats

Nut

O-Ring

SO-NB-A119

O-Ring

SO-NB-A018

M27 2 Thd.

Port "2"

Port "1"

73.8

(2.91)

34.5

(1.36)

120.3

(4.74)

95

(3.74)

141.3

(5.56)

69(2.72) Dia.

0.05(.002)

Dia.

A

45˚

15˚

3

.

2

0

˚

-

2

˚

3

0

˚

6.3

1.6

A

1

.

6

Min.

22(.866)

Max.

35(1.378)

29.5(1.161)

29.4(1.158)

36(1.42)

Dia.

0.3(.012)

0.2(.008)

3.5(.138)

3.1(.122)

35.9(1.413)

35.5(1.398)

Min.

22(.866)

37.6(1.480)

37.2(1.465)

46.9(1.846)

46.5(1.831)

25.1(.988)

25.0(.984)

23.033(.9068)

23.000(.9055)

Dia.

R 0.1-0.3

(R .004-.012)

M27 2 Thd.

Port "2"

Port "1"

The position can be changed

by loosening the nut .

Be sure to retighten the nut

after changing the position.

Models with AC Solenoids

DSPC-03-C- -10/1090

Tightening torque for iron core assembly: 110-140 Nm (970-1240 IN. lbs.)

Tightening torque for nuts: 8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN. lbs.)

Models with DC Solenoids

For other dimensions, refer to the "Models with AC Solenoids".

A recommendable port dia. is 11 (.433) mm.

Use iron materials for the mounting section.

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

Details of Mounting Holes

How to Mount

Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.

Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.

1.

2.

3.

When mounting, the following steps must be followed.

Making use of the core tightening end, screw the

cartridge in.

494

Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A

1.

2

2.

3.

4.

1

40.5

(1.59)

65

(2.56)

11

(.43)

0.75

(.03)

31

(1.22)

32.5

(1.28)

7.75

(.31)

48

(1.89)

Port "1"

Port "2"

5.5(.22) Dia. Through

9.5(.37) C' bore

4 Places

39

(1.54)

27

(1.06)

74.2

(2.92)

128.2

(5.05)

43

(1.69)

49

(1.93)

90

(3.54)

Lock Nut

Tightening Torque:

10.3-11.3 Nm

(91-100 IN. 1bs.)

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

27.5

(1.08)

53

(2.09)

25

(.98)

22

(.87)

Manual Actuator

6(.24) Dia.

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia.

.....

8-10 mm(.31-.39 in.) Dia.

Conductor Area

.....

Not Exceeding

1.5mm

2

(.0023 Sq. in.)

27.5

(1.08)

64

(2.52)

25

(.98)

27

(1.06)

39

(1.54)

83.5

(3.29)

137.5

(5.41)

101

(3.98)

22

(.87)

Models with AC Solenoids

DSPG-01-C- -20/2090

The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.

Models with DC Solenoids

These ports (2) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.

The mounting dimensions conform to ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A. Ports A and B are used as ports "2" and "1" respectively.

O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P9

For other dimensions, refer to the "Models with AC Solenoids".

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

495

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Shut-off Type

Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

E

Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A

1.

2.

3.

4.

2

19

(.75)

54

(2.13)

92

(3.62)

46

(1.81)

12

(.47)

70

(2.76)

Port "2"

Port "1"

3

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

7(.28) Dia. Through

11(.43) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

39

(1.54)

35

(1.38)

91

(3.58)

164

(6.46)

69

(2.72)

70

(2.76)

109.3

(4.30)

Lock Nut

Tightening Torque:

8.5-10.5 Nm

(75-93 IN. 1bs.)

35.5

(1.40)

61.8

(2.43)

32

(1.26)

27.5

(1.08)

Manual Actuator

6.3(.25) Dia.

1

Cable Departure

Cable Applicable:

Outside Dia.

.....

8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.

Conductor Area

.....

Not Exceeding

1.5mm

2

(.0023 Sq. in.)

27.5

(1.08)

73.8

(2.91)

35.5

(1.40)

121.3

(4.78)

32

(1.26)

39

(1.54)

35

(1.38)

114

(4.49)

187

(7.36)

Models with AC Solenoids

DSPG-03-C- -10/1090

The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.

Models with DC Solenoids

These ports (3) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.

The dimensions of mounting surface conform to ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A. Ports A and B are used as port 2 and port 1 respectively.

O-rings for each port: SO-NB-A014

For other dimensions, refer to the "Models with AC Solenoids".

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

496

Shut-off Type Solenoid Operated Directional Valves

Item Remarks

Valve Model No. Solenoid Ass'y No.

DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A100-20/2090

12 Coil No. 13 Connector No.

GDM-211-B-11

Valve Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers

DSPC-01-C-

-20

C-SA1-100-N-60

Name of Parts

DSP -01

.ytQ.ytQsrebmuN traP

DSP -03

8

9

10

15

16

17

O-Ring

Back Up Ring 5701-VK413831-9

SO-NA-P8

SO-NB-A014

SO-NB-A015

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-P18

Part Numbers

2691-VK418550-0

SO-NA-P12

SO-NB-A017

SO-NB-A018

SO-NB-A014

SO-NB-A119

1

4

1

2

1

5

1

2

only for "DSPG"

DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A200-20/2090

DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D12-20/2090

DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D24-20/2090

DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A100-10/1090

DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A200-10/1090

DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D12-10/1090

DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D24-10/1090

C-SA1-200-N-60

C-SD1-12-N-60

C-SD1-24-N-60

C-SA3-100-N-50

C-SA3-200-N-50

C-SD3-12-N-50

C-SD3-24-N-50

SA1-100-N-6055

SA1-200-N-6055

SD1-12-N-6055

SD1-24-N-6055

SA3-100-N-5130

SA3-200-N-5130

SD3-12-N-5130

SD3-24-N-5130

KS-DSPC-01-C-10

KS-DSPC-03-C-10

KS-DSPG-01-C-10

KS-DSPG-03-C-10

DSPC-03-C- -10

DSPG-01-C- -20

DSPG-03-C- -10

13159645711

16 8 17 10

2

13

1218

List of Seals

Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y No.

List of Seal Kits

Solenoid assembly is composed of the

parts marked with .

Note: When ordering the seals, specify the seal kit number from the table below.

■ List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y

497

Check/Pilot Controlled Check Valves

25

(3630)

498

504

25

(3630)

02 03 06 10

10 16 24

03 06 10

10 16

03 06 10

2000 5000200 500100502010521 1000

L/min

U.S.GPM

.3 .5 1 2 10 50 100 200 500 1000205

Max.

Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Graphic

Symbols

Page

Valve Type

Check Valves

In-Line

(CIT)

Right Angle

(CRT/CRG)

Flanged Connection(CP F)

Threaded Connection(CP T)

Sub-plate Mounting(CP G)

Right Angle, Flanged Connection

(CRF)

Pilot Operated

Check Valves

Check/Pilot Controlled Check Valves

498

■ In-Line Check Valves

These valves allow free flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction. Cracking pressure specified

is the pressure required to open the valve and allow free flow.

Graphic Symbol

Max. Operating Pres.

MPa (PSI)

Model Numbers

Approx. Mass

kg (lbs.)

0.1 (.22)

0.3 (.66)

0.8 (1.8)

2.3 (5.1)

Cracking Pres.

MPa (PSI)

Rated Flow

L /min (U.S.GPM)

CIT-02- -50/5080/5090

CIT-03- -50/5080/5090

CIT-06- -50/5080/5090

CIT-10- -50/5080/5090

0.04 (6)

0.35 (50)

0.5 (70)

25

(3630)

16 (4.23)

30 (7.93)

85 (22.5)

230 (60.8)

CI T -04 -50

Series

Number

Type of

Connection

Valve

Size

Design

Number

Design

Standards

-03

02

03

06

10

50

None:

Japanese Std. "JIS"

80:

European Design Std.

90:

N. American Design Std.

04:

0.04 (6)

35:

0.35 (50)

50:

0.5 (70)

T:

Threaded

Connection

CI:

In-Line

Check Valve

Cracking Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Model Number Designation

Specifications

Note: For In-Line Check Valves, standard type (for petroleum base oils) can be used phosphate ester type fluid.

Rated flow is the approximate flow rate, when there is a free flow pressure drop of maximum 0.3 MPa (44 PSI), the fluid has a specific

2

gravity of 0.85 and a kinematic viscosity of 20 mm /s (98 SSU), and the cracking pressure is 0.04 MPa (6 PSI).

Model Numbers

"D"

Thd.

mm (Inches)

A B

CIT-02- -50

CIT-02- -5080

CIT-02- -5090

CIT-03- -50

CIT-03- -5080

CIT-03- -5090

CIT-06- -50

CIT-06- -5080

CIT-06- -5090

CIT-10- -50

CIT-10- -5080

CIT-10- -5090

Rc 1/4

1/4 BSP.F

1/4 NPT

Rc 3/8

3/8 BSP.F

3/8 NPT

Rc 3/4

3/4 BSP.F

3/4 NPT

Rc 1-1/4

1-1/4 BSP.F

1-1/4 NPT

19 (.75)

22 (.87)

19 (.75)

27 (1.06)

41 (1.61)

60 (2.36)

58

65

58

76

83

76

95

102

95

(2.28)

(2.56)

(2.28)

(2.99)

(3.27)

(2.99)

(3.74)

(4.02)

(3.74)

133

(5.24)

FREE

A

B

"D"

Thd.

2 Places

Outlet Port

Inlet Port

CIT-02- -50/5080/5090

CIT-03- -50/5080/5090

CIT-06- -50/5080/5090

CIT-10- -50/5080/5090

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

499

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

In-Line Check Valves

E

In-Line Check Valves

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm

2

/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850

Pressure Drop

CIT-02

0

10

5

15 20 25

L/min

0

0.4

PSI

40

80

Pressure Drop ΔP

20

0

0.2

0.6

60

0

2

1

345

U.S.GPM

6

Flow Rate

0.7

MPa

100

CIT-02-50

CIT-02-35

CIT-02-04

0

10 20 30 40

L/min

0

24

U.S.GPM

6

Flow Rate

108

0

0.4

PSI

40

80

Pressure Drop ΔP

20

0

0.2

0.6

60

0.7

MPa

100

CIT-03-04

CIT-03-35

CIT-03-50

CIT-03

0

0.4

PSI

40

80

Pressure Drop ΔP

20

0

0.2

0.6

60

0.7

MPa

100

0

25 50 100

L/min

0

10 20

U.S.GPM

30

Flow Rate

75 125

CIT-06-50

CIT-06-35

CIT-06-04

CIT-06

0

50 100 200 300

L/min

0

20 40

U.S.GPM

60

Flow Rate

80

0

0.4

PSI

40

80

Pressure Drop ΔP

20

0

0.2

0.6

60

0.7

MPa

100

150

250

CIT-10-35

CIT-10-04

CIT-10-50

CIT-10

500

Right Angle Check Valves

CR T -04 -50

Series

Number

Type of

Connection

Valve

Size

Design

Number

Design

Standards

-03

03

06

10

03

06

10

04:

35:

50:

04:

35:

50:

None:

Japanese Std. "JIS"

& European Design Std.

90:

N. American Design Std.

T:

Threaded

Connection

Cracking Pressure

MPa (PSI)

Model NumbersType of Connection

CRT-03- -50/5080/5090

CRT-06- -50/5080/5090

CRT-10- -50/5080/5090

CRG-03- -50/5090

CRG-06- -50/5090

CRG-10- -50/5090

Max. Operating Pres.

MPa (PSI)

Approx. Mass

kg (lbs.)

Cracking Pres.

MPa (PSI)

Rated Flow

L /min (U.S.GPM)

0.9 (2.0)

1.7 (3.7)

5.6 (12.3)

1.7 (3.7)

2.9 (6.4)

5.5 (12.1)

25 (3630)

0.04 (6)

0.35 (50)

0.5 (70)

0.04 (6)

0.35 (50)

0.5 (70)

25 (3630)

40 (10.6)

125 (33)

250 (66)

40 (10.6)

125 (33)

250 (66)

Threaded Connection

Sub-plate Mounting

50

None:

Japanese Std. "JIS"

European Design Std.

90:

N. American Design Std.

80:

F-

Special

Seals

G:

Sub-plate

Mounting

CR:

Right Angle

Check Valve

F:

Special seals

for phosphate

ester type

fluids

(Omit if not

required)

0.04 (6)

0.35 (50)

0.5 (70)

0.04 (6)

0.35 (50)

0.5 (70)

Valve

Model

Numbers

Socket Head Cap Screw

Qty.

Japanese Standard "JIS"

European Design Standard

N.American Design Standard

CRG-03

CRG-06

CRG-10

4

6

M10 45 Lg.

M10 50 Lg.

M10 55 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 2-1/4 Lg.

Approx. Mass

kg (lbs.)

Japanese Standard "JIS" European Design Standard N.American Design Standard

Valve

Model

Numbers

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Thread

Size

Thread

Size

CRG-03

CRG-06

CRG-10

(3.5)

(5.3)

(6.6)

(10.6)

(12.6)

1.6

2.4

3.0

4.8

5.7

3/8 NPT

1/2 NPT

3/4 NPT

1 NPT

1-1/4 NPT

1-1/2 NPT

3/8 BSP.F

1/2 BSP.F

3/4 BSP.F

1 BSP.F

1-1/4 BSP.F

1-1/2 BSP.F

Rc 3/8

Rc 1/2

Rc 3/4

Rc 1

Rc 1-1/4

Rc 1-1/2

CRGM-03-50

CRGM-03X-50

CRGM-06-50

CRGM-06X-50

CRGM-10-50

CRGM-10X-50

CRGM-03-5080

CRGM-03X-5080

CRGM-06-5080

CRGM-06X-5080

CRGM-10-5080

CRGM-10X-5080

CRGM-03-5090

CRGM-03X-5090

CRGM-06-5090

CRGM-06X-5090

CRGM-10-5090

CRGM-10X-5090

Model No.

Rated Flow

L /min (U.S.GPM)

Max. Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

CRF-10- -50

CRF-16- -50

CRF-24- -50

300 (79.3)

600 (159)

1300 (343)

25 (3630)

Model Number Designation

Specifications

Rated flow is the approximate flow rate, when there is a free flow pressure drop of maximum 0.3 MPa (44 PSI), the fluid has a specific

2

gravity of 0.85 and a kinematic viscosity of 20 mm /s (98 SSU), and the cracking pressure is 0.04 MPa (6 PSI).

Sub-plate

Mounting Bolts

Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.

Yuken can offer flanged connection

valves described below.

For details, contact us.

Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface

should have a good machined finish.

■ Right Angle Check Valves

These valves allow free flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction. Cracking pressure specified

is the pressure required to open the valve and allow free flow.

Graphic Symbol

501

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Right Angle Check Valves

E

Right Angle Check Valves

Mounting surface: ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A

CRT-03- -50

CRT-03- -5080

CRT-03- -5090

CRT-06- -50

CRT-06- -5080

CRT-06- -5090

CRT-10- -50

CRT-10- -5080

CRT-10- -5090

Rc 3/8

3/8 BSP.F

3/8 NPT

Rc 3/4

3/4 BSP.F

3/4 NPT

Rc 1-1/4

1-1/4 BSP.F

1-1/4 NPT

Model Numbers

"H"

Thd.

Dimensions mm (Inches)

FAB DE

62

(2.44)

36

(1.42)

38

(1.50)

Dia

80.5

(3.17)

33

(1.30)

44

(1.73)

45

(1.77)

54

(2.13)

Dia.

104.5

(4.11)

49

(1.93)

54

(2.13)

65

(2.56)

80

(3.15)

SQ.

130

(5.12)

65

(2.56)

80

(3.15)

74

(2.91)

107

(4.21)

ecafruS gnitnuoMsrebmuN ledoM

Dimensions mm (Inches)

FABCDE H J

ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A

ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A

CRG-03

CRG-06

90

(3.54)

102

(4.02)

79.4

(3.13)

66.7

(2.63)

11.3

(.44)

11.7

(.46)

93

(3.66)

72

(2.83)

60.3

(2.37)

42.9

(1.69)

21.4

(.84)

17.5

(.69)

84.5

(3.33)

72.5

(2.85)

35

(1.38)

30

(1.18)

E

FREE

A

F

B

C

D

"H"

Thd.

2 Places

Outlet Port

Inlet Port

D

E

F

B

A

J

H

6

C

Outlet Port

Inlet Port

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Locating Pin

6(.24) Dia.

(.24)

Outlet Port

Inlet Port

11(.43) Dia. Through

17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface

6 Places

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Locating Pin

6(.24) Dia.

96.8

(3.81)

120

(4.72)

11.6

(.46)

42.1

(1.66)

84.1

(3.31)

123

(4.84)

20.3 (.80)

97

(3.82)

6

(.24)

40

(1.57)

11(.43)

Dia. Through

17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

CRT-03- -50/5080/5090

CRT-06- -50/5080/5090

CRT-10- -50/5080/5090

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

CRG-03- -50/5090

CRG-06- -50/5090

CRG-10- -50/5090

C

502

Right Angle Check Valves

CRGM-03-50

CRGM-03-5080

CRGM-03-5090

CRGM-03X-50

CRGM-03X-5080

CRGM-03X-5090

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread Size

"A"

Thd.

"B"

Thd.

Rc 3/8

3/8 BSP.F

3/8 NPT

Rc 1/2

1/2 BSP.F

1/2 NPT

M10

3/8-16 UNC

M10

82.3 (3.24)

80 (3.15)

82.3 (3.24)

22 (.87)

24 (.94)

22 (.87)

"H"

Thd.

"J"

Thd.

Rc 3/4

3/4 BSP.F

3/4 NPT

Rc 1

1 BSP.F

1 NPT

M10

3/8-16 UNC

M10

FEDCBA

Thread SizeDimensions mm (Inches)

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

CRGM-06-50

CRGM-06-5080

CRGM-06-5090

CRGM-06X-50

CRGM-06X-5080

CRGM-06X-5090

124

(4.88)

10

(.39)

77

(3.03)

27

(1.06)

36

(1.42)

110

(4.33)

136

(5.35)

16

(.63)

45

(1.77)

130

(5.12)

"H"

Thd.

"J"

Thd.

Rc 1-1/4

1-1/4 BSP.F

1-1/4 NPT

Rc 1-1/2

1-1/2 BSP.F

1-1/2 NPT

M10

3/8-16 UNC

M10

FEDCBA

Thread SizeDimensions mm (Inches)

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

CRGM-10-50

CRGM-10-5080

CRGM-10-5090

CRGM-10X-50

CRGM-10X-5080

CRGM-10X-5090

150

(5.91)

177

(6.97)

12

(.47)

25.5

(1.00)

96

(3.78)

104

(4.09)

30

(1.18)

22

(.87)

45

(1.77)

50

(1.97)

135

(5.31)

167

(6.57)

90(3.54)

70(2.76)

33.3

(1.31)

66.7(2.63)

7.1

(.28)

(1.25)

31.8

(1.41)

35.7

42.9

(1.69)

19.5

(.77)

21

(.83)

61

(2.40)

82

(3.23)

102

(4.02)

10

(.39)

90

(3.54)

15

(.59)

32(1.26)

13(.51)

Dia.

2 Places

"B"

Thd.

20(.79) Deep

4 Places

8.8(.35) Dia. Through

14(.55) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

10(.39)

1.7(.07)

"A"

Thd.

2 Places

7(.28) Dia.

10(.39) Deep

102(4.02)

79.4(3.13)

11.3

(.44)

39.7

(1.56)

8.8(.35)

Dia. Through

14(.55) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

22(.87) Dia.

2 Places

"J"

Thd.

20(.79) Deep

4 Places

11.1

(.44)

(1.75)

44.5

(1.94 )

49.2

(2.37)

60.3

22

(.87)

D

C

104(4.09)

A

B

F

15

(.59)

E

7(.28) Dia.

10(.39) Deep

"H"

Thd.

2 Places

F

19

(.75)

E

28(1.10) Dia.

2 Places

A

(.66)

16.7

(1.66)

42.1

(2.47)

62.7

(2.66)

67.5

(3.31)

84.1

11.6

(.46)

120

(4.72)

48.4

(1.91)

96.8

(3.81)

140(5.51)

116(4.57)

7(.28)

Dia.

10(.39) Deep

"H"

Thd.

2 Places

11(.43) Dia. Through

17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

12(.47)

9.6(.38)

"J"

Thd.

20(.79) Deep

6 Places

B

D

C

(.83)

21

126(4.96)

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

CRGM-03-50/5080/5090

CRGM-03X-50/5080/5090

CRGM-06-50/5080/5090

CRGM-06X-50/5080/5090

CRGM-10-50/5080/5090

CRGM-10X-50/5080/5090

■ Sub-plate

503

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Right Angle Check Valves

E

Right Angle Check Valves

Name of Parts .ytQmetI

CRT-03 CRT-06 CRT-10

Part Numbers

7

O-Ring

Seal Kit

SO-NB-P21

KS-CRT-03-50

SO-NB-P24

KS-CRT-06-50

SO-NB-P32

KS-CRT-10-50

1

Name of Parts .ytQmetI

CRG-03 CRG-06 CRG-10

Part Numbers

7

8

O-Ring

Seal Kit

SO-NB-P21

SO-NB-P18

KS-CRG-03-50

SO-NB-P24

SO-NB-P28

KS-CRG-06-50

SO-NB-P32

KS-CRG-10-50

1

2

10

8

2

1

3

4

6

9

7

5

1

2

3

6

8

4

7

5

0

10 20

L/min

0

5

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

30 40 50 60

15

10

0

0.4

PSI

40

80

Pressure Drop ΔP

0

0.2

0.6

0.8

140

1.0

120

MPa

0

25 50

L/min

0

10

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

75 125 150 175

50

40

100 200

20 30

0

0.4

PSI

50

100

Pressure Drop ΔP

0

0.2

0.6

0.8

200

1.0

150

MPa

1.2

1.4

0

nim/L

05

0

20

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

150

100

80

100 200

40 60

0

0.4

PSI

50

100

Pressure Drop ΔP

0

0.2

0.6

0.8

200

1.0

150

MPa

1.2

1.4

250 300 350

400

0

10 20

L/min

0

5

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

30 40 50 60

15

10

0

0.4

PSI

40

80

Pressure Drop ΔP

0

0.2

0.6

0.8

140

1.0

120

MPa

0

25 50

L/min

0

10

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

75 125 150 175

50

40

100

200

20 30

0

0.4

PSI

50

100

Pressure Drop ΔP

0

0.2

0.6

0.8

200

1.0

150

MPa

1.2

1.4

0

50

L/min

0

20

U.S.GPM

Flow Rate

150

100

80

100 200

40 60

0

0.4

PSI

50

100

Pressure Drop ΔP

0

0.2

0.6

0.8

175

1.0

150

MPa

1.2

250 300 350

400

CRG-03-50

CRG-03-35

CRG-03-04

CRG-06-50

CRG-06-35

CRG-06-04

CRG-10-50

CRG-10-35

CRG-10-04

CRT-10-50

CRT-10-35

CRT-10-04

CRT-06-50

CRT-06-35

CRT-06-04

CRT-03-50

CRT-03-35

CRT-03-04

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30mm

2

/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850

CRT-03

CRT-06

CRT-10

CRG-03

CRG-06

CRG-10

List of Seals

CRT-03-50/5080/5090

CRT-06-50/5080/5090

CRT-10-50/5080/5090

CRG-03-50/5090

CRG-06-50/5090

CRG-10-50/5090

When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table

above.

When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table

above.

List of Seals & Seal Kits

Pressure Drop

504

Pilot Operated Check Valves

Specifications

Model Numbers

Rated Flow

L /min (U.S.GPM)

CP F-10- - -50

CP F-16- - -50

Max. Operating

Pressure

MPa (PSI)

250

600

(66)

(159)

25

(3630)

Valve

Model

Numbers

Socket Head Cap Screw

Qty.

Japanese Standard "JIS" &

European Design Standard

N.American

Design Standard

CP G-03

CP G-06

CP G-10

4

6

M10 45 Lg.

M10 50 Lg.

M10 55 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 2 Lg.

3/8-16 UNC 2-1/4 Lg.

CP T -04 -50

Series

Number

Type of

Connection

Valve

Size

Design

Number

Design

Standards

03

Cracking Pres.

MPa (PSI)

F-

Special

Seals

-E

Drain

Connection

03

06

10

03

06

10

50

None:

Japanese Std. "JIS"

European Design Std.

90:

N. American Design Std.

80:

None:

Japanese Std. "JIS" &

European Design Std.

90:

N. American Design Std.

T:

Threaded

Connection

G:

Sub-plate

Mounting

F:

Special Seals

for Phosphate

Ester Type

Fluids

(Omit if not

required)

CP:

Pilot Operated

Check Valve

CPD:

Decompression

Type Pilot

Operated

Check Valve

04:

20:

35:

50:

0.04 (6)

0.2 (29)

0.35 (50)

0.5 (70)

None:

Internal

Drain

E:

External

Drain

Threaded Connection

Model NumbersType of Connection

CPT/CPDT-03-

- -50

CPT/CPDT-06-

- -50

CPT/CPDT-10- - -50

CPG/CPDG-03- - -50

CPG/CPDG-06- - -50

CPG/CPDG-10- - -50

Max. Operating Pres.

MPa (PSI)

Approx. Mass

kg (lbs.)

Cracking Pres.

MPa (PSI)

Rated Flow

L /min (U.S.GPM)

25 (3630)

40

125

250

40

125

250

Sub-plate Mounting

0.04

0.2

0.35

0.5

(6)

(29)

(50)

(70)

0.04

0.2

0.35

0.5

(6)

(29)

(50)

(70)

(10.6)

(33)

(66)

(10.6)

(33)

(66)

3.0

5.5

9.6

3.3

5.4

8.5

(6.6)

(12.1)

(21.2)

(7.3)

(11.9)

(18.7)

Yuken can offer flanged connection valves

described below.

For details, contact us.

Mounting Bolts

Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.

Model Number Designatioin

Graphic Symbols

Internal Drain Type External Drain Type

Rated flow is the approximate flow rate, when there is a free flow pressure drop of maximum 0.3 MPa (44 PSI), the fluid has a specific

2

gravity of 0.85 and a kinematic viscosity of 20 mm /s (98 SSU), and the cracking pressure is 0.04 MPa (6 PSI).

These check valves allow flow in one direction and prevent flow in the reverse direction, until operated by pilot pressure

to allow free reverse flow. The specified cracking pressure is required to open the valve to allow free flow direction.

■ Pilot Operated Check Valves

505

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Pilot Operated Check Valves

E

Pilot Operated Check Valves

(Fig.a) (Fig.b)

P

1

P

2

P

2

P

1

DR

Valve

Model

Numbers

Japanese Standard "JIS"

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Thread

Size

Sub-plate

Model Numbers

Approx.

Mass

kg (lbs.)

Thread

Size

European Design Standard N. American Design Standard

CP G-03

CP G-06

CP G-10

1.6 (3.5)

2.4 (5.3)

3.0 (6.6)

4.8 (10.6)

5.7 (12.6)

Rc 3/8

Rc1/2

Rc 3/4

Rc 1

Rc 1-1/4

Rc 1-1/2

3/8 BSP.F

1/2 BSP.F

3/4 BSP.F

1 BSP.F

1-1/4 BSP.F

1-1/2 BSP.F

3/8 NPT

1/2 NPT

3/4 NPT

1 NPT

1-1/4 NPT

1-1/2 NPT

HGM-03-20

HGM-03X-20

HGM-06-20

HGM-06X-20

HGM-10-20

HGM-10X-20

HGM-03-2080

HGM-03X-2080

HGM-06-2080

HGM-06X-2080

HGM-10-2080

HGM-10X-2080

HGM-03-2090

HGM-03X-2090

HGM-06-2090

HGM-06X-2090

HGM-10-2090

HGM-10X-2090

Sub-plate

Instructions

Operation of internal and external drain types

When the outlet side P1 is directly connected to the tank in reversed

free flow (Fig. a), the internal drain type is normally used. When

the back pressure is applied to the outlet side P

1 (Fig. b), be sure

to use the external drain type.

Minimum pilot pressure characteristics

That depends on the pressure of the inlet side P

2 in the reversed

free flow.

This value can be determined from the characteristics chart.

Cautions on replacement of 20 design low cracking pressure

.sevlav ngised 05 htiw sevlav epyt

In 20 design valve with cracking pressure of 0.035 MPa (5 PSI)

(Code "5"), for closing the valve completely and certainly, it was

necessar y to introduc e the pressurize d oil into the drain port to

push down the piston compulsory.

While in 50 design valve with cracking pressure of 0.04 MPa (6

PSI) (Code "6"), it has such structure that the valve can be closed

completely and certainly without introducing the pressurized oil

into the drain port. On the contrary , what is worse is that if the

pressurized oil is introduced into the drain port, the oil acts towards

the direction o f opening the valve, which i s very dangerous and

has to be absolutely avoided. Therefore, please do not supply any

pressurized oil into the drain port in case of using 50 design valve.

The machinery, if misused due to failure to observe

the "Cautions" on the left, may perform

unforeseeable movements, resulting in a disastrous

accident.

WARNING

Sub-plates are available, specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should

have a good machined finish.

Sub-plates are shared with those for H Type Pressure Control Valves. Refer to pages 244 to 246 for dimensions.

506

Pilot Operated Check Valves

Model Numbers

B

Dimensions mm (Inches)

C

CPT/CPDT-03- - -50

CPT/CPDT-03- - -5080

CPT/CPDT-03- - -5090

CPT/CPDT-06- - -50

CPT/CPDT-06- - -5080

CPT/CPDT-06- - -5090

CPT/CPDT-10- - -50

CPT/CPDT-10- - -5080

CPT/CPDT-10- - -5090

DEFH KLA

"N"

Thd.

"P"

Thd.

Thread Size

Rc 3/8

3/8 BSP.F

3/8 NPT

Rc 3/4

3/4 BSP.F

3/4 NPT

Rc 1-1/4

1-1/4 BSP.F

1-1/4 NPT

Rc 1/4

1/4 BSP.F

1/4 NPT

Rc 1/4

1/4 BSP.F

1/4 NPT

Rc 1/4

1/4 BSP.F

1/4NPT

80

(3.15)

40

(1.57)

39

(1.54)

150.5

(5.93)

84.5

(3.33)

38

(1.50)

Dia.

60

(2.36)

29

(1.14)

67.5

(2.66)

26.5

(1.04)

96

(3.78)

48

(1.89)

47

(1.85)

171.5

(6.75)

92.5

(3.64)

62

(2.44)

SQ.

72

(2.83)

35

(1.38)

75.5

(2.97)

31

(1.22)

140

(5.51)

70

(2.76)

64

(2.52)

203.5

(8.01)

113

(4.45)

80

(3.15)

SQ.

82

(3.23)

40

(1.57)

96

(3.78)

43

(1.69)

FREE

C

B

A

D

E

F

H

J

L

K

Free Flow Inlet or Reversed

Controlled Flow Outlet Port

"N"

Thd.

Free Flow Outlet or

Reversed Controlled

Flow Inlet Port

"N"

Thd.

Drain Port

"P"

Thd.

Pilot Port

"P"

Thd.

CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090

CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090

CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090

J

507

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Pilot Operated Check Valves

E

Pilot Operated Check Valves

Mounting surface: ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A

Model Numbers

B

Dimensions mm (Inches)

CDEFH JA

Mounting Surface

CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090

CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090

ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A

ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A

90

(3.54)

66.7

(2.63)

11.7

(.46)

150.5

(5.93)

42.9

(1.69)

66

(2.60)

62

(2.44)

30

(1.18)

102

(4.02)

79.4

(3.13)

11.3

(.44)

171.5

(6.75)

60.3

(2.37)

67.5

(2.66)

74

(2.91)

35

(1.38)

FREE

A

B

C

E

F

D

Drain Port

Pilot Port

11(.43) Dia. Through

17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface

4 Places

Free Flow Inlet or

Reversed Controlled

Flow Outlet Port

H

J

Free Flow Outlet or Reversed

Controlled Flow Inlet Port

Locating Pin

6(.24) Dia.

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Locating Pin

6(.24) Dia.

Mounting Surface

(O-Rings Furnished)

Drain Port

Pilot Port

11(.43) Dia. Through

17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface

6 Places

Free Flow Inlet or

Reversed Controlled

Flow Outlet Port

Free Flow Outlet or Reversed

Controlled Flow Inlet Port

119

(4.69)

96.8

(3.81)

11.1

(.44)

42.1

(1.66)

84.1

(3.31)

203.5

(8.01)

70

(2.76)

89

(3.50)

40

(1.57)

6

(.24)

6

(.24)

CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090

CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090

DIMENSIONS IN

MILLIMETRES (INCHES)

CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090

508

Pilot Operated Check Valves

Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm

2

/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850

Pressure Drop

CPT-03, CPDT-03 CPG-03, CPDG-03

0

20

10

30 40 50

L/min

0

0.8

PSI

100

175

MPa

Pressure Drop ΔP

50

0

0.4

1.2

150

0

510

U.S.GPM

15

Flow Rate

60

0

20

10

30 40 50

L/min

0

0.8

PSI

100

MPa

Pressure Drop ΔP

20

0

0.4

1.0

0

510

U.S.GPM

15

Flow Rate

60

40

60

80

120

140

CP T-03- -50

CP T-03- -35

CP T- 0 3 - - 2 0

CP T- 0 3 - - 0 4

CP G-03- -50

CP G-03- -35

CP G-03- -20

CP G-03- -04

Reversed

Controlled Flow

Reversed

Controlled Flow

CPT-06, CPDT-06 CPG-06, CPDG-06

CPT-10, CPDT-10

CPG-10, CPDG-10

0

50

25

75 150 175

L/min

0

0.8

PSI

100

200

MPa

Pressure Drop ΔP

50

0

0.4

1.2

150

0

10 40

U.S.GPM

50

Flow Rate

200100 125

20 30

1.6

225

0

50

25

75

150

175

L/min

0

0.8

PSI

100

200

MPa

Pressure Drop ΔP

50

0

0.4

1.2

150

0

10 40

U.S.GPM

50

Flow Rate

200100 125

20 30

1.

4

CP T- 0 6 - - 5 0

CP T- 0 6 - - 3 5

CP T- 0 6 - - 2 0

CP T- 0 6 - - 0 4

CP G-06- -50

CP G-06- -35

CP G-06- -20

CP G-06- -04

Reversed

Controlled Flow

Reversed

Controlled Flow

0

50 150

L/min

0

0.9

PSI

100

200

MPa

Pressure Drop ΔP

50

0

0.3

1.5

150

0

20 80

U.S.GPM

100

Flow Rate

200100

40 60

1.8

250

250 300 350 400

0.6

1.2

0

50 150

L/min

0

1.2

PSI

100

200

MPa

Pressure Drop ΔP

50

0

0.4

1.6

150

0

20 80

U.S.GPM

100

Flow Rate

200100

40 60

2.0

250

250 300 350 400

0.8

300

CP T- 1 0 - - 5 0

CP T-10- -35

CP T-10- -20

CP T-10- -04

CP G-10- -50

CP G-10- -35

CP G-10- -20

CP G-10--04

Reversed

Controlled Flow

Reversed

Controlled Flow

Min. Pilot Pressure Chart

P2 P2

P1

PP

P

1

PP

P

2

P1

PP

0

MPa

52025

0

4

200

600

Minimum Pilot Pressure (PP)

0

6

8

800

10

2

500

PSI

Supply Pressure (P2)

1500

1000

0

PSI MPa

12

1000

1200

1400

1600

1700

400

2000 2500 3000 3500

1510

Cracking Pressure

0.5 MPa (70 PSI)

0.04 MPa (6 PSI)

0.5 MPa (70 PSI)

Cracking Pressure

0.04 MPa (6 PSI)

A

A : Min. Pilot Pressure to open the Decompression Valve

Pressure Drop for Reversed Controlled Flow Only when Decompression Valve is Opened

CPDT-03, CPDG-03

CPDT-06, CPDG-06

CPDT-10, CPDG-10

0

10 20

L/min

30 40 50 60

0

2

Flow Rate

12

8

46

10

14 16 U.S.GPM

0

510

L/min

15 20 25

0

1

Flow Rate

5

4

2 3 6 U.S.GPM

0

10

PSI

1000

2000

Pressure Drop ΔP

0

5

15

20

3500

25

3000

MPa

0

10

PSI

1000

2000

Pressure Drop ΔP

0

5

15

20

3500

25

3000

MP

a

0

10

PSI

1000

2000

Pressure Drop ΔP

0

5

15

20

3500

25

3000

MPa

0

50 100

L/min

150 200

0

10

Flow Rate

50

40

20 30 U.S.GPM

509

DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS

Pilot Operated Check Valves

E

Pilot Operated Check Valves

■ List of Seals

5

1

2

1

4

3

2

7

6

8

9

1

3

1

0

1

6

1

7

1

5

2

0

1

9

2

1

8

2

3

2

4

2

1

4

1

9

1

11816

1

0

5

4

1

3

2

0

1

2

7

1

3

6

8

1

5

9

Name of PartsItem Qty.

CPT/CPDT-03

Part Numbers

11

12

13

O-Ring

1

CPT/CPDT-06 CPT/CPDT-10

SO-NB-P7

SO-NB-P21

SO-NB-G25

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-P36

SO-NB-P42

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-P29

SO-NB-P32

Name of PartsItem Qty.

CPG/CPDG-03

Part Numbers

11

12

13

14

15

O-Ring

1

2

1

CPG/CPDG-06 CPG/CPDG-10

SO-NB-P7

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-P18

SO-NB-P21

SO-NB-G25

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-P32

SO-NB-P36

SO-NB-P42

SO-NB-P9

SO-NB-P28

SO-NB-P29

SO-NB-P32

Model Numbers Seal Kit Numbers

KS-CPT-03-50

KS-CPT-06-50

KS-CPT-10-50

KS-CPG-03-50

KS-CPG-06-50

KS-CPG-10-50

CPT/CPDT-03-

- -50/5080/5090

CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090

CPT/CPDT-10-

- -50/5080/5090

CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090

CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090

CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090

CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090

CPT/CPDT-06-

- -50/5080/5090

CPT/CPDT-10-

- -50/5080/5090

CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090

CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090

CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090

List of Seals

Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.

Note: When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.

List of Seals

List of Seal Kits

CPDG-03/06/10

CPDT-03/06/10

510